Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 28, 2011

Registration No. 333-175636

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware    1446    26-3718801

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation

or organization)

  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, Maryland 21701

(800) 345-6170

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Brian Slobodow

Chief Executive Officer

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, Maryland 21701

(800) 345-6170

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

(312) 862-2000

 

Michael Kaplan

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x   Smaller reporting company  ¨
     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
   Amount of
Registration Fee(1)(3)

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

   $200,000,000    $23,220

 

(1)   Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters may purchase from the selling stockholder pursuant to the option to purchase additional shares.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)   Previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholder may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued December 28, 2011

 

        SHARES

 

 

LOGO

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. is offering         shares of its common stock and the selling stockholder is offering                     shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

 

We will list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ SLCA.”

 

 

 

Investing in the common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

 

 

PRICE $             PER SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts
and
Commissions

    

Proceeds to
Company

    

Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholder

Per share

     $               $               $               $         

Total

     $                          $                          $                          $                    

 

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than         shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional             shares from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2012.

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   BofA MERRILL LYNCH   JEFFERIES

 

                    , 2012


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Basis of Presentation

     ii   

Market and Industry Data

     ii   

Trademarks and Trade Names

     iii   

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     15   

Forward-Looking Statements

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     40   

Dividend Policy

     41   

Capitalization

     42   

Dilution

     43   

Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data

     45   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     49   

Business

     68   
     Page  

Management

     98   

Executive Compensation

     103   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

     121   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     123   

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     127   

Description of Capital Stock

     132   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     136   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     138   

Underwriters

     142   

Legal Matters

     148   

Experts

     149   

Where You Can Find More Information

     150   

Index to Combined Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

 

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the selling stockholder take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or a free writing prospectus is accurate as of the date of this prospectus or the applicable free writing prospectus, as the case may be, or as of the date or dates that are specified in those documents. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. We will update this prospectus as required by law.

 

Through and including             , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all of the financial data presented in this prospectus is presented on a combined basis for U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

As a result of our acquisition by an affiliate of Harvest Partners, LLC in August 2007, by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital Partners (“Harbinger Capital”) in October 2007 and by an affiliate of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (“Golden Gate Capital” and the “Golden Gate Capital Acquisition”) in November 2008, our financial data is presented on a predecessor and successor basis. We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. as it existed prior to the acquisition by Harvest Partners, LLC on August 9, 2007 as “Predecessor 3.” We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. for the period from August 9, 2007 until October 17, 2007 as “Predecessor 2.” We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. for the period from October 18, 2007 until November 24, 2008 as “Predecessor 1.” We refer to U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. for the period from and after November 25, 2008 as the “Successor.”

 

The Predecessor 3 period financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities existing prior to August 9, 2007. The Predecessor 2 period financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Harvest Partners, LLC. The Predecessor 1 period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital. The Successor period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Golden Gate Capital.

 

Prior to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part being declared effective, our sister company, GGC RCS Holdings, Inc., will be merged and consolidated into us. GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. represents the resin-coated sand business and historically did not have significant operations. For financial reporting purposes, the transaction will be reflected as a consolidation of entities under common control, with GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of us. Although the actual consolidation of GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. will not become effective until immediately prior to the completion of this offering, its assets, liabilities and operations have been included as part of our combined financial statements in this prospectus as though the consolidation had already taken place.

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. We have relied upon publications of the United States Geological Survey (the “USGS”) and The Freedonia Group, Inc. (“Freedonia”) as our primary sources for third-party market and industry data. Industry publications, surveys and studies generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications, surveys and studies is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the definitions of our market and industry are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

 

The Minerals Yearbook produced by the USGS is the only comprehensive third-party publication of which we are aware that compiles data on the U.S. commercial silica industry as a whole. The data in the Minerals Yearbook is voluntarily self-reported by U.S. silica producers and there can be no assurance that all major U.S. silica producers have reported data or that the data that has been reported is reliable. The most recent Minerals Yearbook contains historical data from 2009, and, based on our internal estimates and consultations with third parties, we believe that such data is accurate at the reasonable assurance level and we have included it throughout this prospectus. However, the USGS has provided only preliminary estimates of commercial silica demand in 2010. The USGS estimated in January 2011 that 26.5 million tons of commercial silica were consumed in 2010

 

ii


Table of Contents

and that the oil and natural gas industry was accountable for 25% of this total consumption. Based on our experience and results of operations in 2010, we believe that our internal estimates of market demand more accurately represent 2010 demand for commercial silica than the USGS preliminary estimates. As a result, while we have relied on data produced by the USGS for years prior to 2010, the 2010 data included in this prospectus represents our internal estimates of market demand of 39 million tons. The variation in the 2010 data results from the unprecedented demand that we saw in 2010 for our frac sand products from our customers in the oil and natural gas industry. Our estimates for 2010 are based on the demand we experienced for our own products, as well as discussions with our customers regarding their aggregate demand for frac sand. In addition, our familiarity with competitive sources of frac sand supply, as well as shipment data from major logistics providers, confirmed our estimates of the overall size and growth of the frac sand market.

 

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

 

This prospectus includes our trademarks such as “U.S. Silica,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “U.S. Silica,” “our business” and “our company” refer to U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity.

 

Our Company

 

We are the second largest domestic producer of commercial silica, a specialized mineral that is a critical input into a variety of attractive end markets. During our 111-year history, we have developed core competencies in mining, processing, logistics and materials science that enable us to produce and cost-effectively deliver over 200 products to customers across these end markets. In our largest end market, oil and gas proppants, our “frac sand” is used to stimulate and maintain the flow of hydrocarbons in horizontally drilled oil and natural gas wells. This segment of our business is experiencing rapid growth due to recent technological advances in the hydraulic fracturing process, which have made the extraction of large volumes of oil and natural gas from U.S. shale formations economically feasible. Our commercial silica is also used as an economically irreplaceable raw material in a wide range of industrial applications, including glassmaking and chemical manufacturing. Additionally, in recent years a number of attractive new end markets have developed for our high-margin, performance silica products, including solar panels, specialty coatings, wind turbines, polymer additives and geothermal energy systems.

 

We operate 13 facilities across the United States and control 283 million tons of reserves, including approximately 138 million tons of reserves that can be processed to meet American Petroleum Institute (“API”) frac sand size specifications. We produce a wide range of frac sand sizes and are one of the few commercial silica producers capable of rail delivery of large quantities of API grade frac sand to each of the major U.S. shale basins. We believe that due to a combination of these favorable attributes and robust drilling activity in the oil and natural gas industry, we have become a preferred commercial silica supplier to our customers in the oil and gas proppants end market and, consequently, are experiencing high demand for our frac sand. To meet this demand, we are investing significant resources to increase our proppant production, including expanding our frac sand capabilities by approximately 1.2 million tons, or approximately 75% above tons sold in 2010, and constructing a new facility to produce resin-coated sand, which significantly expands our addressable proppant market.

 

Our operations are organized into two segments based on end markets served: (1) Oil & Gas Proppants and (2) Industrial & Specialty Products. Our segments are complementary because our ability to sell to a wide range of customers across end markets allows us to maximize recovery rates in our mining operations, optimize our asset utilization and reduce the cyclicality of our earnings. In 2010, we generated approximately $245.0 million of sales, $72.2 million of Adjusted EBITDA and $11.4 million of net income. These figures represent increases of 28%, 44% and 106%, respectively, compared to 2009. In particular, the Oil & Gas Proppants segment contribution margin grew by 83% in 2010 and represented approximately 48% of total segment contribution margin, compared to 39% for the prior year.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

  (1)   See note 2 to “—Summary Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data” for a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA, an accompanying presentation of the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, net income, and a reconciliation of the differences between Adjusted EBITDA and net income.

 

  (2)   Total segment contribution margin is the sum of the Oil & Gas Proppants segment contribution margin and the Industrial & Specialty Products segment contribution margin. Total segment contribution margin is not a financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP. See note R to our audited combined financial statements and note I to our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of segment contribution margin, an accompanying presentation of the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, income (loss) before income taxes, and a reconciliation of the differences between segment contribution margin and income (loss) before income taxes.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We attribute our success to the following strengths:

 

   

Large-scale producer with a diverse and high-quality reserve base. Our 13 geographically dispersed facilities control 283 million tons of reserves, including API size frac sand and large quantities of silica with distinct characteristics, giving us the ability to sell over 200 products to over 1,400 customers. Our large-scale production capabilities and long reserve life make us a preferred commercial silica supplier to our customers. A consistent, reliable supply of large quantities of silica gives our customers the security to customize their production processes around our commercial silica. Furthermore, our scale provides us earnings diversification and a larger addressable market.

 

   

Geographically advantaged footprint with intrinsic transportation advantages. The strategic location of our facilities and our logistics capabilities enable us to enjoy high customer retention and a larger addressable market. In our Oil & Gas Proppants segment, our network of frac sand producing plants with access to on-site rail and the strategic locations of our transloads serve to expand our addressable market to every major U.S. shale basin. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers capable of delivering API grade frac sand cost-effectively to most all of the major U.S. shale basins by on-site rail. Additionally, due to the high weight-to-value ratio of many silica products in our Industrial & Specialty Products segment, the proximity of our facilities to our customers’ facilities often results in us being their sole supplier. This advantage has enabled us to enjoy strong customer retention in this segment, with our top five Industrial & Specialty Products segment customers purchasing from us for an average of over 50 years.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Low-cost operating structure. We believe the combination of the following factors contributes to our low-cost structure and our high margins:

 

   

our ownership of the vast majority of our reserves, resulting in mineral royalty rates that were less than 0.5% of our sales in 2010;

 

   

the close proximity of our mines to their respective processing plants, which allows for a cost-efficient and highly automated production process;

 

   

our processing expertise, which enables us to create over 200 products with unique characteristics while minimizing waste material;

 

   

our integrated logistics management expertise and geographically advantaged facility network, which enables us to reliably ship products by the most cost-effective method available, whether by truck, rail, ship or barge;

 

   

our large customer base across numerous end markets, which allows us to maximize our mining recovery rate and asset utilization; and

 

   

our large overall and plant-level operating scale.

 

   

Strong reputation with our customers and the communities in which we operate. We believe that we have built a strong reputation during our 111-year operating history. Our customers know us for our dependability and our high-quality, innovative products, as we have a long track record of timely delivery of our products according to customer specifications. We also have an extensive network of technical resources, including materials science and petroleum engineering expertise, that enables us to collaborate with our customers to develop new products and improve the performance of their existing applications. We are also well known in the communities in which we operate as a preferred employer and a responsible corporate citizen, which generally serves us well in hiring new employees and securing difficult-to-obtain permits for expansions and new facilities.

 

   

Experienced management team. The members of our senior management team bring significant experience to the dynamic environment in which we operate. Their expertise covers a range of disciplines, including industry-specific operating and technical knowledge as well as experience managing high-growth businesses. We believe we have assembled a flexible, creative and responsive team with a mentality that is particularly well suited to the rapidly evolving unconventional oil and natural gas drilling landscape, which is the principal driver of our growth.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

The key drivers of our growth strategy include:

 

   

Expand our proppant production capacity and product portfolio. We are currently executing several initiatives to increase our frac sand production capacity and augment our proppant product portfolio. At our Ottawa, Illinois facility, we recently implemented operating improvements and installed a new dryer with six mineral separators to increase our annual frac sand production capacity by 900,000 tons. At our Rockwood, Michigan facility, we recently added 250,000 tons of annual frac sand production capacity by installing an entirely new processing circuit to run on a continuous basis alongside our existing state-of-the-art low-iron silica circuit. These two projects were completed during the fourth quarter of 2011. We are also in the initial stages of building a new facility to produce resin-coated sand that will be designed to coat up to 400 million pounds annually, which is scheduled for completion and start-up in 2013. We expect to fund all of these projects through a combination of cash on our balance sheet and cash generated from our operations.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Increase our exposure to attractive industrial and specialty products end markets. We intend to increase our exposure and market share in certain industrial and specialty products end markets that we believe are poised for growth. For example, at our Rockwood facility, we have doubled our production capacity for low-iron silica, which is used to maximize light transmission in ultra-clear architectural glass and solar panels. In addition, we recently opened a representative office in Shanghai, China to market our fine ground silica products across the Asia Pacific region for use in specialty end markets. We are also exploring opportunities to grow our presence in the specialty coatings and polymer additives end markets, where our ultra-fine ground silica is used to enhance strength, scratch resistance and stability.

 

   

Optimize product mix and further develop value-added capabilities to maximize margins. We will continue to actively manage our product mix at each of our plants to ensure we are maximizing our profit margins. This requires us to use our proprietary expertise in balancing key variables, such as mine geology, processing capacities, transportation availability, customer requirements and pricing. In 2010, while our tons sold increased by 17%, we believe this expertise helped enable us to increase our operating income by 80%. We also expect to continue investing in ways to increase the value we provide to our customers by expanding our product offerings, increasing our transportation assets, improving our supply chain management and upgrading our information technology. We hope to use these strategies to increase our operating income faster than our tons sold into the future.

 

   

Evaluate both greenfield and brownfield expansion opportunities. We will continue to leverage our reputation, processing capabilities and infrastructure to increase production, as well as explore other opportunities to expand our reserve base. We may accomplish this by developing greenfield projects, where we can capitalize on our technical knowledge of geology, mining and processing and our strong reputation within local communities. For instance, we recently received initial permitting (subject to a brief appeals period) for a new mining and production facility in Wisconsin that, if pursued, would be targeted toward the production of frac sand. We are also continuously exploring potential brownfield projects, such as the possibility of increasing the capacity at some subsequent date of the new resin-coating facility that we are currently constructing. Additionally, we may pursue “bolt on” and other opportunistic acquisitions, taking advantage of our asset footprint, our management’s experience with high-growth businesses and our strong customer relationships. We may also evaluate international acquisitions as unconventional oil and natural gas drilling expands globally.

 

   

Maintain financial strength and flexibility. We intend to maintain financial strength and flexibility to enable us to pursue acquisitions and new growth opportunities as they arise. As of September 30, 2011, we had $73.8 million of cash on hand and $22.5 million of available borrowings under our credit facilities.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Industry Trends

 

Demand

 

We believe that commercial silica consumption increased at an average annual rate of 9.9% from 2008 to 2010 and that this growth was principally driven by the acceleration in the growth of frac sand demand. This demand growth is primarily due to technological developments, such as improvements in horizontal drilling that have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in areas that historically would have been economically impractical to develop. Frac sand is an essential component in the efficient exploitation of these reservoirs, and as more of these reservoirs have been developed, the demand for frac sand has correspondingly increased. The following chart identifies trends in the number of horizontal drill rigs from 2002 to 2010 and the compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) over such period.

 

LOGO

 

Data Source: Baker Hughes, Inc., July 2011

 

  (1)   Data reported as year-end rig count for each period (2002-2010). As of September 30, 2011, the horizontal drill rig count was 1,135.

 

In addition to the increase in the number of horizontal drill rigs, the growth in demand for frac sand is also the product of an increase in the amount of frac sand used per rig, which is growing as a result of the following factors:

 

   

improved drill rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per year per rig;

 

   

the increase in the number of fracturing sites, or “stages,” within each well where fracturing occurs and proppant is needed;

 

   

the increase in the length of the horizontal distance covered in each stage of the well due to advances in horizontal drilling technologies; and

 

   

the increase in proppant use per foot completed in each fracturing stage.

 

According to a Freedonia report dated April 2011, based on the above factors, demand for all proppants is projected to increase approximately 16% per year to $5.1 billion in 2015, and, more specifically, demand for frac sand and resin-coated sand in the United States and Canada is projected to increase 15% per year to $1.9 billion in 2015.

 

We have also seen an increase in demand for commercial silica from our industrial and specialty products customers. From 1980 to 2008, U.S. commercial silica industry volumes generally grew in line with U.S

 

 

5


Table of Contents

industrial production, primarily influenced by the manufacture of glass, building materials, foundry moldings and chemicals. The economic downturn of 2008 and 2009 decreased demand for commercial silica products, particularly in the glassmaking, foundry, specialty coatings and building products end markets. Since 2010, as the general economy has continued to recover, demand has once again begun to grow in most of these end markets. We have also seen increased demand for commercial silica products for certain new specialty applications, such as solar panels, specialty coatings, wind turbines, polymer additives and geothermal energy systems.

 

Supply

 

Supplies of commercial silica have failed to keep pace with demand for approximately the past 18 months. During the economic downturn of 2008 and 2009, demand for commercial silica from customers in various industrial and specialty products end markets decreased. As a result, there was no significant expansion of domestic commercial silica supply. This, combined with the continued growth in demand for frac sand and the rebound in industrial and specialty products end markets in 2010, has created a supply-demand disparity. We believe that if the present level of demand growth continues for the foreseeable future, a significant expansion in the supply of commercial silica will be needed to balance the market. However, there are several key constraints to increasing production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding silica reserves suitable for use as frac sand, which, according to the API, must meet stringent technical specifications, including, among others, sphericity, grain size, crush resistance, acid solubility, purity and turbidity;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous reserves of silica large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a mine and processing plant;

 

   

the lack of industry-specific geological, exploration, development and mining knowledge and experience needed to enable the identification, acquisition and development of high-quality reserves;

 

   

the difficulty of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have the rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the difficulty of securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities, a process that can require up to three years; and

 

   

the difficulty of assembling a large, diverse portfolio of customers to optimize operations.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Pricing

 

Historically, commercial silica has been characterized by regional markets created by the high weight-to-value ratio of silica. The increased demand for commercial silica from our customers in both the oil and gas proppants end market and industrial and specialty products end markets has resulted in favorable pricing trends in both of our operating segments. If demand for frac sand continues to rise, and if the general economic recovery continues to result in increased demand from our customers in industrial and specialty products end markets, we expect the prices that our products command will continue to increase. As illustrated in the chart below, between 2000 and 2009, commercial silica prices increased at an average annual rate of 9.0%.

 

LOGO

 

Source: USGS, October 2010

 

Risks Associated with Our Business

 

There are a number of risks related to our business, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:

 

   

The demand for commercial silica fluctuates due to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses in both of our operating segments and the overall level of activity in the natural gas and oil industries, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

   

We may not be able to successfully implement our capacity expansion plans within our current timetable, the actual costs of the capacity expansion may exceed our current estimated costs and we may not be able to secure offtake agreements for the incremental production capacity. In addition, actual operating costs once we have completed the capacity expansion may be higher than anticipated.

 

   

A significant portion of our sales is produced at two of our plants. Any adverse developments at either of those plants or in the end markets those plants serve could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

We may be adversely affected by decreased demand for frac sand or the development of either effective alternative proppants or new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing.

 

   

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and commercial silica mining and the potential for related regulatory action or litigation could result in increased costs and additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Equity Sponsor

 

Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. is a San Francisco-based private equity investment firm with approximately $8 billion of capital under management. Golden Gate Capital is dedicated to partnering with world class management teams and targets investments in situations where there is a demonstrable opportunity to significantly enhance a company’s value. The principals of Golden Gate Capital have a long history of investing with management partners across a wide range of industries and transaction types, including leveraged buyouts and recapitalizations, corporate divestitures and spin-offs, build-ups and venture stage investing.

 

Corporate History Information

 

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in 2008 in connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition. We began operations 111 years ago in Ottawa, Illinois. Since that time, we have merged with and acquired many additional commercial silica mining and production facilities. Our corporate headquarters is located at 8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300, Frederick, Maryland 21701. Our telephone number is (800) 345-6170. Our website address is http://www.ussilica.com. The information on our website is not deemed to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

         shares

 

Common stock offered by GGC USS Holdings, LLC, the sole selling stockholder

         shares

 

           shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

         shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, assuming the shares are offered at $         per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to make an $8.0 million payment to terminate the Advisory Agreement entered into in connection with the Golden Gate Acquisition and to fund future capital expenditures for our business (other than capital expenditures associated with our Ottawa and Rockwood capacity expansions and the construction of our new resin-coating facility described elsewhere in this prospectus, which we expect to finance through a combination of cash on our balance sheet and cash generated from our operations). The other principal purposes for this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, provide liquidity for our existing stockholder and increase our visibility in our markets. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

 

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by our existing credit agreements, and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future debt or preferred securities. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed symbol for trading on the New York Stock Exchange

“SLCA”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering:

 

   

excludes 1,501,398 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 28 2011 pursuant to the 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2011 Plan”), of which no options to purchase shares are currently exercisable;

 

   

excludes 3,349,614 shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under the 2011 Plan;

 

   

assumes (1) no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to          additional shares from the selling stockholder and (2) an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus; and

 

   

assumes the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur at or prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data

 

The following tables summarize our historical combined financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary historical combined financial and operating data for the periods from January 1, 2008 through November 24, 2008, and from November 25, 2008 through December 31, 2008, and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our combined financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, which were audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. We have derived the summary historical combined financial and operating data as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 from our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements and, in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for such periods. Operating results for the quarter periods are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year or for any other period.

 

As a result of our acquisition by an affiliate of Harvest Partners, LLC in August 2007, by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital in October 2007 and the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition in November 2008, our financial data is presented on a predecessor and successor basis. We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. for the period from October 18, 2007 until November 24, 2008 as “Predecessor 1.” We refer to U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. for the period from and after November 25, 2008 as the “Successor.”

 

The Predecessor 1 period financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital. The Successor period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Golden Gate Capital.

 

The presentation of the year ended December 31, 2008 includes the combined results of the Predecessor 1 and Successor periods. We have presented the combination of these periods because we believe it provides an easier to read discussion of the results of operations and provides the investor with information from which to analyze our financial results in a manner that is consistent with the way management reviews and analyzes our results of operations. In addition, the combined results provide investors with the most meaningful comparison between our results for prior and future periods. See note 2 to “Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data” and our historical combined financial statements and the related notes for the year ended December 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the Predecessor 1 and Successor periods in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The summary historical combined data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes and other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Predecessor  1/
Successor
Combined
(Non-
GAAP)(1)
          Successor  
   Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
   2008           2009     2010          2010               2011       
   (amounts in thousands, excluding per ton figures)  

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Sales

   $ 233,583           $ 191,623      $ 244,953      $ 185,482      $ 211,965   

Operating income

     26,573             25,614        45,991        36,847        47,755   

Income before income taxes

     24,061             2,280        13,721        9,798        27,741   

Net income

     17,277             5,539        11,392        7,620        20,208   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

   $ 38,256           $ 13,863      $ 36,738      $ 24,399      $ 22,395   

Investing activities

     (332,206          (13,308     (15,163     (10,279     (28,692

Financing activities

     303,719             (288     28,451        26,593        15,606   
 

Other Financial Data:

               

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 49,560           $ 50,013      $ 72,152      $ 56,124      $ 66,354   

Capital expenditures

     (10,042          (13,350     (15,241     (10,355     (28,753
 

Operating Data:

               

Total tons sold

     6,389             5,089        5,965        4,508        4,688   

Average realized price (per ton)

   $ 36.56           $ 37.65      $ 41.07      $ 41.15      $ 45.22   

Production costs (per ton)(3)

     26.33             26.76        26.49        26.36        27.99   

Oil & Gas Proppants:

               

Sales

   $ 37,875           $ 35,836      $ 69,556      $ 51,185      $ 69,322   

Segment contribution margin

     23,557             23,515        43,118        31,896        43,828   

Industrial & Specialty Products:

               

Sales

   $ 195,708           $ 155,787      $ 175,397      $ 134,297      $ 142,643   

Segment contribution margin

     41,688             37,419        46,031        37,018        38,495   
                            As of September 30, 2011  
                            Actual     As Adjusted(4)  
                            (amounts in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  

  $ 73,809     

Total assets

  

    543,504     

Long-term debt (including current portion)

  

    258,464     

Total liabilities

  

    425,052     

Total stockholders’ equity

  

    118,452     

 

(1)  

The Golden Gate Capital Acquisition established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. The combined data is not presented in accordance with GAAP and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Except for purchase accounting adjustments primarily relating to depreciation, depletion and amortization, the results for the two combined periods are

 

 

12


Table of Contents
  comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most meaningful comparison for the users of this financial information. See note 2 to “Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data” and our historical combined financial statements and the related notes for the year ended December 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the Predecessor 1 and Successor periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

(2)   Adjusted EBITDA has been presented in this prospectus and is a supplemental measure of financial performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense (net) and amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts and provision for income taxes (“EBITDA”), adjusted to exclude the items set forth in the table below.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is included in this prospectus because it is a key metric used by management to assess our operating performance and by our lenders to evaluate our covenant compliance. Our target performance goals under our incentive compensation plan are tied, in part, to our Adjusted EBITDA. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of Our New Plan.” In addition, our revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”) contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that we must meet if our excess availability (as defined in the ABL Facility) falls below $10.0 million, and our term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) contains a consolidated leverage ratio covenant that we must meet at the end of each fiscal quarter, both of which are calculated based on our Adjusted EBITDA. Noncompliance with the financial ratio covenants contained in the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility could result in the acceleration of our obligations to repay all amounts outstanding under those agreements. Moreover, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to make permitted acquisitions, incur additional indebtedness, make restricted payments (including dividends) and retain excess cash flow based, in some cases, on our ability to meet leverage ratios calculated based on our Adjusted EBITDA. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance or liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance, cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. Adjusted EBITDA contains certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized, and excludes certain non-recurring charges that may recur in the future. Management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and by using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. Our measure of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the methods of calculation.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

     Predecessor 1/
Successor
Combined
(Non-GAAP)
   

 

  Successor  
     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2008                  2009                 2010                  2010              2011      
                (amount in thousands)         

Net income

   $ 17,277          $ 5,539      $ 11,392       $ 7,620      $ 20,208   

Total interest expense, net of interest income

     3,628            28,153        22,989         17,683         14,481   

Provisions for taxes (benefit)

     6,784            (3,259     2,329         2,178         7,533   

Total depreciation, depletion and amortization expenses

     17,067            17,887        19,305         14,265         15,636   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     44,756            48,320        56,015         41,746         57,858   

Non-cash deductions, losses and charges(a)

     (765         (3,337     1,364         602         —     

Non-recurring expenses (income)(b)

     2,587            (3,837        —           (1,295

Transaction expenses(c)

     2,122            4,263        10,669         10,669         6,043   

Permitted management fees and expenses(d)

     100            1,250        1,250         938         938   

Non-cash incentive compensation(e)

           949        383         287         682   

Post-employment expenses (excluding service costs)(f)

     350            2,224        2,113         1,563         1,267   

Other adjustments allowable under our existing credit agreements(g)

     410            181        358         319         862   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 49,560          $ 50,013      $ 72,152       $ 56,124       $ 66,354   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)   Includes non-cash deductions, losses and charges arising from adjustments to estimates of a future litigation liability and the decision by our hourly workforce at our Rockwood facility to withdraw from a pension plan administered by a third party.
  (b)   Includes non-recurring expenses related to a former insurer’s liquidation, the efforts of Predecessor 1 to monetize its investment in us and a one-time advertising and customer relations initiative relating to a prior owner.
  (c)   Includes natural gas hedging losses, purchase accounting adjustments, management bonuses and other expenses related to the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, as well as unamortized transaction fees and expenses arising from the refinancing of our Term Loan Facility.
  (d)   Includes fees and expenses paid to Golden Gate Capital for ongoing consulting and management services provided pursuant to an Advisory Agreement entered into in connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition. Prior to the completion of this offering, the Advisory Agreement will be terminated. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Golden Gate Capital Acquisition—Advisory Agreement.”
  (e)   Includes vesting of incentive equity compensation issued to our employees.
  (f)   Includes net pension cost and net post-retirement cost relating to pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations during the applicable period, but in each case excluding the service cost relating to benefits earned during such period. See note O to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (g)   Reflects miscellaneous adjustments permitted under our existing credit agreements, including such items as expenses related to reviewing potential acquisitions and costs associated with relocating the corporate headquarters.

 

(3)   Production costs (per ton) equal cost of goods sold divided by total tons sold.
(4)   As adjusted balance sheet data reflects (1) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation at or prior to the completion of this offering and (2) this offering. See “Capitalization.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

The demand for commercial silica fluctuates, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Demand in the end markets served by our customers is influenced by many factors, including the following:

 

   

global and regional economic, political and military events and conditions;

 

   

fluctuations in energy, fuel, oil and natural gas prices and the availability of such fuels;

 

   

demand for oil, natural gas and petroleum products;

 

   

changes in residential and commercial construction demands, driven in part by fluctuating interest rates and demographic shifts;

 

   

demand for automobiles and other vehicles;

 

   

the substitution of plastic or other materials for glass;

 

   

competition from offshore producers of glass products;

 

   

changes in demand for our products due to technological innovations;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

prices, availability and other factors relating to our products;

 

   

increases in costs of labor and labor strikes; and

 

   

population growth rates.

 

We cannot predict or control the factors that affect demand for our products. Negative developments in the above factors, among others, could cause the demand for commercial silica or other minerals to decline, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

Our operations are subject to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses, and we may not be able to mitigate that risk.

 

The substantial majority of our sales is to customers in industries that have historically been cyclical, such as glassmaking, building products, foundry and oil and natural gas recovery. These industries were adversely affected by the uncertain global economic climate in the second half of 2008 and in 2009. During periods of economic slowdown, our customers often reduce their production rates and also reduce capital expenditures and defer or cancel pending projects. Such developments occur even among customers that are not experiencing financial difficulties.

 

Demand in many of the end markets for commercial silica is driven by the construction and automotive industries. For example, the flat glass market depends on the automotive and commercial and residential construction and remodeling markets. The market for commercial silica used to manufacture building products is

 

15


Table of Contents

driven primarily by demand in the construction markets. The demand for foundry silica depends on the rate of automobile, light truck and heavy equipment production as well as construction. In the automotive industry, North American car and truck production was up 39% in 2010, but remains well below pre-recession levels. Housing starts in 2010 were approximately 587,000 units, a 6% improvement over 2009, but still only a fraction of the peak rate of 2.1 million units in 2005. The frac sand market is driven by demand for oil and natural gas. In periods of lower economic productivity or recession, oil and natural gas prices tend to decrease, as they did during late 2008 and portions of 2009, which, in turn, causes exploration and production companies to reduce their exploration, development, production and well completion activities. The reduced level of such activities could result in a corresponding decline in the demand for frac sand. In addition, given that silica transportation represents one of our customers’ largest costs, if, in response to economic pressures, our customers choose to move their production offshore, the increased logistics costs could reduce demand for our products. Continued weakness in the industries we serve has had, and may in the future have, an adverse effect on sales of our products and our results of operations. A continued or renewed economic downturn in one or more of the industries or geographic regions that we serve, or in the worldwide economy, could cause actual results of operations to differ materially from historical and expected results.

 

Our operations are subject to operating risks that are often beyond our control and could adversely affect production levels and costs, and such risks may not be covered by insurance.

 

Our mining, processing and production facilities are subject to risks normally encountered in the commercial silica industry. These risks include:

 

   

changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

   

changes in the price and availability of natural gas or electricity;

 

   

unusual or unexpected geological formations or pressures;

 

   

cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls;

 

   

unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

inclement or hazardous weather conditions, including flooding, and the physical impacts of climate change;

 

   

environmental hazards;

 

   

industrial accidents;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations (or the interpretation thereof) related to the mining and hydraulic fracturing industries, silica dust exposure or the environment;

 

   

inability to acquire or maintain necessary permits or mining or water rights;

 

   

restrictions on blasting operations;

 

   

inability to obtain necessary production equipment or replacement parts;

 

   

reduction in the amount of water available for processing;

 

   

technical difficulties or failures;

 

   

labor disputes;

 

   

late delivery of supplies;

 

   

fires, explosions or other accidents; and

 

   

facility shutdowns in response to environmental regulatory actions.

 

Any of these risks could result in damage to, or destruction of, our mining properties or production facilities, personal injury, environmental damage, delays in mining or processing, losses or possible legal liability. Any

 

16


Table of Contents

prolonged downtime or shutdowns at our mining properties or production facilities could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Not all of these risks are reasonably insurable, and our insurance coverage contains limits, deductibles, exclusions and endorsements. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to meet our needs in the event of loss and any such loss may have a material adverse effect on us.

 

A significant portion of our sales is generated at two of our plants. Any adverse developments at either of those plants or in the end markets those plants serve could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our sales is generated at our plants located in Ottawa, Illinois and Mill Creek, Oklahoma. In 2010, these plants represented a combined 49% of our total sales. Any adverse development at either of these plants or in the end markets these plants serve, including adverse developments due to catastrophic events or weather, decreased demand for commercial silica products, a decrease in the availability of transportation services or adverse developments affecting our customers, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business and financial performance depend on the level of activity in the natural gas and oil industries.

 

Our operations that produce frac sand are materially dependent on the levels of activity in natural gas and oil exploration, development and production. More specifically, the demand for the frac sand we produce is closely related to the number of natural gas and oil wells completed in geological formations where sand-based proppants are used in fracture treatments. These activity levels are affected by both short- and long-term trends in natural gas and oil prices. In recent years, natural gas and oil prices and, therefore, the level of exploration, development and production activity, have experienced significant fluctuations. Worldwide economic, political and military events, including war, terrorist activity, events in the Middle East and initiatives by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”), have contributed, and are likely to continue to contribute, to price volatility. Additionally, warmer than normal winters in North America and other weather patterns may adversely impact the short-term demand for natural gas and, therefore, demand for our products. Reduction in demand for natural gas to generate electricity could also adversely impact the demand for frac sand. Natural gas and oil prices experienced a decline in the second half of 2008 and during portions of 2009, and natural gas prices continued to be low in 2011. A prolonged reduction in natural gas and oil prices would generally depress the level of natural gas and oil exploration, development, production and well completion activity and result in a corresponding decline in the demand for the frac sand we produce. Such a decline could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any future decreases in the rate at which oil and natural gas reserves are discovered or developed, whether due to increased governmental regulation, limitations on exploration and drilling activity or other factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, even in a stronger natural gas and oil price environment.

 

We may be adversely affected by decreased demand for frac sand or the development of either effective alternative proppants or new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing.

 

Frac sand is a proppant used in the completion and re-completion of natural gas and oil wells through the process of hydraulic fracturing. Frac sand is the most commonly used proppant and is less expensive than ceramic proppant, which is also used in the hydraulic fracturing process to stimulate and maintain oil and natural gas production. A significant shift in demand from frac sand to other proppants, such as ceramic proppants, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The development and use of other effective alternative proppants, or the development of new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing altogether, could also cause a decline in demand for the frac sand we produce and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related regulatory action or litigation could result in increased costs and additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our business supplies frac sand to hydraulic fracturing operators in the oil and natural gas industry. Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The federal Safe Drinking Water Act (the “SDWA”) regulates the underground injection of substances through the Underground Injection Control Program (the “UIC Program”). Currently, hydraulic fracturing generally is exempt from federal regulation under the UIC Program, and the hydraulic fracturing process is typically regulated by state or local governmental authorities. Although we do not directly engage in hydraulic fracturing activities, our customers purchase our frac sand for use in their hydraulic fracturing operations. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has recently taken the position that hydraulic fracturing with fluids containing diesel fuel is subject to regulation under the UIC Program, specifically as “Class II” UIC wells. At the same time, the EPA has commenced a study of the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing activities, a committee of the U.S. House of Representatives (the “House”) is conducting an investigation of hydraulic fracturing practices and a subcommittee of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (the “SEAB”) of the U.S. Department of Energy has been tasked with recommending steps to improve the safety and environmental performance of hydraulic fracturing. As part of these studies, the EPA, the House committee and the SEAB subcommittee have requested that certain companies provide them with information concerning the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. These studies, depending on their results, could spur initiatives to regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or otherwise. The SEAB subcommittee issued a preliminary report in August 2011 recommending, among other things, measures to improve and protect air and water quality, improvements in communication among state and federal regulators, reduction of diesel fuel in shale gas production, disclosure of fracturing fluid composition and the creation of a publicly accessible database organizing all publicly disclosed information with respect to hydraulic fracturing operations. Legislation is currently before Congress to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. If this or similar legislation becomes law, the legislation could establish an additional level of regulation that may lead to additional permitting requirements or other operating restrictions, making it more difficult to complete natural gas wells in shale formations. This could increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business or otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which may negatively impact demand for our frac sand products.

 

In addition, various state, local and foreign governments have implemented, or are considering, increased regulatory oversight of hydraulic fracturing through additional permitting requirements, operational restrictions, disclosure requirements and temporary or permanent bans on hydraulic fracturing in certain areas such as environmentally sensitive watersheds. For example, Wyoming, Colorado, Arkansas, Louisiana, Montana, Texas and Pennsylvania have imposed disclosure requirements on hydraulic fracturing well owners and operators. The availability of information regarding the constituents of hydraulic fracturing fluids could make it easier for third parties opposing the hydraulic fracturing process to initiate individual or class action legal proceedings based on allegations that specific chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process could adversely affect groundwater and drinking water supplies or otherwise cause harm to human health or the environment. Moreover, disclosure to third parties or to the public, even if inadvertent, of our customers’ proprietary chemical formulas could diminish the value of those formulas and result in competitive harm to our customers, which could indirectly impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The adoption of new laws or regulations at the federal, state, local or foreign levels imposing reporting obligations on, or otherwise limiting or delaying, the hydraulic fracturing process could make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells in shale formations, increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business

 

18


Table of Contents

and otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which could negatively impact demand for our frac sand products. In addition, heightened political, regulatory and public scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing practices could potentially expose us or our customers to increased legal and regulatory proceedings, and any such proceedings could be time-consuming, costly or result in substantial legal liability or significant reputational harm. Any such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, whether directly or indirectly. For example, we could be directly affected by adverse litigation involving us, or indirectly affected if the cost of compliance limits the ability of our customers to operate in the geographic areas we serve.

 

Our operations are dependent on our rights and ability to mine our properties and on our having renewed or received the required permits and approvals from governmental authorities and other third parties.

 

We hold numerous governmental, environmental, mining and other permits, water rights and approvals authorizing operations at each of our facilities. A decision by a governmental agency or other third party to deny or delay issuing a new or renewed permit or approval, or to revoke or substantially modify an existing permit or approval, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue operations at the affected facility. Expansion of our existing operations is also predicated on securing the necessary environmental or other permits, water rights or approvals, which we may not receive in a timely manner or at all. In addition, our facilities are located near existing and proposed third-party industrial operations that could affect our ability to fully extract, or the manner in which we extract, the mineral deposits to which we have mining rights.

 

Title to, and the area of, mineral properties and water rights may also be disputed. Mineral properties sometimes contain claims or transfer histories that examiners cannot verify. A successful claim that we do not have title to one or more of our properties or lack appropriate water rights could cause us to lose any rights to explore, develop and extract any minerals on that property, without compensation for our prior expenditures relating to such property. Our business may suffer a material adverse effect in the event one or more of our properties are determined to have title deficiencies.

 

In some instances, we have received access rights or easements from third parties, which allow for a more efficient operation than would exist without the access or easement. A third party could take action to suspend the access or easement, and any such action could be materially adverse to our results of operations or financial condition.

 

We may not be able to successfully implement our capacity expansion plans within our current timetable, the actual costs of the capacity expansion may exceed our current estimated costs and we may not be able to secure offtake agreements for the incremental production capacity. In addition, actual operating costs once we have completed the capacity expansion may be higher than anticipated.

 

We are currently executing several initiatives to increase our frac sand production capacity and augment our proppant product portfolio. At our Ottawa, Illinois facility, we are increasing our frac sand production capacity by 900,000 tons per year. At our Rockwood, Michigan facility, we are adding 250,000 tons of annual frac sand production capacity by installing an entirely new processing circuit to run on a continuous basis alongside our existing state-of-the-art low-iron silica circuit. These two projects were completed during the fourth quarter of 2011. We are also in the initial stages of building a new facility to produce resin-coated sand, a higher-strength alternative to traditional frac sand, in Rochelle, Illinois, that will be designed to coat up to 400 million pounds annually. This project is scheduled for completion and start-up in 2013.

 

Under our current business plan, we expect to fund our expansion plan through a combination of cash on our balance sheet and cash generated from our operations. If the assumptions on which we based our estimated capital expenditures change or are inaccurate, we may require additional funding. Such funding may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Moreover, actual operating costs once we have completed the capacity expansion may be higher than initially anticipated. We also have not secured offtake commitments for

 

19


Table of Contents

the incremental production from our capacity expansion plans, and we may not be able to secure such commitments. Furthermore, substantial investments in transportation infrastructure will be required to effectively execute the capacity expansion, and we may not be successful in expanding our logistical capabilities to accommodate the additional production capacity.

 

Any failure to successfully implement our capacity expansion plans due to an inability to obtain necessary permits, insufficient funding, delays, unanticipated costs or other factors, or failure to realize the anticipated benefits of our capacity expansion plans, including securing offtake commitments for the incremental production, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our future performance will depend on our ability to succeed in competitive markets, and on our ability to appropriately react to potential fluctuations in demand for and supply of frac sand.

 

We operate in a highly competitive market that is characterized by a small number of large, national producers and a larger number of small, regional or local producers. Competition in the industry is based on price, consistency and quality of product, site location, distribution capability, customer service, reliability of supply, breadth of product offering and technical support. As transportation costs are a significant portion of the total cost to customers of commercial silica—in many instances transportation costs can represent more than 50% of delivered cost—the commercial silica market is typically local, and competition from beyond the local area is limited. Notable exceptions to this are the frac sand and fillers and extenders markets, where certain product characteristics are not available in all deposits and not all plants have the requisite processing capabilities, necessitating that some products be shipped for extended distances.

 

We compete with large, national producers such as Unimin Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Badger Mining Corporation and Carmeuse Industrial Sands. Our larger competitors may have greater financial and other resources than we do, may develop technology superior to ours or may have production facilities that are located closer to key customers than ours.

 

Because the markets for our products are typically local, we also compete with smaller, regional or local producers. For instance, in recent years there has been an increase in the number of small producers servicing the frac sand market due to an increased demand for hydraulic fracturing services. Should the demand for hydraulic fracturing services decrease, prices in the frac sand market could materially decrease as smaller, regional producers exit the market, selling frac sand at below market prices. In addition, oil and natural gas exploration and production companies and other providers of hydraulic fracturing services could acquire their own frac sand reserves, expand their existing frac sand production capacity or otherwise fulfill their own proppant requirements and existing or new frac sand producers could add to or expand their frac sand production capacity, which would negatively impact demand for our frac sand products. We may not be able to compete successfully against either our larger or smaller competitors in the future, and competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

A large portion of our sales is generated by our top ten customers, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, purchases by our largest customers could adversely affect our operations.

 

During 2010, our top ten customers represented 45% of our sales from continuing operations, with no single customer accounting for more than 9%. We have long-term, competitively-bid fixed price supply agreements with three of these customers in the oil and gas proppants end market, including our top customer, that have initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. We do not have long-term contracts in place with the remaining top seven customers from 2010. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we signed six additional shorter term supply agreements with other customers in the oil and gas proppants end market. The terms of these new agreements range from 12 to 36 months and the agreements are generally fixed price, take-or-pay supply agreements. These customers may not continue to purchase the same levels of our commercial silica products in the future due to a variety of reasons. For example, some of our top customers could go out of business or, alternatively, be acquired by other companies that purchase the same products and services provided by us from other third-party providers. Our customers could also

 

20


Table of Contents

seek to capture and develop their own sources of commercial silica. If any of our major customers substantially reduces or altogether ceases purchasing our commercial silica products, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

In addition, the long-term supply agreements we have may negatively impact our results of operations. Certain of our long-term agreements are for sales at fixed prices that are adjusted only for certain cost increases. As a result, in periods with increasing prices, such as the period we are currently experiencing, our sales will grow at a slower rate than industry spot prices.

 

Increasing costs or a lack of dependability or availability of transportation services or infrastructure could have an adverse effect on our ability to deliver products at competitive prices.

 

Because of the relatively low cost of producing commercial silica, transportation and handling costs tend to be a significant component of the total delivered cost of sales. The high relative cost of transportation tends to favor manufacturers located in close proximity to the customer. In addition, as we continue to expand our commercial silica production, we will need increased transportation services, including rail cars. We contract with truck, rail, ship and barge services to move commercial silica from our production facilities to distribution outlets and our customers, and increased costs under these contracts could adversely affect our results of operations if we are unable to pass these costs on to our customers. In addition, we bear the risk of nondelivery under our customer contracts. In certain instances we commit to deliver products to our customers prior to production, under penalty of nonperformance. Labor disputes, derailments, adverse weather conditions or other environmental events, an increasingly tight railcar leasing market and changes to rail freight systems could interrupt or limit available transportation services. A significant increase in transportation service rates, a reduction in the dependability or availability of transportation services or relocation of our customers’ businesses to areas farther from our plants could impair our ability to deliver our products economically to our customers and to expand our markets.

 

Our production process consumes large amounts of natural gas and electricity. An increase in the price or a significant interruption in the supply of these or any other energy sources could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Energy costs, primarily natural gas and electricity, represented approximately 9% of our total sales in 2010. Natural gas is the primary fuel source used for drying in the commercial silica production process and, as such, our profitability is impacted by the price and availability of natural gas we purchase from third parties. The price and supply of natural gas are unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly based on international, political and economic circumstances, as well as other events outside our control, such as changes in supply and demand due to weather conditions, actions by OPEC and other oil and natural gas producers, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. In addition, potential climate change regulations or carbon or emissions taxes could result in higher production costs for energy, which may be passed on to us in whole or in part. In the past, the price of natural gas has been extremely volatile, and we expect this volatility to continue. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the monthly closing price of natural gas on the New York Mercantile Exchange ranged from a high of $5.81 per million British Thermal Units (“BTUs”) to a low of $3.29 per million BTUs. In order to manage this risk, we may hedge natural gas prices through the use of derivative financial instruments, such as forwards, swaps and futures. However, these measures carry risk (including nonperformance by counterparties) and do not in any event entirely eliminate the risk of decreased margins as a result of natural gas price increases. A significant increase in the price of energy that is not recovered through an increase in the price of our products or covered through our hedging arrangements or an extended interruption in the supply of natural gas or electricity to our production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

21


Table of Contents

Increases in the price of diesel fuel may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Diesel fuel costs generally fluctuate with increasing and decreasing world crude oil prices, and accordingly are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside of our control. Our operations are dependent on earthmoving equipment, railcars and tractor trailers, and diesel fuel costs are a significant component of the operating expense of these vehicles. We use earthmoving equipment in our mining operations, and we ship the vast majority of our products by either railcar or tractor trailer. To the extent that we perform these services with equipment that we own, we are responsible for buying and supplying the diesel fuel needed to operate these vehicles. To the extent that these services are provided by independent contractors, we may be subject to fuel surcharges that attempt to recoup increased diesel fuel expenses. To the extent we are unable to pass along increased diesel fuel costs to our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Diminished access to water may adversely affect our operations.

 

The mining and processing activities in which we engage at a number of our facilities require significant amounts of water, and some of our facilities are located in areas that are water-constrained. We have obtained water rights that we currently use to service the activities on our various properties, and we plan to obtain all required water rights to service other properties we may develop or acquire in the future. However, the amount of water that we are entitled to use pursuant to our water rights must be determined by the appropriate regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Such regulatory authorities may amend the regulations regarding such water rights, increase the cost of maintaining such water rights or eliminate our current water rights, and we may be unable to retain all or a portion of such water rights. For instance, there are proposed regulations reducing water rights per acre for the aquifer accessed by our Mill Creek, Oklahoma facility. These new regulations, which could also affect local municipalities and other industrial operations, could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs and effectiveness if implemented. Such changes in laws, regulations or government policy and related interpretations pertaining to water rights may alter the environment in which we do business, which may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Title to, and the area of, water rights may also be disputed, including by Native American tribes asserting historical water rights. A successful claim that we lack appropriate water rights on one or more of our properties could cause us to lose any rights to explore, develop and operate mines on that property. Any decrease or disruption in our water rights or available water supply as a result of any of the above factors may adversely affect our operations.

 

The manufacture of resin-coated sand will be a new process for us, and failure to effectively integrate this new process with our existing processes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are currently constructing a resin-coating facility in Rochelle, Illinois that will produce resin-coated sand, which is a higher-strength alternative to traditional frac sand and involves a manufacturing process with which we are relatively inexperienced. Commercialization of resin-coated sand involves capital expenditures, which we have begun to incur, and new operational requirements. If we are unable to secure adequate, cost-effective supply commitments for the raw materials associated with resin-coated sand or if we are unable to successfully and efficiently construct the needed additional manufacturing capacity and infrastructure to produce resin-coated sand, our ability to sell this product to the marketplace may be adversely impacted. In addition, there are attendant risks of market acceptance and product performance that could result in less demand than anticipated and our having excess capacity. A lack of sales of resin-coated sand could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

If we cannot successfully complete acquisitions or integrate acquired businesses, our growth may be limited and our financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

Our business strategy includes supplementing internal growth by pursuing acquisitions of complementary businesses. Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other things:

 

   

the validity of our assumptions about mineral reserves, future production, sales, capital expenditures, operating expenses and costs, including synergies;

 

   

an inability to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire;

 

   

the use of a significant portion of our available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions and the subsequent decrease in our liquidity;

 

   

a significant increase in our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

   

the assumption of unknown liabilities, losses or costs for which we are not indemnified or for which our indemnity is inadequate;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

an inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel both to manage and to operate our growing business and assets;

 

   

the incurrence of other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties encountered in operating in new geographic areas;

 

   

customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses; and

 

   

the accuracy of data obtained from production reports and engineering studies, geophysical and geological analyses and other information used when deciding to acquire a property, the results of which are often inconclusive and subject to various interpretations.

 

If we cannot successfully complete acquisitions or integrate acquired businesses, our growth may be limited and our financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, develop and increase our asset base. The inability to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms, or at all, could have an adverse effect on our growth and profitability.

 

Although we currently use a significant amount of our cash reserves and cash generated from our operations to fund the maintenance and development of our existing mineral reserves and our acquisitions of new mineral reserves, we may depend on the availability of credit to fund future capital expenditures. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future equity or debt offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, the covenants contained in our existing credit facilities or future debt agreements, adverse market conditions or other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds necessary to maintain, develop and increase our asset base could adversely impact our growth and profitability.

 

Even if we are able to obtain financing or access the capital markets, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and our level of indebtedness could restrict our ability to fund future development and acquisition activities. In addition, the issuance of additional common stock in an equity offering may result in significant stockholder dilution.

 

Our substantial indebtedness and pension obligations could adversely affect our financial flexibility and our competitive position.

 

We have, and we will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2011, we had $258.5 million of outstanding indebtedness. As of September 30, 2011, we had no outstanding borrowings,

 

23


Table of Contents

$9.8 million of outstanding letters of credit, $1.2 million reserved against derivative agreements and $22.5 million of borrowing availability under the ABL Facility. Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. We also have, and will continue to have, significant pension obligations. As of December 31, 2010, our unfunded pension obligations totaled $26.9 million. Our substantial indebtedness and pension obligations could have other important consequences to you and significant effects on our business. For example, they could:

 

   

increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our indebtedness and pension obligations, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

restrict us from exploiting business opportunities;

 

   

make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including payments on our indebtedness;

 

   

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt and pension obligations; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other general corporate purposes.

 

Our credit facilities contain substantial restrictions and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

 

Our existing credit facilities contain, and any future financing agreements that we may enter into will likely contain, operating and financial restrictions and covenants that may restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in, expand or pursue our business activities. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants is uncertain and will be affected by the levels of cash flow from our operations and events or circumstances beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our credit facilities, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable and our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. In addition, our obligations under our credit facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets, and if we are unable to repay our indebtedness under our credit facilities, the lenders could seek to foreclose on our assets. Our ABL Facility limits the amounts we can borrow to a borrowing base amount. Outstanding borrowings in excess of the borrowing base are required to be repaid immediately.

 

We may incur substantial debt in the future to enable us to maintain or increase our production levels and to otherwise pursue our business plan. This debt may impair our ability to operate our business.

 

Our business plan requires a significant amount of capital expenditures to maintain and grow our production levels. If commercial silica prices were to decline for an extended period of time, if the costs of our acquisition and development operations were to increase substantially or if other events were to occur which reduced our sales or increased our costs, we may be required to borrow significant amounts in the future to enable us to finance the expenditures necessary to replace the reserves we produce. The cost of the borrowings and our obligations to repay the borrowings could have important consequences to us, including:

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

covenants contained in our existing and future credit and debt arrangements will require us to meet financial tests that may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business, including possible acquisition opportunities;

 

   

we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness and to improve the funded status of our defined benefit pension plan, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations and future business opportunities; and

 

   

our debt level will make us more vulnerable than our less leveraged competitors to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally.

 

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend on, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying business activities, acquisitions, investments and/or capital expenditures; selling assets; restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness; or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms or at all.

 

Inaccuracies in our estimates of mineral reserves and resource deposits could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected costs.

 

We base our mineral reserve and resource estimates on engineering, economic and geological data assembled and analyzed by our engineers and geologists, which are reviewed by outside firms. However, commercial silica reserve estimates are necessarily imprecise and depend to some extent on statistical inferences drawn from available drilling data, which may prove unreliable. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities and qualities of commercial silica reserves and non-reserve commercial silica deposits and costs to mine recoverable reserves, including many factors beyond our control. Estimates of economically recoverable commercial silica reserves necessarily depend on a number of factors and assumptions, all of which may vary considerably from actual results, such as:

 

   

geological and mining conditions and/or effects from prior mining that may not be fully identified by available data or that may differ from experience;

 

   

assumptions concerning future prices of commercial silica products, operating costs, mining technology improvements, development costs and reclamation costs; and

 

   

assumptions concerning future effects of regulation, including the issuance of required permits and taxes by governmental agencies.

 

Any inaccuracy in our estimates related to our mineral reserves and non-reserve mineral deposits could result in lower than expected sales and higher than expected costs.

 

Mine closures entail substantial costs, and if we close one or more of our mines sooner than anticipated, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We base our assumptions regarding the life of our mines on detailed studies that we perform from time to time, but our studies and assumptions do not always prove to be accurate. If we close any of our mines sooner than expected, sales will decline unless we are able to increase production at any of our other mines, which may not be possible. The closure of an open pit mine also involves significant fixed closure costs, including accelerated employment legacy costs, severance-related obligations, reclamation and other environmental costs and the costs of terminating long-term obligations, including energy contracts and equipment leases. We accrue for the costs of reclaiming open pits, stockpiles, tailings ponds, roads and other mining support areas over the estimated mining life of our property. If we were to reduce the estimated life of any of our mines, the fixed mine closure costs would be applied to a shorter period of production, which would increase production costs per ton produced and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

25


Table of Contents

Applicable statutes and regulations require that mining property be reclaimed following a mine closure in accordance with specified standards and an approved reclamation plan. The plan addresses matters such as removal of facilities and equipment, regrading, prevention of erosion and other forms of water pollution, re-vegetation and post-mining land use. We may be required to post a surety bond or other form of financial assurance equal to the cost of reclamation as set forth in the approved reclamation plan. The establishment of the final mine closure reclamation liability is based on permit requirements and requires various estimates and assumptions, principally associated with reclamation costs and production levels. If our accruals for expected reclamation and other costs associated with mine closures for which we will be responsible were later determined to be insufficient, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

A shortage of skilled labor together with rising labor costs in the mining industry may further increase operating costs, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Efficient mining using modern techniques and equipment requires skilled laborers, preferably with several years of experience and proficiency in multiple mining tasks, including processing of mined minerals. If the shortage of experienced labor continues or worsens or if we are unable to train the necessary number of skilled laborers, there could be an adverse impact on our labor productivity and costs and our ability to expand production.

 

As a result of current market conditions and the high demand for skilled labor in certain regions in which we operate, we are experiencing a record level of labor costs, and we expect the cost of labor to increase in the future. If the prices for our products decrease in the future, labor costs may not be commensurately reduced.

 

Our business may suffer if we lose, or are unable to attract and retain, key personnel.

 

We depend to a large extent on the services of our senior management team and other key personnel, and we are seeking to hire several key management personnel in the near term. Members of our senior management and other key employees have extensive experience and expertise in evaluating and analyzing industrial mineral properties, maximizing production from such properties, marketing industrial mineral production and developing and executing financing and hedging strategies. Competition for management and key personnel is intense, and the pool of qualified candidates is limited. The loss of any of these individuals or the failure to attract additional personnel, as needed, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and could lead to higher labor costs or the use of less-qualified personnel. In addition, if any of our executives or other key employees were to join a competitor or form a competing company, we could lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key personnel. We do not maintain key-man life insurance with respect to any of our employees. Our success will be dependent on our ability to continue to attract, employ and retain highly skilled personnel.

 

Our profitability could be negatively affected if we fail to maintain satisfactory labor relations.

 

As of December 31, 2010, various labor unions represented about 56% of our employees. If we are unable to renegotiate acceptable collective bargaining agreements with these labor unions in the future, we could experience, among other things, strikes, work stoppages or other slowdowns by our workers and increased operating costs as a result of higher wages, health care costs or benefits paid to our employees. An inability to maintain good relations with our workforce could cause a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We rely upon trade secrets and contractual restrictions, and not patents, to protect our proprietary rights. Failure to protect our intellectual property rights may undermine our competitive position, and protecting our rights or defending against third-party allegations of infringement may be costly.

 

Our commercial success depends on our proprietary information and technologies, know-how and other intellectual property. Because of the technical nature of our business, we rely on trade secrets, trademarks and

 

26


Table of Contents

contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property rights and currently do not hold any patents related to our business. The measures we take to protect our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights may be insufficient. Failure to protect, monitor and control the use of our existing intellectual property rights could cause us to lose our competitive advantage and incur significant expenses. It is possible that our competitors or others could independently develop the same or similar technologies or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technologies. In such case, our trade secrets would not prevent third parties from competing with us. As a result, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, third parties or employees may infringe or misappropriate our proprietary technologies or other intellectual property rights, which could also harm our business and results of operations. Policing unauthorized use of intellectual property rights can be difficult and expensive, and adequate remedies may not be available.

 

In addition, third parties may claim that our products infringe or otherwise violate their patents or other proprietary rights and seek corresponding damages or injunctive relief. Defending ourselves against such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and result in costly litigation. An adverse outcome in any such litigation could subject us to significant liability to third parties (potentially including treble damages) or temporary or permanent injunctions prohibiting the manufacture or sale of our products, the use of our technologies or the conduct of our business. Any adverse outcome could also require us to seek licenses from third parties (which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all) or to make substantial one-time or ongoing royalty payments. Protracted litigation could also result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our products until resolution of such litigation. In addition, we may not have insurance coverage in connection with such litigation and may have to bear all costs arising from any such litigation to the extent we are unable to recover them from other parties. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

Silica-related health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

 

The inhalation of respirable crystalline silica is associated with the lung disease silicosis. There is recent evidence of an association between crystalline silica exposure or silicosis and lung cancer and a possible association with other diseases, including immune system disorders such as scleroderma. These health risks have been, and may continue to be, a significant issue confronting the commercial silica industry. Concerns over silicosis and other potential adverse health effects, as well as concerns regarding potential liability from the use of silica, may have the effect of discouraging our customers’ use of our silica products. The actual or perceived health risks of mining, processing and handling silica could materially and adversely affect silica producers, including us, through reduced use of silica products, the threat of product liability or employee lawsuits, increased scrutiny by federal, state and local regulatory authorities of us and our customers or reduced financing sources available to the commercial silica industry.

 

Since at least 1975, we and/or our predecessors have been named as a defendant, usually among many defendants, in numerous products liability lawsuits brought by or on behalf of current or former employees of our customers alleging damages caused by silica exposure. As of December 31, 2010, we were the subject of approximately 146 active silica exposure claims, and, as of December 7, 2011, approximately 3,156 inactive claims. Almost all of the claims pending against us arise out of the alleged use of our silica products in foundries or as an abrasive blast media and have been filed in the states of Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi, although some cases have been brought in many other jurisdictions over the years.

 

We currently have certain limited sources of recovery for silica exposure claims to date, including an indemnity for those claims from a successor to our former owner and some insurance coverage. The indemnity covers only claims filed prior to 2005 for alleged exposure to our products only for the period prior to September 12, 1985 and contains other limitations. Existing and potential insurance coverage applies only to occurrences of alleged silica exposure prior to certain dates in 1985 and 1986, respectively. We have no insurance or indemnity for claims relating to silica exposure after these dates. Although the scope of coverage

 

27


Table of Contents

under certain insurance policies is currently being litigated, we believe, based on currently available information, they and the indemnity will remain in force. The silica-related litigation brought against us to date and associated litigation costs, settlements and verdicts have not resulted in a material liability to us to date. However, we continue to have silica exposure claims filed against us, including claims that allege silica exposure for periods not covered by insurance or an indemnity, and the costs, outcome and impact to us of any pending or future claims is not certain. Any such pending or future claims or inadequacies of our indemnity or insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. For further information, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

We may have to utilize significant cash to meet our unfunded pension obligations and post-retirement health care liabilities and these obligations are subject to increase.

 

Many of our employees participate in our defined benefit pension plans. From January 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, we made payments totaling $11.0 million toward reducing the unfunded liability of our defined benefit pension plans. Declines in interest rates or the market values of the securities held by the plans, or other adverse changes, could materially increase the underfunded status of our plans and affect the level and timing of required cash contributions. To the extent we use cash to reduce these unfunded liabilities, the amount of cash available for our working capital needs would be reduced. In addition, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) has the authority to institute proceedings to terminate a pension plan if (1) the plan has not met the minimum funding requirements, (2) the plan cannot pay current benefits when due, (3) a lump sum payment has been made to a participant who is a substantial owner of the sponsoring company (and certain other technical conditions exist) or (4) the loss to the PBGC is reasonably expected to increase unreasonably over time if the plan is not terminated. In the event our tax-qualified pension plans are terminated by the PBGC, we could be liable to the PBGC for the underfunded amount, which could trigger default provisions in our credit facilities.

 

We also have a post-retirement health and life insurance plan for many of our employees. The post-retirement benefit plan is unfunded. We derive post-retirement benefit expense from an actuarial calculation based on the provisions of the plan and a number of assumptions provided by us including information about employee demographics, retirement age, future health care costs, turnover, mortality, discount rate, amount and timing of claims and a health care inflation trend rate. Our pension obligation was $92.1 million as of December 31, 2010 (with plan assets of $65.2 million), and post-retirement healthcare obligations were $22.5 million as of December 31, 2010. The amount of cash ultimately required to fund these obligations will vary based on a number of factors including future return on assets, mortality rates and other such actuarial assumptions. Based on current assumptions, we expect to pay $12.5 million in the year 2011, a total of $13.6 million for the two-year period from 2012 through 2013, a total of $12.1 million for the two-year period from 2014 through 2015 and a total of $12.7 million thereafter. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations.”

 

Failure to maintain effective quality control systems at our mining, processing and production facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

 

The performance, quality and safety of our products are critical to the success of our business. These factors depend significantly on the effectiveness of our quality control systems, which, in turn, depends on a number of factors, including the design of our quality control systems, our quality-training program and our ability to ensure that our employees adhere to the quality control policies and guidelines. Any significant failure or deterioration of our quality control systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

 

Seasonal and severe weather conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

Our business could be materially adversely affected by weather conditions. Severe weather conditions may affect our customers’ operations, thus reducing their need for our products. Weather conditions may impact our

 

28


Table of Contents

operations, resulting in weather-related damage to our facilities and equipment or an inability to deliver equipment, personnel and products to job sites in accordance with contract schedules. In addition, the EPA has stated that climate change may lead to the increased frequency and severity of extreme weather events. Any such interference with our operations could force us to delay or curtail services and potentially breach our contractual obligations or result in a loss of productivity and an increase in our operating costs.

 

Our sales and profitability fluctuate on a seasonal basis and are affected by a variety of other factors.

 

Our sales and profitability are affected by a variety of factors, including actions of competitors, changes in general economic conditions, weather conditions and seasonal periods. As a result, our results of operations fluctuate on a quarterly basis and relative to corresponding periods in prior years, and any of these factors could adversely affect our business and cause our results of operations to decline. For example, we sell more of our products in the second and third quarters in the building products and recreation end markets due to the seasonal rise in construction driven by more favorable weather conditions. We sell fewer of our products in the first and fourth quarters due to reduced construction and recreational activity largely as a result of adverse weather conditions. Any unanticipated decrease in demand for our products during the second and third quarters could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

 

We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

 

We rely on sophisticated information technology systems and infrastructure to support our business, including process control technology. Any of these systems may be susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. The failure of any of our information technology systems may cause disruptions in our operations, which could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

 

We rely on a different source for our 2010 industry and market data than for the same data in prior years. Neither the 2010 data nor the data prior to 2010 can be verified with certainty, and either the 2010 data or the data prior to 2010 may prove to be inaccurate.

 

We have relied on the Minerals Yearbook produced by the USGS for our industry and market data for years prior to 2010. The USGS has not yet produced its 2010 yearbook and has provided only preliminary estimates of commercial silica demand in 2010. We experienced unprecedented demand for our frac sand products from producers of oil and natural gas in 2010, and based on our experience and results of operations in 2010, we believe that our internal estimates of market demand, compiled through consultation with independent third parties, more accurately represent 2010 demand for commercial silica than the preliminary USGS estimates. Neither the 2010 data nor the data prior to 2010 can be verified with certainty, and either the 2010 data or the data prior to 2010 may prove to be inaccurate.

 

In addition, certain of this industry data constitutes forward-looking statements. We cannot guarantee the accuracy of such forward-looking statements, and you should be aware that results and events could differ materially and adversely from those contained in these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

 

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if pipelines, production facilities, processing plants or refineries are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

 

29


Table of Contents

If we fail to establish and maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results in a timely and reliable manner, which could harm our business and impact the value of our common stock.

 

We depend on our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements in order to run our business. If we fail to do so, our business could be negatively affected and our independent registered public accounting firm may be unable to attest to the accuracy of our financial statements and effectiveness of our internal controls.

 

We reissued our 2010 financial statements after management identified a material weakness in its internal controls related to stock-based compensation. Based on a misinterpretation of accounting guidance, management did not properly record compensation for equity-based awards granted at GGC USS Holdings, LLC (our “parent LLC”) to certain of our employees. This resulted in an understatement of stock-based compensation expense in 2009 and 2010. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” No additional equity-based awards are expected to be granted to our employees at our parent LLC in the future and, therefore, no additional remediation efforts are necessary.

 

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls in the future, it could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial information or cause our stock price to decline.

 

Risks Related to Environmental, Mining and Other Regulation

 

We and our customers are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety regulations that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local regulatory environmental requirements affecting the mining and mineral processing industry, including among others, those relating to employee health and safety, environmental permitting and licensing, air and water emissions, greenhouse gas emissions, water pollution, waste management, remediation of soil and groundwater contamination, land use, reclamation and restoration of properties, hazardous materials and natural resources. These laws, regulations and permits have had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on our business. Some environmental laws impose substantial penalties for noncompliance, and others, such as the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the remediation of releases of hazardous substances. Liability under CERCLA, or similar state and local laws, may be imposed as a result of conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or for the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior operators or other third parties. Failure to properly handle, transport, store or dispose of hazardous materials or otherwise conduct our operations in compliance with environmental laws could expose us to liability for governmental penalties, cleanup costs and civil or criminal liability associated with releases of such materials into the environment, damages to property or natural resources and other damages, as well as potentially impair our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or extract our mineral deposits or could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses in connection with our business. Future events, including changes in any environmental requirements (or their interpretation or enforcement) and the costs associated with complying with such requirements, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

30


Table of Contents

Any failure by us to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations may cause governmental authorities to take actions that could adversely impact our operations and financial condition, including:

 

   

issuance of administrative, civil and criminal penalties;

 

   

denial, modification or revocation of permits or other authorizations;

 

   

imposition of injunctive obligations or other limitations on our operations, including cessation of operations; and

 

   

requirements to perform site investigatory, remedial or other corrective actions.

 

Moreover, environmental requirements, and the interpretation and enforcement thereof, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. For example, greenhouse gas emission regulation is becoming more rigorous. We expect to be required to report annual greenhouse gas emissions from our operations to the EPA, and additional greenhouse gas emission related requirements at the supranational, federal, state, regional and local levels are in various stages of development. The U.S. Congress has considered, and may adopt in the future, various legislative proposals to address climate change, including a nationwide limit on greenhouse gas emissions. In addition, the EPA has issued regulations, including the “Tailoring Rule,” that subject greenhouse gas emissions from certain stationary sources to the Prevention of Significant Deterioration and Title V provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. Any such regulations could require us to modify existing permits or obtain new permits, implement additional pollution control technology, curtail operations or increase significantly our operating costs. Any regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, including, for example, through a cap-and-trade system, technology mandate, emissions tax, reporting requirement or other program, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, reputation, operating performance and product demand.

 

In addition to environmental regulation, we are subject to laws and regulations relating to human exposure to crystalline silica. Several federal and state regulatory authorities, including the U.S. Mining Safety and Health Administration, may continue to propose changes in their regulations regarding workplace exposure to crystalline silica, such as permissible exposure limits and required controls and personal protective equipment. Both the North American Industrial Mining Association and the National Industrial Sand Association, both of which we are a member, track silicosis-related issues and aim to work with government policymakers in crafting such regulations.

 

We may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations that are adopted, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify our operations or equipment or shut down some or all of our plants. Additionally, our customers may not be able to comply with any new laws and regulations, and any new laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our customers by requiring them to shut down old plants or to relocate plants to locations with less stringent regulations farther away from our facilities. We cannot at this time reasonably estimate our costs of compliance or the timing of any costs associated with any new laws and regulations, or any material adverse effect that any new standards will have on our customers and, consequently, on our operations.

 

We are subject to various lawsuits relating to the actual or alleged exposure of persons to silica. See “—Risks Related to Our Business—Silica-related health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.”

 

We are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of our operations.

 

Our operations are subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended by the Mine Improvement and New Emergency Response Act of 2006, which imposes stringent health and safety standards on numerous aspects of mineral extraction and processing operations, including the training of personnel,

 

31


Table of Contents

operating procedures, operating equipment and other matters. Our failure to comply with such standards, or changes in such standards or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition or otherwise impose significant restrictions on our ability to conduct mineral extraction and processing operations.

 

We and our customers are subject to other extensive regulations, including licensing, plant and wildlife protection and reclamation regulation, that impose, and will continue to impose, significant costs and liabilities. In addition, future regulations, or more stringent enforcement of existing regulations, could increase those costs and liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

In addition to the regulatory matters described above, we and our customers are subject to extensive governmental regulation on matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, wetlands protection, reclamation and restoration of mining properties after mining is completed, the discharge of materials into the environment and the effects that mining and hydraulic fracturing have on groundwater quality and availability. Our future success depends, among other things, on the quantity of our commercial silica and other mineral deposits and our ability to extract these deposits profitably, and our customers being able to operate their businesses as they currently do.

 

In order to obtain permits and renewals of permits in the future, we may be required to prepare and present data to governmental authorities pertaining to the impact that any proposed exploration or production activities may have on the environment. Certain approval procedures may require preparation of archaeological surveys, endangered species studies and other studies to assess the environmental impact of new sites or the expansion of existing sites. Compliance with these regulatory requirements is expensive and significantly lengthens the time needed to develop a site. Finally, obtaining or renewing required permits is sometimes delayed or prevented due to community opposition and other factors beyond our control. The denial of a permit essential to our operations or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop or expand a site. Significant opposition to a permit by neighboring property owners, members of the public or other third parties or delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could impair or delay our ability to develop or expand a site. New legal requirements, including those related to the protection of the environment, could be adopted that could materially adversely affect our mining operations (including our ability to extract mineral deposits), our cost structure or our customers’ ability to use our commercial silica products. Such current or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and we may not be able to obtain or renew permits in the future.

 

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are generally obligated to restore property in accordance with regulatory standards and our approved reclamation plan after it has been mined. We are required under federal, state and local laws to maintain financial assurances, such as surety bonds, to secure such obligations. The inability to acquire, maintain or renew such assurances, as required by federal, state and local laws, could subject us to fines and penalties as well as the revocation of our operating permits. Such inability could result from a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the lack of availability, higher expense or unreasonable terms of such financial assurances;

 

   

the ability of current and future financial assurance counterparties to increase required collateral; and

 

   

the exercise by financial assurance counterparties of any rights to refuse to renew the financial assurance instruments.

 

Our inability to acquire, maintain or renew necessary financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

An active public market for our common stock may not develop following this offering, which could limit your ability to sell your shares of our common stock at an attractive price, or at all.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

 

We are a “controlled company,” controlled by Golden Gate Capital, whose interests in our business may be different from yours.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our parent LLC, which is controlled by Golden Gate Capital, will own approximately          shares, or     %, of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, our parent LLC will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of substantially all of our assets. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a director designation agreement that will provide certain rights to our parent LLC, including with respect to director nominations.

 

Because of the equity ownership of our parent LLC, we will be considered a “controlled company” for purposes of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing requirements. As such, we will be exempt from the NYSE corporate governance requirements that our board of directors meet the standard of independence established by those corporate governance requirements and will be exempt from the requirements that we have separate compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees made up entirely of directors who meet such independence standards. The NYSE independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standards are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors. It is possible that the interests of our parent LLC may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders, including you.

 

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

 

   

quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;

 

   

changes in preferences of our customers;

 

   

announcements of new products or significant price reductions by us or our competitors;

 

   

size of the public float;

 

   

stock price performance of our competitors;

 

   

fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;

 

   

default on our indebtedness or foreclosure of our properties;

 

   

actions by competitors;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

negative earnings or other announcements by us or other industrial companies;

 

   

downgrades in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our competitors;

 

   

issuances of capital stock; and

 

   

global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

 

Numerous factors affect our business and cause variations in our operating results and affect our net sales, including overall economic trends, our ability to identify and respond effectively to customer preferences, actions by competitors, pricing, the level of customer service that we provide, changes in product mix or sales channels, our ability to source and distribute products effectively and weather conditions.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based on a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

 

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many industrial companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

 

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering, we will have          shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

 

We, each of our officers and directors and the selling stockholder have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriters.”

 

All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

 

In the future, we may also issue our securities if we need to raise capital in connection with a capital raise or acquisition. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding shares of common stock.

 

34


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions, which in some cases do not apply to our parent LLC until it holds less than 35% of our outstanding shares:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

 

Our certificate of incorporation also contains a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, except for our parent LLC (or its members) and, in certain instances, persons who purchase common stock from our parent LLC (or its members), and unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

 

Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the allocation of certain corporate opportunities between us and Golden Gate Capital. Under these provisions, neither Golden Gate Capital, its affiliates and subsidiaries, nor any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members or partners will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. For instance, a director of our company who also serves as a director, officer or employee of Golden Gate Capital or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Golden Gate Capital to itself or its subsidiaries or affiliates instead of to us. The terms of our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $         per share, because the initial public offering price of $         is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees, consultants and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. See “Dilution.”

 

35


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations and financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Additionally, we are currently restricted from paying cash dividends by the agreements governing our indebtedness, and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with complying with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the NYSE. In particular, we will be required to do the following:

 

   

prepare and distribute periodic public reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and NYSE rules;

 

   

create or expand the roles and duties of our board of directors, our board committees and management;

 

   

institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance functions;

 

   

hire additional financial and accounting personnel and other experienced accounting and finance staff with the expertise to address the complex accounting matters applicable to public companies;

 

   

enhance and formalize closing procedures at the end of our accounting periods;

 

   

enhance our internal audit function;

 

   

establish an investor relations function;

 

   

establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading; and

 

   

retain and involve to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the activities listed above.

 

The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty.

 

36


Table of Contents

These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require significant expenditures and effort by management, and if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, our stock price could be adversely affected.

 

As a private company, we do not currently meet all the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that we will eventually be required to meet. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules and regulations and beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2012, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. We do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls, nor do we document or test our compliance with these controls on a periodic basis in accordance with Section 404. Furthermore, we have not tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404 and, due to our lack of documentation, such a test would not be possible to perform at this time.

 

We are currently in the process of reviewing, documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, in connection with the attestation process by our independent registered public accounting firm, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation. If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our financial information and our stock price could decline.

 

In addition, we have incurred and will incur incremental costs and expect to devote substantial management effort in order to improve our internal control over financial reporting and comply with Section 404, including increased auditing and legal fees and costs associated with hiring additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. These additional costs will increase our operating expenses and could reduce or eliminate our ability to earn a profit.

 

37


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for commercial silica;

 

   

the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses;

 

   

operating risks that are beyond our control, such as changes in the price and availability of transportation, natural gas or electricity; unusual or unexpected geological formations or pressures; cave-ins, pit wall failures or rock falls; or unanticipated ground, grade or water conditions;

 

   

our dependence on two of our plants for a significant portion of our sales;

 

   

the level of activity in the natural gas and oil industries;

 

   

decreased demand for frac sand or the development of either effective alternative proppants or new processes to replace hydraulic fracturing;

 

   

federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related regulatory action or litigation affecting our customers’ operations;

 

   

our rights and ability to mine our properties and our renewal or receipt of the required permits and approvals from governmental authorities and other third parties;

 

   

our ability to implement our capacity expansion plans within our current timetable and budget and our ability to secure offtake agreements for our increased production capacity, and the actual operating costs once we have completed the capacity expansion;

 

   

our ability to succeed in competitive markets;

 

   

loss of, or reduction in, business from our largest customers;

 

   

increasing costs or a lack of dependability or availability of transportation services or infrastructure;

 

   

increases in the prices of, or interruptions in the supply of, natural gas and electricity, or any other energy sources;

 

   

increases in the price of diesel fuel;

 

   

diminished access to water;

 

   

our ability to effectively integrate the manufacture of resin-coated sand with our existing processes;

 

   

our ability to successfully complete acquisitions or integrate acquired businesses;

 

   

our ability to make capital expenditures to maintain, develop and increase our asset base and our ability to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms;

 

   

substantial indebtedness and pension obligations;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

restrictions imposed by our indebtedness on our current and future operations;

 

   

the accuracy of our estimates of mineral reserves and resource deposits;

 

   

substantial costs of mine closures;

 

   

a shortage of skilled labor and rising labor costs in the mining industry;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key personnel;

 

   

our ability to maintain satisfactory labor relations;

 

   

our reliance on trade secrets and contractual restrictions, rather than patents, to protect our proprietary rights;

 

   

silica-related health issues and corresponding litigation;

 

   

our significant unfunded pension obligations and post-retirement health care liabilities;

 

   

our ability to maintain effective quality control systems at our mining, processing and production facilities;

 

   

seasonal and severe weather conditions;

 

   

fluctuations in our sales and results of operations due to seasonality and other factors;

 

   

interruptions or failures in our information technology systems;

 

   

our reliance on different sources for our 2010 industry and market data than for the same data in prior years;

 

   

the impact of a terrorist attack or armed conflict;

 

   

our failure to maintain adequate internal controls;

 

   

extensive and evolving environmental, mining, health and safety, licensing, reclamation and other regulation (and changes in their enforcement or interpretation);

 

   

our ability to acquire, maintain or renew financial assurances related to the reclamation and restoration of mining property; and

 

   

other factors disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

 

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

39


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that, based upon the initial public offering price of $         per share, we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $        , after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder, including any shares sold by the selling stockholder in connection with the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in this offering to make an $8.0 million payment to terminate the Advisory Agreement entered into in connection with the Golden Gate Acquisition and to fund future capital expenditures for our business (other than capital expenditures associated with our Ottawa and Rockwood capacity expansions and the construction of our new resin-coating facility described elsewhere in this prospectus, which we expect to finance through a combination of cash on our balance sheet and cash generated from our operations). The other principal purposes for this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, provide liquidity for our existing stockholder and increase our visibility in our markets. Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and reserves the right to change the use of proceeds. Pending application of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

 

40


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

In May 2010, we paid a net cash dividend to our parent LLC in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million. The dividend was paid in connection with a refinancing transaction.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2011 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation at or prior to the completion of this offering and (2) this offering. You should read the following table in conjunction with “Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our unaudited condensed combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of September 30, 2011  
    Actual     As  Adjusted(1)  
    (unaudited)  
  (amounts in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 73,809      $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, including current portion:

   

Short-term liabilities:

   

Asset-Based Revolving Line-of-Credit(2)

             

Long-term liabilities:

   

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

   

Term Loan Facility(3)

    258,464        258,464   

Subordinated Notes:

   

Note to parent LLC(4)

    15,000          
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, including current portion

  $ 273,464      $ 258,464   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 100 million authorized; 50 million shares issued and outstanding, on an actual basis;              million shares authorized, on an as adjusted basis;             million shares issued and outstanding, on an as adjusted basis

   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 118,452      $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 391,916      $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in an approximately $         million increase or decrease in each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization, assuming that the number of shares offered by us set forth on the cover of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1.0 million increase or decrease in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering.
(2)   Provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $35.0 million, subject to certain borrowing base limitations, and expires on October 31, 2015. As of September 30, 2011, we had no outstanding borrowings, $9.8 million of outstanding letters of credit, $1.2 million reserved against derivative agreements and $22.5 million of borrowing availability under the ABL Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”
(3)   Represents the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Facility, which matures on June 8, 2017. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility.”
(4)   On December 22, 2010, we entered into a $15.0 million promissory note with our parent LLC to provide working capital for a new subsidiary. The note matures on December 22, 2015 and bears interest at 10%. Upon effectiveness of this offering, this note will be contributed as a capital contribution by our parent LLC to us.

 

42


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011, before giving effect to the sale by us of          shares of common stock offered in this offering, was approximately $        , or approximately $         per share. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2011, prior to the sale by us of          shares of common stock offered in this offering. Dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

 

After giving effect to the sale by us of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 would have been approximately $        , or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. If the initial public offering price is higher or lower than $         per share, the dilution to new stockholders will be higher or lower.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution in net tangible book value to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011 (assuming the completion of this offering)

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2011, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders, which has been determined without regard to any distributions on, or accretion of liquidation value of, our common stock and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock from us in this offering. The table is based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering:

 

     Shares Purchased    Total Consideration    Average Price
Per Share
     Number    Percentage    Amount    Percentage   

Existing stockholders

              

New investors

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total

              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

The sale of          shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholder in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to         , or     % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to         , or     % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to         , or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to          or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

 

43


Table of Contents

The tables and calculations above are based on 50 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2011, and excludes 1,501,398 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, as well as 3,349,614 remaining shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan, which we adopted prior to this offering.

 

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

44


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following table sets forth our selected historical combined financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected historical combined financial and operating data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the periods from January 1, 2007 through August 8, 2007, from August 9, 2007 through October 17, 2007 and from October 18, 2007 through December 31, 2007 from our audited combined financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical combined financial and operating data for the periods from January 1, 2008 through November 24, 2008, and from November 25, 2008 through December 31, 2008, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our combined financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, which were audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. We have derived the selected historical combined financial and operating data as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 from our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed combined financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements and, in our opinion, include all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for such periods. Operating results for the quarter periods are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year or for any other period.

 

As a result of our acquisition by an affiliate of Harvest Partners, LLC in August 2007, by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital in October 2007 and the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition in November 2008, our financial data is presented on a predecessor and successor basis. We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. as it existed prior to the acquisition by Harvest Partners, LLC on August 9, 2007 as “Predecessor 3.” We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. for the period from August 9, 2007 until October 17, 2007 as “Predecessor 2.” We refer to USS Holdings, Inc. for the period from October 18, 2007 until November 24, 2008 as “Predecessor 1.” We refer to U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. for the period from and after November 25, 2008 as the “Successor.”

 

The Predecessor 3 period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities existing prior to August 9, 2007. The Predecessor 2 period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Harvest Partners, LLC. The Predecessor 1 period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital. The Successor period combined financial data reflects the accounting basis in our assets and liabilities resulting from our purchase by an affiliate of Golden Gate Capital.

 

The presentation of the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 includes the combined results of the Predecessor 3, Predecessor 2 and Predecessor 1 periods and the combined results of the Predecessor 1 and Successor periods, respectively. We have presented the combination of these respective periods because we believe it provides an easier to read discussion of the results of operations and provides the investor with information from which to analyze our financial results in a manner that is consistent with the way management reviews and analyzes our results of operations. In addition, the combined results provide investors with the most meaningful comparison between our results for prior and future periods. See notes 1 and 2 to the following table for a separate presentation of the results for the Predecessor 3, Predecessor 2, Predecessor 1 and Successor periods in accordance with GAAP. See also our historical combined financial statements and the related notes for the year ended December 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the Predecessor 1 and Successor periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

45


Table of Contents

The selected historical combined data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes and other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Predecessor 3     Predecessor 3/
Predecessor  2/
Predecessor 1
Combined
(Non-

GAAP)(1)
    Predecessor  1/
Successor
Combined
(Non-

GAAP)(2)
         Successor  
  Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
  2006     2007     2008          2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (amounts in thousands, excluding per ton figures)  

Statement of Operations Data:

 

Sales

  $ 209,967      $ 217,776      $ 233,583          $ 191,623      $ 244,953      $ 185,482      $ 211,965   

Operating income

    34,344        13,568        26,573            25,614        45,991        36,847        47,755   

Income before income taxes

    12,370        (11,496     24,061            2,280        13,721        9,798        27,741   

Net income

    38,674        (7,469     17,277            5,539        11,392        7,620        20,208   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                 

Operating activities

  $ 21,697      $ (5,792   $ 38,256          $ 13,863      $ 36,738        24,399        22,395   

Investing activities

    (12,194     (184,262     (332,206         (13,308     (15,163     (10,279     (28,692

Financing activities

    (3,469     185,410        303,719            (288     28,451        26,593        15,606   
 

Other Financial Data:

                 

Capital expenditures

  $ (13,710   $ (10,325   $ (10,042       $ (13,350   $ (15,241     (10,355     (28,753
 

Operating Data:

                 

Total tons sold

    6,777        6,623        6,389            5,089        5,965        4,508        4,688   

Average realized price
(per ton)

  $ 30.98      $ 32.88      $ 36.56          $ 37.65      $ 41.07      $ 41.15      $ 45.22   

Production costs (per ton)(3)

    23.20        25.10        26.33            26.76        26.49      $ 26,36      $ 27.99   

Oil & Gas Proppants:

                 

Sales

  $ 10,690      $ 18,019      $ 37,875          $ 35,836      $ 69,556      $ 51,185      $ 69,322   

Segment contribution margin(4)

        23,557            23,515        43,118      $ 31,896      $ 43,828   

Industrial & Specialty Products:

                 

Sales

  $ 199,277      $ 199,757      $ 195,708          $ 155,787      $ 175,397      $ 134,297      $ 142,643   

Segment contribution margin(4)

        41,688            37,419        46,031      $ 37,018      $ 38,495   
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,082      $ 4,438      $ 14,207          $ 14,474      $ 64,500      $ 55,187      $ 73,809   

Total assets

    193,902        383,782        471,190            463,967        508,534        504,198        543,504   

Total long-term debt (including current portion)

    130,449        111        177,018            179,107        238,442        238,819        258,464   

Total liabilities

    296,597        91,680        349,527            336,937        410,970        393,791        425,052   

Total stockholders’ equity

    (102,695     292,102        121,663            127,030        97,564        110,407        118,452   

 

(1)   Our acquisition by an affiliate of Harvest Partners, LLC in August 2007 and by an affiliate of Harbinger Capital in October 2007 established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. The combined data is not presented in accordance with GAAP and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Except for purchase accounting adjustments primarily relating to depreciation, depletion and amortization, the results for the three combined periods are comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the three periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most meaningful presentation for the users of this financial information.

 

46


Table of Contents
     Period from
January 1, 2007
to

August 8, 2007
(Predecessor 3)
    Period from
August 9, 2007
to
October 17, 2007
(Predecessor 2)
    Period from
October 18, 2007
to
December 31, 2007
(Predecessor  1)
 
     (amounts in thousands, excluding per ton figures)  

Statement of Operations Data:

  

Sales

   $ 132,085      $ 43,981      $ 41,710   

Operating income (loss)

     14,538        (4,269     3,299   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (3,235     (11,995     3,734   

Net income (loss)

     (2,751     (7,976     3,258   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

      

Net cash provided by (used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ 9,820      $ (7,630   $ (7,982

Investing activities

     58        (117,583     (66,737

Financing activities

     (8,638     123,654        70,394   

Other Financial Data:

      

Capital expenditures

   $ (6,977   $ (1,338   $ (2,010

Operating Data:

      

Total tons sold

     4,123        1,287        1,213   

Average realized price (per ton)

   $ 32.04      $ 34.17      $ 34.39   

Production costs (per ton)

     23.91        27.16        26.97   

Oil & Gas Proppants:

      

Sales

   $ 10,053      $ 3,730      $ 4,236   

Industrial & Specialty Products:

      

Sales

   $ 122,032      $ 40,251      $ 37,474   

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,057      $ 608      $ 4,438   

Total assets

     337,067        383,039        383,782   

Total long-term debt (including current portion)

     196,803        112        111   

Total liabilities

     293,243        93,866        91,680   

Total stockholders’ equity

     43,824        289,172        292,102   

 

(2)   The Golden Gate Capital Acquisition established a new basis of accounting that primarily affected inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, taxes, debt and equity. The combined data is not presented in accordance with GAAP and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Except for purchase accounting adjustments primarily relating to depreciation, depletion and amortization, the results for the two combined periods are comparable. Therefore, we believe that combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most clarity for the users of this financial information. See our historical combined financial statements and the related notes for the year ended December 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the Predecessor 1 and Successor periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

47


Table of Contents
     Period from
January 1, 2008

to
November 24, 2008
(Predecessor 1)
    Period from
November 25, 2008
to
December 31, 2008
(Successor)
 
     (amounts in thousands, excluding
per ton figures)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

    

Sales

   $ 216,386      $ 17,197   

Operating income (loss)

     26,906        (333

Income (loss) before income taxes

     27,592        (3,531

Net income (loss)

     19,135        (1,858

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

    

Net cash provided by (used in):

    

Operating activities

   $ 27,913      $ 10,343   

Investing activities

     (7,043     (325,163

Financing activities

     (18,803     322,522   

Other Financial Data:

    

Capital expenditures

   $ (7,818   $ (2,224

Operating Data:

    

Total tons sold

     5,896        493   

Average realized price (per ton)

   $ 36.70      $ 34.88   

Production costs (per ton)

   $ 26.22      $ 27.60   

Oil & Gas Proppants:

    

Sales

   $ 34,684      $ 3,191   

Segment contribution margin

     21,649        1,908   

Industrial & Specialty Products:

    

Sales

   $ 181,702      $ 14,006   

Segment contribution margin

     41,666        22   

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,440      $ 14,207   

Total assets

     476,135        471,190   

Total long-term debt (including current portion)

     176,615        177,018   

Total liabilities

     354,935        349,527   

Total stockholders’ equity

     121,200        121,663   

 

(3)   Production costs (per ton) equal cost of goods sold divided by total tons sold.
(4)   In the second quarter of 2011, we changed our segment reporting structure to two segments, Oil & Gas Proppants and Industrial & Specialty Products, and recast the historical financial statements included in the prospectus as required by GAAP. Segment contribution margin was not reported for 2006 and 2007.

 

48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

Overview

 

We are the second largest domestic producer of commercial silica, a specialized mineral that is a critical input into a variety of attractive end markets. During our 111-year history, we have developed core competencies in mining, processing, logistics and materials science that enable us to produce and cost-effectively deliver products to customers across these markets. In our largest end market, oil and gas proppants, our frac sand is used to stimulate and maintain the flow of hydrocarbons in horizontally drilled oil and natural gas wells. This segment of our business is experiencing rapid growth due to recent technological advances in the hydraulic fracturing process, which have made the extraction of large volumes of oil and natural gas from U.S. shale formations economically feasible. Our silica is also used as an economically irreplaceable raw material in a wide range of industrial applications, including glassmaking and chemical manufacturing. Additionally, in recent years a number of attractive new end markets have developed for our high-margin, performance silica products, including solar panels, specialty coatings, wind turbines, polymer additives and geothermal energy systems.

 

We operate 13 facilities across the United States and control 283 million tons of reserves. We own one of the largest frac sand processing plants in the United States and control approximately 138 million tons of reserves that can be processed to meet API frac sand size specifications. Our operations are organized into two segments based on end markets served: (1) Oil & Gas Proppants and (2) Industrial & Specialty Products. Our segments are complementary because our ability to sell to a wide range of customers across end markets allows us to maximize recovery rates in our mining operations, optimize our asset utilization and reduce the cyclicality of our earnings.

 

Recent Trends and Outlook

 

From 1980 to 2008, U.S. commercial silica industry volumes generally grew in line with U.S industrial production, primarily influenced by the manufacture of glass, building materials, foundry moldings and chemicals. Beginning in 2004, demand for oil and gas proppants supplemented growth in industrial and specialty products end markets. The economic downturn of 2008 and 2009 decreased demand for commercial silica products, particularly in the glassmaking, foundry, building products, chemicals and fillers and extenders end markets. With the recent economic recovery, however, we estimate overall demand for commercial silica grew in excess of 45% in 2010. Trends driving the acceleration in demand include:

 

   

Increased demand in the oil and gas proppants end market. The increased demand for frac sand has been driven by the growth in the use of hydraulic fracturing as a means to extract hydrocarbons from shale formations. Based on USGS data and our internal estimates, we believe total consumption of frac sand increased from 3.8 million tons in 2004 to approximately 17.0 million tons in 2010. In addition, Freedonia projected in April 2011 that domestic proppant producers will experience annual increases in sales of 15% through 2015. We significantly expanded our sales efforts to the frac sand market in 2008 and have since experienced rapid growth in our sales associated with our oil and gas activities.

 

49


Table of Contents
   

Rebound of demand in industrial end markets and continued growth in specialty end markets. The economic downturn resulting from the financial crisis negatively impacted demand for our products in industrial and specialty products end markets, most notably in the glassmaking, building products foundry and chemicals end markets. This drop coincided with a similar drop in key economic demand drivers, including housing starts, light vehicle sales, repair and remodel activity and industrial production. To the extent these demand drivers recover to historical levels (which is difficult to predict given current economic uncertainty), we expect to see a corresponding increase in the demand for commercial silica. In addition, to the extent commercial silica products continue to be used in key alternative energy markets, we anticipate continued volume growth in specialty end markets such as solar panels and geothermal energy systems as well as the increased use of commercial silica in new applications such as specialty coatings and polymer additives.

 

   

Rapid increases in prices of commercial silica. Rapid increases in demand and constrained supply have led to rapid increases in price in the last several years. The USGS estimated in October 2010 an industry-wide average price of $23.86 per ton in 2006 relative to a $28.30 per ton price in 2009, which represents a 5.9% annual increase. For reference, our average realized price per ton was $30.98 in 2006, $37.65 in 2009 and $45.22 in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. We expect continued growth of horizontal drilling, increased innovation in specialty markets and supply tightness to exert continued upward pressure on prices in both of our operating segments.

 

How We Generate Our Sales

 

We derive our sales by mining and processing minerals that our customers purchase for various uses. Our sales are primarily a function of the price per ton realized and the volumes sold. In some instances, our sales also include a charge for transportation services we provide to our customers. Our transportation revenue fluctuates based on a number of factors, including the volume of product we transport under contract, service agreements with our customers, the mode of transportation utilized and the distance between our plants and customers.

 

We primarily sell our products under short-term fixed price agreements or at prevailing market rates. For a limited number of customers, we sell under long-term, competitively-bid supply agreements. We have take-or-pay supply agreements with nine of our customers in the oil and gas proppants end market with initial terms expiring between 2012 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that our customers must purchase, the volume of product that we must provide and the price that we will charge and that our customers will pay for each product. Prices under these agreements are generally fixed and subject to upward adjustment in response to certain cost increases. As a result, our realized prices may not grow at rates consistent with broader industry pricing. For example, during periods of rapid price growth, our realized prices may grow more slowly than those of competitors, and during periods of price decline, our realized prices may outperform industry averages. Additionally, at the time certain take-or-pay supply agreements were signed, two of these customers provided advance payments for future shipments aggregating $27.0 million ($14.8 million of these payments was recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue as of September 30, 2011). A percentage of these advance payments is recognized as revenue with each ton of applicable product shipped to the customer. The pricing terms of certain of these agreements are currently less than prevailing market prices. Collectively, sales to customers with long-term supply agreements in 2010 accounted for 18% of our total sales in 2010.

 

We invoice the majority of our clients on a per shipment basis, although for some larger customers, we consolidate invoices weekly or monthly. Standard terms are net 30 days, although extended terms are offered in competitive situations. The amounts invoiced include the amount charged for the product, transportation costs (if paid by us) and costs for additional services as applicable, such as costs related to transload the product from railcars to trucks for delivery to the customer site.

 

The Costs of Conducting Our Business

 

The principal expenses involved in conducting our business are labor costs, electricity and drying fuel costs, maintenance and repair costs for our mining and processing equipment and facilities and transportation costs. We

 

50


Table of Contents

believe the majority of our operating costs are relatively stable in price, but can vary significantly based on the volume of product produced. We benefit from owning the majority of the mineral deposits that we mine and having long-term mineral rights leases or supply agreements for our other primary sources of raw material, which limit royalty payments.

 

Operating labor costs represented our largest spend category at approximately 19% of our sales in 2010. We employ a mix of union and non-union labor, with 56% of our workforce being unionized. Our union contracts stipulate annual escalation factors for certain wages and benefits.

 

We incur significant electricity and drying fuel (principally natural gas) costs in connection with the operation of our processing facilities. Electricity and dryer fuel costs represented 5% and 4% of our total sales in 2010, respectively.

 

We capitalize the costs of our mining equipment and generally depreciate it over its expected useful life. Depreciation, depletion and amortization costs represented approximately 8% of our sales for 2010. Preventive and remedial repair and maintenance costs that do not involve the replacement of major components of our equipment and facilities are expensed as incurred. These repair and maintenance costs can be significant due to the abrasive nature of our products and represented approximately 7% of our sales in 2010.

 

We also provide a range of transportation services to our customers, including management of truck, rail, ship and barge shipments of our products. Total transportation costs represented approximately 13% of sales in 2010.

 

Additionally, we incur expenses related to our corporate operations, including costs for the sales and marketing; research and development; finance; legal; and environmental, health and safety functions of our organization. These costs are principally driven by personnel expenses. In total, our selling, general and administrative costs represented approximately 9% of sales in 2010. We anticipate that as a public company we will incur additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. These requirements include compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as other rules implemented by the SEC, and applicable stock exchange rules. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make certain financial reporting and other activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

Our effective federal income tax rate for 2010 was approximately 17% of pretax earnings. This rate was lower than the statutory effective rate primarily due to the benefit received from statutory percentage depletion allowances.

 

How We Evaluate Our Business

 

Our management uses a variety of financial and operational metrics to analyze our performance. Our business is organized into two segments, Oil & Gas Proppants and Industrial & Specialty Products. We evaluate the performance of these segments based on their volumes sold, average realized price and contribution margin earned. Additionally, we consider a number of factors in evaluating the performance of the business as a whole, including total volumes sold, average realized price and Adjusted EBITDA. We view these metrics as important factors in evaluating our profitability and review these measurements frequently to analyze trends and make decisions.

 

Segment Contribution Margin

 

Segment contribution margin is a key metric that management uses to evaluate our operating performance and to determine resource allocation between segments. Segment contribution margin excludes certain corporate costs not associated with the operations of the segment. These unallocated costs include costs related to corporate functional areas such as sales, production and engineering, corporate purchasing, accounting, treasury, information technology, legal and human resources.

 

51


Table of Contents

For more detail on the reconciliation of segment contribution margin to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, income (loss) before income taxes, see note R to our audited combined financial statements and note I to our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA is included in this prospectus because it is a key metric used by management to assess our operating performance and by our lenders to evaluate our covenant compliance. Our target performance goals under our incentive compensation plan are tied, in part to our Adjusted EBITDA. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of Our New Plan.” In addition, the ABL Facility contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that we must meet if our excess availability (as defined in the ABL Facility) falls below $10.0 million, and Term Loan Facility contains a consolidated leverage ratio covenant that we must meet at the end of each fiscal quarter, both of which are calculated based on our Adjusted EBITDA. Noncompliance with the financial ratio covenants contained in the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility could result in the acceleration of our obligations to repay all amounts outstanding under those agreements. Moreover, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to make permitted acquisitions, incur additional indebtedness, make restricted payments (including dividends) and retain excess cash flow based, in some cases, on our ability to meet leverage ratios calculated based on our Adjusted EBITDA. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of our financial performance or liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance, cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. Adjusted EBITDA contains certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized, and excludes certain non-recurring charges that may recur in the future. Management compensates for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and by using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. Our measure of Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the methods of calculation.

 

Basis of Presentation and Results of Operations

 

We were acquired by Golden Gate Capital through a merger completed on November 25, 2008. The Golden Gate Capital Acquisition was financed by the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facility, our mezzanine loan facility (the “Mezzanine Loan Facility”) and $27.0 million in advances from customers. We refer to the results of Predecessor 1’s operations for the period from January 1, 2008 to November 24, 2008 as the 2008 Predecessor Period and to our operating results for the period from November 25, 2008 to December 31, 2008 as the 2008 Successor Period.

 

Due to the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, the historical financial statements for all successor periods included in this prospectus are not comparable to either the financial statements of the 2008 Predecessor Period included in this prospectus or our results of operations following this offering. In particular, our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 include one-time charges totaling $5.1 million, including expenses related to the change in our ownership and efforts by our previous owner to monetize its investment. These expenses include a non-cash cost of goods sold charge resulting from the revaluing of inventory to fair market value, transaction fees, legal fees, management incentive payments and other related expenses included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Furthermore, the financial data for the 2008 Predecessor Period represents a period of time prior to Golden Gate Capital’s ownership. As such, the results for these periods do not necessarily represent the results of operations that would have been achieved during the period had Golden Gate Capital owned our operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table and discussion sets forth our combined statement of operations data and the historical combined financial data of our predecessor for the periods presented. The results of operations by segment are discussed in further detail following this combined overview.

 

    Predecessor         Successor  
    Period from
January 1 to
November 24,
2008
        Period from
November 25 to
December 31,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2011
 
              (amounts in thousands, excluding per ton figures)  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Sales (1)

  $ 216,386        $ 17,197      $ 191,623      $ 244,953      $ 185,482      $ 211,965   

Cost of goods sold (1)

    154,616          13,605        136,200        157,994        119,001        131,145   

Selling, general and administrative

    19,600          2,122        11,922        21,663        15,369        17,429   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    15,264          1,803        17,887        19,305        14,265        15,636   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    26,906          (333     25,614        45,991        36,847        47,755   

Interest expense

    640          3,343        28,228        23,034        17,708        14,505   

Early extinguishment of debt

                           10,195        10,195        6,043   

Other income, net, including interest income

    (1,326       (145     (4,894     (959     (854     (534
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    27,592          (3,531     2,280        13,721        9,798        27,741   

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes

    8,457          (1,673     (3,259     2,329        2,178        7,533   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ 19,135        $ (1,858   $ 5,539      $ 11,392      $ 7,620      $ 20,208   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

             

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  $ 49,746        $ (186   $ 50,013      $ 72,152      $ 56,124      $ 66,354   
 

Operating data:

             

Oil & Gas Proppants:

             

Tons sold

    879          75        787        1,522        1,084        1,428   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $ 39.46        $ 42.55      $ 45.53      $ 45.70      $ 47.22      $ 48.55   

Sales

  $ 34,684        $ 3,191      $ 35,836      $ 69,556      $ 51,185      $ 69,322   

Segment contribution margin

  $ 21,649        $ 1,908      $ 23,515      $ 43,118      $ 31,896      $ 43,828   

Industrial & Specialty Products:

             

Tons sold

    5,017          418        4,302        4,443        3,424        3,260   

Average realized price (per ton)

  $ 36.22        $ 33.51      $ 36.21      $ 39.48      $ 39.22      $ 43.76   

Sales

  $ 181,702        $ 14,006      $ 155,787      $ 175,397      $ 134,297      $ 142,643   

Segment contribution margin

  $ 41,666        $ 22      $ 37,419      $ 46,031      $ 37,018      $ 38,495   

 

(1)   Sales includes the revenues from transportation services provided to our customers. Transportation expense is our cost to deliver our products to our customers and is included in cost of goods sold in our combined financial statements. Cost of goods sold does not include depreciation, depletion or amortization.
(2)   For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see note 2 to “Summary—Summary Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data.”

 

53


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 Compared with Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

Sales

 

Sales increased $26.5 million, or 14%, to $212.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $185.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Of this increase, $18.1 million, or 68%, was attributable to growth in the Oil & Gas Proppants segment. Growth in the Industrial & Specialty Products segment accounted for the remaining growth, or an $8.4 million increase. Overall, average realized price increased 10% and volumes increased 4% from the comparable prior period, respectively.

 

Oil & Gas Proppants sales increased $18.1 million, or 35%, to $69.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $51.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Robust drilling activity in the oil and natural gas industry led to a 31% increase in volume. A 3% increase in average realized price per ton also contributed to the overall sales growth as demand for frac sand continued to exceed supply for many products, specifically coarser grade frac sand which commands higher prices in the market. This imbalance between supply and demand is the main driver of favorable pricing trends in the oil and natural gas industry. Growth in average realized prices was partially offset due primarily to lower delivery charges, principally a result of varying volumes and terms related to service arrangements with some of our customers during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Delivery charges can vary significantly from period to period based on certain factors, such as the amount of sales in the period that were completed under service agreements, the distance of any required shipping under such agreements, the amount of sales that were sold free on board to our customers versus shipped to transload facilities and the amount of any surcharges charged by the transload operators, among other factors.

 

Industrial & Specialty Products sales increased $8.3 million, or 6%, to $142.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $134.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. An increase in pricing in most end markets driven by increasing demand, an increase in transportation revenue and a favorable shift in product mix to higher price products, especially our ground and finely ground silica, which is generally used in end markets such as fillers and extenders and fiberglass, drove a 12% increase in average realized price. This was partially offset by a 5% decline in volume, which resulted from our efforts to reallocate certain grades of production from this segment to the Oil & Gas Proppants Segment.

 

Segment Contribution Margin

 

Oil & Gas Proppants contribution margin increased $11.9 million, or 37%, to $43.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $31.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to the factors noted above.

 

Industrial & Specialty Products contribution margin increased $1.5 million, or 4%, to $38.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $37.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to the factors noted above.

 

For more detail on the reconciliation of segment contribution margin to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, income (loss) before income taxes, see note I to our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.0 million, or 13%, to $17.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $15.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, primarily due to higher compensation expense including severance costs of $0.5 million and a $0.4 million increase in equity-based compensation. Selling, general and administrative expenses also increased as a result of an expansion of our commercial team to serve the oil and gas proppants end market, including $1.0 million related to activity in the new resin-coated sand business. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses were approximately in line with the prior year.

 

54


Table of Contents

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased $1.3 million, or 9%, to $15.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $14.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, principally due to capital spending placed in service since the comparable quarter.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income increased $11.0 million, or 30%, to $47.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $36.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as a result of increased sales in both segments.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense decreased $3.2 million, or 18%, to $14.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $17.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to a refinancing of the Term Loan Facility and Mezzanine Loan Facility in the second quarter of 2010. While the overall amount of debt outstanding increased, the refinancing resulted in a substantially lower average effective interest rate on our debt, reducing overall interest expense.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes increased $5.4 million, or 245%, to $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The increase resulted mainly from higher pre-tax earnings, offset by a lower estimated tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

Net Income/Loss

 

Net income increased $12.6 million to $20.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to the factors noted above.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

Sales

 

Sales increased $53.3 million, or 28%, to $245.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $191.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Oil & Gas Proppants sales increased by $33.8 million, accounting for 63% of the total growth. Industrial & Specialty Products sales increased $19.6 million, representing 37% of the growth in overall sales. Overall, average realized price increased 9% and volumes increased 17% from the comparable prior period, respectively.

 

Oil & Gas Proppant sales increased $33.8 million, or 94%, to $69.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily driven by a 93% increase in volumes. We initiated an effort to reallocate certain production from industrial end markets to the oil and gas proppants end market in response to increased hydraulic fracturing activity. Average realized price remained relatively constant as increased transportation revenues were offset by unfavorable product mix.

 

Industrial & Specialty Products sales increased $19.6 million, or 13%, to $175.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $155.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. An increase in pricing in most end markets, as well as a favorable shift in product mix to higher price markets such as the fiberglass, foundry and fillers and extenders end markets, which serve the automotive and construction industries, drove a 9% increase in average realized price. Volumes increased by 3%, as our reallocation of some production away from certain industrial and specialty products end markets to the oil and gas proppants end market was more than offset by growth in many other industrial and specialty products end markets as the result of the economic recovery.

 

55


Table of Contents

Segment Contribution Margin

 

Oil & Gas Proppants contribution margin increased $19.6 million, or 83%, to $43.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the factors noted above.

 

Industrial & Specialty Products contribution margin increased $8.6 million, or 23%, to $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the factors noted above.

 

For more detail on the reconciliation of segment contribution margin to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, income (loss) before income taxes, see note R to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $9.8 million, or 82%, to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. 2009 benefitted from a $3.3 million reversal of an accrual for silicosis litigation that reduced expenses and that did not recur in 2010.

 

The remaining differences were a result of increased sales and marketing headcount and higher incentive compensation payouts, reflecting the significant improvement in operating performance. Excluding the impact of the reversal of the silica litigation accrual in 2009, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales were 8%. This compares to 9% for 2010.

 

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased $1.4 million, or 8%, to $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to both increased capital spending and higher depletion related to additional tons being mined.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income earned increased $20.4 million, or 80%, to $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of increased sales and improved gross margins.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense decreased $5.2 million, or 18%, to $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $28.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the refinancing of the Term Loan Facility and Mezzanine Loan Facility in the second quarter of 2010. While the overall amount of debt outstanding increased, the refinancing resulted in a substantially lower average effective interest rate on our debt, reducing overall interest expense.

 

Early Extinguishment of Debt

 

On May 7, 2010, both the Term Loan Facility and the Mezzanine Loan Facility were refinanced with significantly favorable terms to prior loan agreements. As a result, expenses related to the early extinguishment of the existing debt were incurred totaling $10.2 million. These expenses included non-cash charges related to unamortized original issue discounts and debt issuance costs, payments for lender fees and a prepayment penalty on the Mezzanine Loan Facility.

 

56


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes decreased $5.6 million, or 170%, to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a $3.3 million benefit for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rates were 17.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and (143)% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The most significant factor contributing to the 2009 tax benefit was the increase in statutory depletion deduction which, although it occurs in both years, is driven by mine site profitability rather than pre-tax earnings.

 

Net Income/Loss

 

Net income increased $5.9 million to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to net income of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the factors noted above.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared with the 2008 Successor Period and the 2008 Predecessor Period

 

Sales

 

Sales were $191.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $17.2 million and $216.4 million in the 2008 Successor Period and the 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The decrease was due to decreases in sales for the two segments. Total tons sold was 5,089 in 2009 compared to 493 and 5,896 in the 2008 Successor Period and the 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The average realized price was $37.65 in 2009 compared to $34.88 and $36.70 in the 2008 Successor Period and the 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively.

 

Oil & Gas Proppant sales were $35.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 relative to $3.2 million and $34.7 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. This decline was a function of a decrease in volumes, offset by an increase in product price. Volumes declined as part of a broader slowdown in hydraulic fracturing activity in the United States in 2009. Average realized price primarily increased as a result of a favorable shift in mix to the higher-priced coarser grades of products.

 

Industrial & Specialty Products sales were $155.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 relative to $14.0 million and $181.7 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. Industrial and specialty products end markets include foundry, building products, and glass end markets, all of which were significantly impacted by the recession and, in particular, the decrease in automotive and construction activity in 2009. As a result, Industrial & Specialty Products volumes declined. This was partially offset by an increase in pricing in nearly all major end markets for this segment.

 

Segment Contribution Margin

 

Oil & Gas Proppants contribution margin was $23.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 relative to $1.9 million and $21.6 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively due to the factors noted above.

 

Industrial & Specialty Products contribution margin was $37.4 million in 2009 relative to $22,000 and $41.7 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively due to the factors noted above.

 

For more detail on the reconciliation of segment contribution margin to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, income (loss) before income taxes, see note R to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2009 were $11.9 million compared to $2.1 million and $19.6 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The largest single factor

 

57


Table of Contents

in the decrease was a $6.1 million reduction in business development costs. These costs related to a number of strategic initiatives, including the sale of U.S. Silica, in November 2008. 2009 benefitted from a $3.3 million reversal of an accrual for silicosis litigation that reduced expenses. A similar reversal occurred in 2008, but in the amount of $0.8 million. Cost curtailment efforts in reaction to the decline in overall sales also contributed to the decrease. These efforts included a reduction in incentive compensation payments which contributed to a $1.8 million decrease in SG&A expenses.

 

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization for 2009 was $17.9 million compared to $1.8 million and $15.3 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The increase was primarily due to an increase in asset values as a result of a fair market value appraisal related to the change in ownership that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income incurred for 2009 was $25.6 million compared to $(0.3) million and $26.9 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The decrease was a result of the factors noted earlier.

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense for 2009 was $28.2 million compared to $3.3 million and $0.6 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The increase was due to the issuance of debt related to the recapitalization in the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The benefit for income taxes of $3.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a $1.7 million benefit and $8.5 million expense in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The effective tax rates were (143)% for 2009 and (47)% and 31% for the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The swings in the effective tax rate are primarily due to the statutory depletion deduction which is driven by mine site profitability rather than pre-tax earnings. A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate of 35% to our effective tax rates is presented in note N to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Net Income/Loss

 

Net income for 2009 was $5.5 million compared to a $1.9 million loss in the 2008 Successor Period and net income of $19.1 million for the 2008 Predecessor Period as a result of the factors noted above.

 

58


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

Our principal liquidity requirements have historically been to service our debt, to meet our working capital, capital expenditure and mine development expenditure needs, to pay dividends to our shareholder, and to finance acquisitions. We have historically met our liquidity and capital investment needs with funds generated through operations. We have historically funded our acquisitions through borrowings under our credit facilities and equity investments. Our working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities and is a measure of our ability to pay our liabilities as they become due. As of September 30, 2011, our working capital was $109.3 million and we had $22.5 million of availability under the ABL Facility. See “—Credit Facilities—ABL Facility.”

 

Following completion of this offering, we believe that cash generated through operations and our financing arrangements will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and scheduled debt payments for at least the next 12 months.

 

Cash Flow Analysis

 

A summary of operating, investing and financing activities is shown in the following table:

 

    Predecessor          Successor  
    Period from
January 1 to
November 24,
2008
         Period from
November 25 to
December 31,
2008
    Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2010
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2011
 
               (amounts in thousands)  

Net cash provided by
(used in):

               

Operating activities

  $ 27,913          $ 10,343      $ 13,863      $ 36,738      $ 24,399      $ 22,395   

Investing activities

    (7,043         (325,163     (13,308     (15,163     (10,279     (28,692

Financing activities

    (18,803         322,522        (288     28,451        26,593        15,606   

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

Operating activities consist primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization and the effect of working capital changes.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $22.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $24.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. This $2.0 million decrease was primarily the result of a $12.3 million improvement in earnings before income taxes, offset by a $5.7 million increase in contributions to our employee pension plan, the collection of a $4.4 million insurance settlement in 2010 that did not occur in 2011, as well as non-cash adjustments related to the early extinguishment of debt in 2011 and 2010. Based on current actuarial assumptions, we expect to make additional future cash payments toward reducing the unfunded liability of our employee pension plan. See “—Contractual Obligations.”

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $36.7 million in 2010 compared to $13.9 million in 2009. The $22.8 million increase in cash provided by operating activities was due primarily to a $20.4 million increase in operating income in 2010.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $13.9 million in 2009 compared to $10.3 million and $27.9 million for the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. The decrease in cash provided

 

59


Table of Contents

by operating activities was primarily the result of a decrease in net income. Lower net income was largely driven by an increase in interest expense related to the recapitalization of U.S. Silica in November 2008.

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

Investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures for growth and maintenance.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $28.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This use of cash is due to capital expenditures of $28.8 million to expand our production capacity at two of our facilities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $15.2 million in 2010. This use of cash is primarily due to customary maintenance capital spending, as well as $3.0 million in reserves acquisition costs and $3.8 million to expand production capacity at one of our facilities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $13.3 million in 2009. This use of cash is primarily due to capital spending, including $9.9 million to expand production capacity at two of our facilities.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $325.2 million and $7.0 million in the 2008 Successor Period and 2008 Predecessor Period, respectively. This use of cash is primarily due to the acquisition of U.S. Silica in the amount of $322.9 million. The remainder relates to process improvements and replacement of existing equipment at a number of our facilities. The Ottawa facility also incurred expenditures for reserve expansion.

 

Management anticipates that our capital expenditures in 2011 will be approximately $52.0 million, which is primarily associated with the Ottawa and Rockwood capacity expansions discussed above. We anticipate limited additional spending will be required to complete these projects as both became operational during the fourth quarter of 2011. Capital expenditures in 2012 are expected to be approximately $79 million, of which approximately $14 million will be for maintenance and $65 million will be for growth initiatives. Management believes there is sufficient cash on hand to fund the currently anticipated capital projects, but we are continuing to evaluate additional potential growth opportunities.

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

 

Financing activities consisted primarily of borrowings and repayments related to the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facility and the Mezzanine Loan Facility, as well as dividends to our parent LLC, fees and expenses paid in connection with our credit facilities and outstanding checks from our customers.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $15.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. During the period, net outstanding debt increased $19.2 million and included an increase in the Term Loan Facility of $95.6 million with $75.0 million of those proceeds used to repay the entire amount outstanding on the Mezzanine Loan Facility. We incurred financing fees of $4.0 million and a prepayment penalty of $1.5 million in connection with this refinancing.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was $28.5 million, which included a $64.7 million increase in the size of the Term Loan Facility, a $6.5 million decrease in the size of the Mezzanine Loan Facility, the issuance of a $15.0 million note to our parent LLC, an $11.8 million capital contribution from our parent and a $51.6 million dividend paid to our parent LLC. In addition, we paid $3.9 million in financing fees and prepayment penalties related to the debt refinancing.

 

Net cash used in financing activities in 2009 was $0.3 million, which resulted from a $3.3 million increase in our Mezzanine Loan Facility, which is partially offset by $2.0 million in amortization of the term loan.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of $322.5 million in the 2008 Successor Period related to a recapitalization of our business. Net cash used in financing activities in the 2008 Predecessor Period was $18.8 million, which included a $20.2 million dividend paid.

 

60


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities

 

ABL Facility

 

On August 9, 2007, we entered into the ABL Facility with various banks and other financial institutions as lenders thereunder and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association) (“Wells Fargo”), as administrative agent and lender. The ABL Facility provides for borrowings in the aggregate amount of up to $35.0 million, with a letter of credit facility sublimit of $15.0 million; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the loans and letter of credit obligations outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the applicable borrowing base.

 

Borrowing availability under the ABL Facility is determined by a formula that considers eligible accounts receivable and inventory less any outstanding letters of credit plus a reserve for derivatives. As of September 30, 2011, our available borrowing base was $33.5 million. We had no borrowings outstanding as of September 30, 2011, $9.8 million of outstanding letters of credit and $1.2 million reserved against derivative agreements, which left $22.5 million available under the ABL Facility.

 

Borrowings under the ABL Facility are subject to the accuracy of representations and warranties in all material respects and the absence of any defaults under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

 

The ABL Facility contains customary covenants and restrictions on our activities related to, among other things: the incurrence of additional indebtedness; liens and negative pledges; dividends and distributions; investments, acquisitions and speculative transactions; contingent obligations; transactions with affiliates; fundamental changes to our business, property and assets; insurance; sale lease-backs; the ability to change the nature of our business, our fiscal year and our accounting policies; the ability to amend or waive any of the terms of any permitted subordinated debt, the Term Loan Facility and our organizational documents; designations of senior debt other than the ABL Facility obligations and the Term Loan Facility obligations; and the performance of material contracts, including intellectual property licenses. The ABL Facility also requires that we maintain (a) during any fiscal quarter, if excess availability falls below $6.5 million, a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00 until excess availability is equal to or greater than $10.0 million and (b) aggregate excess availability of not less than $5.0 million at all times.

 

For additional information regarding the terms of the ABL Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”

 

Term Loan Facility

 

On November 25, 2008, in connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, we entered into the Term Loan Facility with various banks and other financial institutions as lenders thereunder and BNP Paribas, as administrative agent. On May 7, 2010, the Term Loan Facility was amended and restated to, among other things, (1) increase the aggregate principal amount available thereunder from $102.0 million to $165.0 million and (2) add an incremental term loan facility in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. On June 8, 2011, the Term Loan Facility was again amended and restated to, among other things, (1) further increase the aggregate principal amount available thereunder to $260.0 million and (2) increase the maximum aggregate principal amount under the incremental term loan facility to $50.0 million.

 

The Term Loan Facility contains customary covenants and restrictions on our activities related to, among other things: the incurrence of additional indebtedness; liens and negative pledges; dividends and distributions; investments and acquisitions; contingent obligations; transactions with shareholders (holders of at least 10% of the equity securities) and affiliates; fundamental changes to our business, property and assets; sale lease-backs; the ability to change the nature of our business, our fiscal year and our accounting policies; the ability to amend or waive any of the terms of the Management Agreement, the ABL Facility and other material agreements;

 

61


Table of Contents

designations of senior debt other than the Term Loan Facility obligations and the ABL Facility obligations; and the performance of material contracts, including real property leases and intellectual property licenses. The Term Loan Facility also requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a maximum consolidated leverage ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter at levels set forth in the Term Loan Facility and a maximum capital expenditures covenant restricting our capital expenditures at times when our unrestricted cash (including availability under the ABL facility) is less than $40.0 million.

 

For additional information regarding the terms of the Term Loan Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility.”

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

As of December 31, 2010, the total of our future contractual cash commitments, including the repayment of our debt obligations under the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facility and the Mezzanine Loan Facility, is summarized as follows:

 

Contractual Obligations

   Payments Due by Period  
   (amounts in thousands)  
   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Interest on Long-Term Debt

   $ 106,409       $ 18,405       $ 36,524       $ 36,145       $ 15,335   

Long-Term Debt Obligations(1)

     238,442         1,510         3,025         80,579         153,328   

Retirement Plans

     50,880         12,479         13,554         12,098         12,749   

Operating Lease Obligations(2)

     16,699         5,054         7,294         1,644         2,707   

Other Long-Term Liabilities(3)

     3,886         1,466         432         424         1,564   

Total Contractual Cash Obligations(4)(5)

   $ 416,316       $ 38,914       $ 60,829       $ 130,890       $ 185,683   

 

(1)   As of December 31, 2010, we had the following amounts outstanding under our credit facilities: no amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility; $163.4 million, net of unamortized original issue discount, outstanding under the Term Loan Facility; and $75.0 million outstanding under the Mezzanine Loan Facility. On June 8, 2011, we amended and restated the Term Loan Facility to, among other things, increase the aggregate principal amount available thereunder to $260.0 million and reprice the interest rate to LIBOR plus 375 basis points, and used the proceeds to prepay the Mezzanine Loan Facility in its entirety. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities.”
(2)   We are obligated under certain operating leases for railroad cars, mining properties, mining and processing equipment, office space, transportation and other equipment. Certain of our operating lease arrangements include options to purchase the equipment for fair market value at the end of the original lease term. Annual operating lease commitments are presented in more detail in note F to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3)   Other long-term obligations include advisory fees paid to Golden Gate Capital and mineral royalty payments. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Golden Gate Capital Acquisition—Advisory Agreement.”
(4)   The above table excludes discounted asset retirement obligations in the amount of $6.4 million at December 31, 2010, the majority of which have a settlement date beyond 2025.
(5)   We have indemnified underwriters for surety bonds issued on our behalf and are a contingent guarantor on a railcar lease, both of which are excluded from this table. See note P to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

62


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

 

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, hazardous materials, air and water emissions, environmental contamination and reclamation and the protection of the environment and natural resources. We have made, and expect to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. We may also from time to time incur fines and penalties associated with noncompliance with such laws and regulations. In particular, on September 8, 2011 we voluntarily disclosed potential violations of air emission permits at our Rockwood, Michigan facility to the EPA and the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality, and while no proceedings have been instituted at this time by either agency we could incur penalties or be subject to other requirements in the future as a result of such potential violations. As of December 31, 2010, we had $6.4 million accrued for future reclamation costs, as compared to $5.9 million as of December 31, 2009.

 

We discuss certain environmental matters relating to our various production and other facilities, certain regulatory requirements relating to human exposure to crystalline silica and our mining activity and how such matters may affect our business in the future under “Business—Regulation and Legislation.”

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptable in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on historical experience, current conditions and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Our actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

 

Listed below are the accounting policies we believe are critical to our financial statements due to the degree of uncertainty regarding the estimates or assumptions involved, and that we believe are critical to the understanding of our operations.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We periodically evaluate whether current events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of our long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined to exist, an estimate of future cash flows produced by the long-lived assets, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether an impairment exists. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured based on quoted market prices in active markets, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including a discounted value of estimated future cash flows. A detailed determination of the fair value may be carried forward from one year to the next if certain criteria have been met. We report an asset to be disposed of at the lower of its carrying value or its estimated net realizable value.

 

Factors we generally consider important in our evaluation and that could trigger an impairment review of the carrying value of long-lived assets include significant underperformance relative to expected operating trends, significant changes in the way assets are used, underutilization of our tangible assets, discontinuance of certain products by us or by our customers, a decrease in estimated mineral reserves, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

 

The recoverability of the carrying value of our mineral properties is dependent upon the successful development, start-up and commercial production of our mineral deposit and the related processing facilities. Our

 

63


Table of Contents

evaluation of mineral properties for potential impairment primarily includes assessing the existence or availability of required permits and evaluating changes in our mineral reserves, or the underlying estimates and assumptions, including estimated production costs. Assessing the economic feasibility requires certain estimates, including the prices of products to be produced and processing recovery rates, as well as operating and capital costs.

 

Although we believe the carrying values of our long-lived assets were realizable as of the relevant balance sheet date, future events could cause us to conclude otherwise.

 

Mine Reclamation Costs

 

Reclamation costs are allocated to expense over the life of the related assets and are periodically adjusted to reflect changes in the estimated present value resulting from the passage of time and revisions to the estimates of either timing or amount of the reclamation and remediation costs. The estimated net future costs of dismantling, restoring and reclaiming operating mines and related mine sites, in accordance with federal, state and local regulatory requirements, are accrued in the period in which the liability is incurred at the estimated fair value. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The liability is accreted through charges to operating expenses. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount of the liability, a gain or loss is recognized on settlement.

 

Self-Insurance and Product Liability Claim Reserves

 

We are self-insured for healthcare costs and for large insurance deductibles related to worker’s compensation. We are also self-insured for third party product liability claims alleging occupational disease. We provide for estimated future losses based on reported cases and past claim history. Accounting for these liabilities requires us to use our best judgment. While we believe that our accruals for these matters are adequate, if the actual loss is significantly different than the estimated loss for these liabilities, our results of operations could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Silica-related health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business reputation or results of operations” for a further discussion of the manner in which we record amounts for product liability claims.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

We provide a range of benefits to our employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits. We record annual amounts relating to these plans based on calculations specified by generally accepted accounting principles, which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed rates of returns, compensation increases, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. We review the actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is deemed appropriate to do so. As required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the effect of the modifications is generally recorded or amortized over future periods. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under the plans, which are presented in note M to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, are reasonable based on advice from our actuaries and information as to assumptions used by other employers.

 

Equity-Based Awards

 

We account for equity-based awards in accordance with applicable guidance, which establishes standards of accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. Equity-based compensation expense is recorded based upon the fair value of the award at grant date. Such costs are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the corresponding vesting period. The fair value of the grants issued was calculated based on a Black-Scholes pricing model. This model included certain market assumptions

 

64


Table of Contents

related to future volumes, projected fees and/or prices, expected costs of sales and direct operating costs and risk adjusted discount rates. We also take into consideration the rights and preferences of awarded equity incentives. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the valuation of incentive awards, which affects compensation expense related to these awards. These assumptions include an estimate of the time to liquidity event, volatility and risk free rate over a period of time corresponding to the time to liquidity event.

 

The fair value of the equity units was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.87

Expected volatility

     50

Time to liquidity event

     4 years   

 

Our risk-free interest rate is an interpolated rate from the U.S. constant maturity treasury rate for a term corresponding to the time to liquidity event, as described below. An increase in the risk-free rate will increase compensation expense.

 

Our expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which the price of various comparable companies common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate, as our common stock is not publicly-traded. The comparable companies were selected by analyzing public companies in the industry based on various factors including, but not limited to, company size, financial data availability, active trading volume and capital structure. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

 

Our time to liquidity event is the period of time over which the underlying equity units are expected to remain outstanding. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.

 

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and lives related to our equity-based compensation on a prospective basis and incorporating these factors into our pricing model.

 

Taxes

 

Deferred taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. This approach requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the expenses are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

We recognize a tax benefit associated with an uncertain tax position when, in our judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we initially and subsequently measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that it judges to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law developments and new or emerging legislation. Such adjustments are recognized entirely in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management. At the adoption date, we applied the uncertain tax position guidance to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our combined financial condition or results of operations.

 

65


Table of Contents

We evaluate quarterly the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the need for a valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income might affect the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets. Factors that may affect our ability to achieve sufficient forecasted taxable income include, but are not limited to, the following: a decline in sales or margins, increased competition or loss of market share. In addition, we operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues, which may require an extended time to resolve. We believe that adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years.

 

The largest permanent item in computing both our effective tax rate and taxable income is the deduction allowed for statutory depletion. The impact of statutory depletion on the effective tax rate is presented in note N to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The deduction for statutory depletion does not necessarily change proportionately in income before income taxes.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

New accounting guidance that we have recently adopted, as well as accounting guidance that has been recently issued but not yet adopted by us, are included in note B to our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus under the sections entitled “Impact of Recent Accounting Standards/Pronouncements” and “Accounting Guidance Pending Adoption,” respectively.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate and Commodity Price Risks

 

We use interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements in the normal course of our business to manage both our interest and energy costs and the risks associated with changing interest rates and natural gas prices. These hedge agreements are used to exchange the difference between fixed and variable-rate interest amounts or natural gas prices calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount or natural gas quantity. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. By their nature, all such instruments involve risk, including the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract (credit risk) or the possibility that future changes in market price may make a financial instrument less valuable or more onerous (market risk). As is customary for these types of instruments, we do not require collateral or other security from other parties to these instruments. In management’s opinion, there is no significant risk of loss in the event of nonperformance of the counterparties to these financial instruments.

 

The fair value of the hedge agreements represents the estimated receipts or payments that would be required to settle the agreements at year-end. Quoted market prices were used to estimate the fair values of the interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements. The notional amount represents agreed upon amounts on which calculations of dollars to be exchanged are based. They do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties and, therefore, are not a measure of our exposure. Our credit exposure is limited to the fair value of the contracts with a positive fair value plus interest receivable, if any, as of the reporting date.

 

          December 31, 2009     December 31, 2010  
    Maturity
Date
    Contract/Notional
Amount
  Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
    Contract/Notional
Amount
  Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
 

Natural gas rate swap agreements

    2010      926,029 million BTU   $ 68      $ 68         

Natural gas rate cap agreement

    2010      60,000 million BTU   $ 11      $ 11         

Natural gas rate swap agreements

    2011            420,000 million BTU   $ (109   $ (109

Interest rate cap agreement(1)

    2012      $100 million   $ 412      $ 412      $100 million   $ 13      $ 13   

Interest rate cap agreement(1)

    2013            $20 million   $ 244      $ 244   

 

  (1)   Agreements limit the LIBOR floating interest rate base to 4%.

 

66


Table of Contents

We have designated these contracts as qualified cash flow hedges. Accordingly, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and recognized in earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. We had no ineffective contracts as of December 31, 2010.

 

A hypothetical increase or decrease in interest rates by 1.0% would have changed our interest expense by $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Market Risk

 

We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in interest rates. Market risk related to interest rates is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates. We do not believe that inflation has a material impact on our financial position or results of operations during periods covered by the financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

Credit Risk

 

We are subject to risks of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers. We examine the creditworthiness of third-party customers to whom we extend credit and manage our exposure to credit risk through credit analysis, credit approval, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and for certain transactions, we may request letters of credit, prepayments or guarantees, although collateral is generally not required.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

We reissued our 2010 financial statements after management identified a material weakness in its internal controls related to stock-based compensation. Based on a misinterpretation of accounting guidance, management did not properly record compensation for equity-based awards granted at our parent LLC to certain of our employees. This resulted in an understatement of stock-based compensation expense in 2009 and 2010. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” No additional equity-based awards are expected to be granted to our employees at our parent LLC in the future and, therefore, no additional remediation efforts are necessary.

 

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls in the future, it could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial information or cause our stock price to decline.

 

67


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

Business Overview

 

We are the second largest domestic producer of commercial silica, a specialized mineral that is a critical input into a variety of attractive end markets. During our 111-year history, we have developed core competencies in mining, processing, logistics and materials science that enable us to produce and cost-effectively deliver over 200 products to customers across these end markets. In our largest end market, oil and gas proppants, our frac sand is used to stimulate and maintain the flow of hydrocarbons in horizontally drilled oil and natural gas wells. This segment of our business is experiencing rapid growth due to recent technological advances in the hydraulic fracturing process, which have made the extraction of large volumes of oil and natural gas from U.S. shale formations economically feasible. Our commercial silica is also used as an economically irreplaceable raw material in a wide range of industrial applications, including glassmaking and chemical manufacturing. Additionally, in recent years a number of attractive new end markets have developed for our high-margin, performance silica products, including solar panels, specialty coatings, wind turbines, polymer additives and geothermal energy systems.

 

We operate 13 facilities across the United States and control 283 million tons of reserves, including approximately 138 million tons of reserves that can be processed to meet API frac sand size specifications. We produce a wide range of frac sand sizes and are one of the few commercial silica producers capable of rail delivery of large quantities of API grade frac sand to each of the major U.S. shale basins. We believe that due to a combination of these favorable attributes and robust drilling activity in the oil and natural gas industry, we have become a preferred commercial silica supplier to our customers in the oil and gas proppants end market and, consequently, are experiencing high demand for our frac sand. To meet this demand, we are investing significant resources to increase our proppant production, including expanding our frac sand capabilities by approximately 1.2 million tons, or approximately 75% above tons sold in 2010, and constructing a new facility to produce resin-coated sand, which significantly expands our addressable proppant market.

 

Our operations are organized into two segments based on end markets served: (1) Oil & Gas Proppants and (2) Industrial & Specialty Products. Our segments are complementary because our ability to sell to a wide range of customers across end markets allows us to maximize recovery rates in our mining operations, optimize our asset utilization and reduce the cyclicality of our earnings. In 2010, we generated approximately $245.0 million of sales, $72.2 million of Adjusted EBITDA and $11.4 million of net income. These figures represent increases of 28%, 44% and 106%, respectively, compared to 2009. In particular, the Oil & Gas Proppants segment contribution margin grew by 83% in 2010 and represented approximately 48% of total segment contribution margin, compared to 39% for the prior year.

 

Our Strengths

 

We attribute our success to the following strengths:

 

   

Large-scale producer with a diverse and high-quality reserve base. Our 13 geographically dispersed facilities control 283 million tons of reserves, including API size frac sand and large quantities of silica with distinct characteristics, giving us the ability to sell over 200 products to over 1,400 customers. Our large-scale production capabilities and long reserve life make us a preferred commercial silica supplier to our customers. A consistent, reliable supply of large quantities of silica gives our customers the security to customize their production processes around our commercial silica. Furthermore, our scale provides us earnings diversification and a larger addressable market.

 

   

Geographically advantaged footprint with intrinsic transportation advantages. The strategic location of our facilities and our logistics capabilities enable us to enjoy high customer retention and a larger addressable market. In our Oil & Gas Proppants segment, our network of frac sand producing plants

 

68


Table of Contents
 

with access to on-site rail and the strategic locations of our transloads serve to expand our addressable market to every major U.S. shale basin. We believe we are one of the few frac sand producers capable of delivering API grade frac sand cost-effectively to most all of the major U.S. shale basins by on-site rail. Additionally, due to the high weight-to-value ratio of many silica products in our Industrial & Specialty Products segment, the proximity of our facilities to our customers’ facilities often results in us being their sole supplier. This advantage has enabled us to enjoy strong customer retention in this segment, with our top five Industrial & Specialty Products segment customers purchasing from us for an average of over 50 years.

 

   

Low-cost operating structure. We believe the combination of the following factors contributes to our low-cost structure and our high margins:

 

   

our ownership of the vast majority of our reserves, resulting in mineral royalty rates that were less than 0.5% of our sales in 2010;

 

   

the close proximity of our mines to their respective processing plants, which allows for a cost-efficient and highly automated production process;

 

   

our processing expertise, which enables us to create over 200 products with unique characteristics while minimizing waste material;

 

   

our integrated logistics management expertise and geographically advantaged facility network, which enables us to reliably ship products by the most cost-effective method available, whether by truck, rail, ship or barge;

 

   

our large customer base across numerous end markets, which allows us to maximize our mining recovery rate and asset utilization; and

 

   

our large overall and plant-level operating scale.

 

   

Strong reputation with our customers and the communities in which we operate. We believe that we have built a strong reputation during our 111-year operating history. Our customers know us for our dependability and our high-quality, innovative products, as we have a long track record of timely delivery of our products according to customer specifications. We also have an extensive network of technical resources, including materials science and petroleum engineering expertise, that enables us to collaborate with our customers to develop new products and improve the performance of their existing applications. We are also well known in the communities in which we operate as a preferred employer and a responsible corporate citizen, which generally serves us well in hiring new employees and securing difficult-to-obtain permits for expansions and new facilities.

 

   

Experienced management team. The members of our senior management team bring significant experience to the dynamic environment in which we operate. Their expertise covers a range of disciplines, including industry-specific operating and technical knowledge as well as experience managing high-growth businesses. We believe we have assembled a flexible, creative and responsive team with a mentality that is particularly well suited to the rapidly evolving unconventional oil and natural gas drilling landscape, which is the principal driver of our growth.

 

Our Strategy

 

The key drivers of our growth strategy include:

 

   

Expand our proppant production capacity and product portfolio. We are currently executing several initiatives to increase our frac sand production capacity and augment our proppant product portfolio. At our Ottawa, Illinois facility, we recently implemented operating improvements and installed a new dryer with six mineral separators to increase our annual frac sand production capacity by 900,000 tons. At our Rockwood, Michigan facility, we recently added 250,000 tons of annual frac sand production capacity by installing an entirely new processing circuit to run on a continuous basis alongside our

 

69


Table of Contents
 

existing state-of-the-art low-iron silica circuit. These two projects were completed during the fourth quarter of 2011. We are also in the initial stages of building a new facility to produce resin-coated sand that will be designed to coat up to 400 million pounds annually, which is scheduled for completion and start-up in 2013. We expect to fund all of these projects through a combination of cash on our balance sheet and cash generated from our operations.

 

   

Increase our exposure to attractive industrial and specialty products end markets. We intend to increase our exposure and market share in certain industrial and specialty products end markets that we believe are poised for growth. For example, at our Rockwood facility, we have doubled our production capacity for low-iron silica, which is used to maximize light transmission in ultra-clear architectural glass and solar panels. In addition, we recently opened a representative office in Shanghai, China to market our fine ground silica products across the Asia Pacific region for use in specialty end markets. We are also exploring opportunities to grow our presence in the specialty coatings and polymer additives end markets, where our ultra-fine ground silica is used to enhance strength, scratch resistance and stability.

 

   

Optimize product mix and further develop value-added capabilities to maximize margins. We will continue to actively manage our product mix at each of our plants to ensure we are maximizing our profit margins. This requires us to use our proprietary expertise in balancing key variables, such as mine geology, processing capacities, transportation availability, customer requirements and pricing. In 2010, while our tons sold increased by 17%, we believe this expertise helped enable us to increase our operating income by 80%. We also expect to continue investing in ways to increase the value we provide to our customers by expanding our product offerings, increasing our transportation assets, improving our supply chain management and upgrading our information technology. We hope to use these strategies to increase our operating income faster than our tons sold into the future.

 

   

Evaluate both greenfield and brownfield expansion opportunities. We will continue to leverage our reputation, processing capabilities and infrastructure to increase production, as well as explore other opportunities to expand our reserve base. We may accomplish this by developing greenfield projects, where we can capitalize on our technical knowledge of geology, mining and processing and our strong reputation within local communities. For instance, we recently received initial permitting (subject to a brief appeals period) for a new mining and production facility in Wisconsin that, if pursued, would be targeted toward the production of frac sand. Our evaluation of this potential new facility is in the preliminary stages, however, and we can provide no assurances that we will continue to evaluate or complete the facility. We are also continuously exploring potential brownfield projects, such as the possibility of increasing the capacity at some subsequent date of the new resin-coating facility that we are currently constructing. Additionally, we may pursue “bolt on” and other opportunistic acquisitions, taking advantage of our asset footprint, our management’s experience with high-growth businesses and our strong customer relationships. We may also evaluate international acquisitions as unconventional oil and natural gas drilling expands globally.

 

   

Maintain financial strength and flexibility. We intend to maintain financial strength and flexibility to enable us to pursue acquisitions and new growth opportunities as they arise. As of September 30, 2011, we had $73.8 million of cash on hand and $22.5 million of available borrowings under our credit facilities.

 

Our Industry

 

The commercial silica industry consists of businesses that are involved in the mining, processing and sale of commercial silica. Commercial silica, also referred to as “silica,” “industrial sand and gravel,” “silica sand” and “quartz sand,” is a term applied to sands and gravels containing a high percentage of silica (silicon dioxide, SiO2) in the form of quartz. Commercial silica deposits occur throughout the United States, but mines and processing facilities are typically located near end markets and in areas with access to transportation infrastructure. Other factors affecting the feasibility of commercial silica production include deposit composition, product quality specifications, land-use and environmental regulation, including permitting requirements, access to electricity, natural gas and water and a producer’s expertise and know-how.

 

70


Table of Contents

Extraction and Production Processes

 

Commercial silica deposits are formed from a variety of sedimentary processes and have distinct characteristics that range from hard sandstone rock to loose, unconsolidated dune sands. While the specific extraction method utilized depends primarily on the deposit composition, most silica is mined using conventional open-pit bench extraction methods and begins after clearing the deposit of any overlaying soil and organic matter. The silica deposit composition and chemical purity also dictate the processing methods and equipment utilized. For example, broken rock from a sandstone deposit may require one, two or three stages of crushing to liberate the silica grains required for most markets. Unconsolidated deposits may require little or no crushing, as silica grains are not tightly cemented together.

 

After extracting the ore, the silica is washed with water to remove fine impurities such as clay and organic particles. In some deposits, these fine contaminants or impurities are tightly bonded to the surface of the silica grain and require attrition scrubbing to be removed. Other deposits require the use of flotation to collect and separate contaminates from the silica. When these contaminants are weakly magnetic, special high intensity magnets may be utilized in the process to improve the purity of the final commercial silica product. After the silica was been washed, most output is dried prior to sale.

 

The final step in the production process involves the classification of commercial silica products according to their chemical purity, particle shape and particle size distribution. Generally, commercial silica is produced and sold in whole grain (unground) form and in ground form. Whole grain silica generally ranges from 12 to 140 mesh (the number of openings per linear inch on a sizing screen). Whole grain silica products are sold in a range of shapes, sizes and purity levels to be used in a variety of industrial applications, such as glass, foundry, building products, oil and natural gas recovery, filtration and recreation. Some whole grain silica is further processed to ground silica of much smaller particle sizes, ranging from 5 to 250 microns (one-millionth of a meter).

 

Product Distribution

 

Most commercial silica is shipped in bulk to customers by truck or rail. According to the 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook, of the total commercial silica produced in the United States in 2009, approximately 52% was transported by truck from the plant to the site of first sale or use, 35% was transported by rail and 13% by unspecified modes of transportation. There has been a shift away from truck to rail, as more volumes have been directed to the oil and gas proppants end market, which typically utilizes rail transportation.

 

For bulk commercial silica, transportation cost represents a significant portion of the overall product cost. Consequently, the majority of production transported by truck is sold within approximately 200 miles of the producing facility. This limitation emphasizes the importance of rail, ship or barge access for low cost delivery outside of the 200-mile truck radius. As a result, facility location is one of the most important considerations for producers and customers. These factors dictate the all-in delivered cost of silica production. Exceptions to this include frac sands used in oil and natural gas recovery and finer grade commercial silica, where transporting the materials long distances is economically feasible due to their relatively high unit values.

 

In addition to bulk shipments, commercial silica products can be packaged and shipped in 50 to 100 pound bags or bulk super sacks. Bag shipments are usually made to smaller customers with batch operations, warehouse distributor locations or for ocean container shipments made overseas. The products that are shipped in bags are often higher-value products, such as ground and fine ground industrial silica.

 

Primary End Markets

 

The special properties of commercial silica—chemistry, purity, grain size, color, inertness, hardness and resistance to high temperatures—make it critical to a variety of industries. Commercial silica is a key input in the well completion process, specifically, in the hydraulic fracturing techniques used in unconventional oil and

 

71


Table of Contents

natural gas wells. In the industrial and specialty products end markets, stringent quality requirements must be met when commercial silica is used as an ingredient to produce thousands of everyday applications, including glass, building and foundry products and metal castings, as well as certain specialty applications such as solar panels, wind turbines, geothermal energy systems and catalytic converters. Due to the unique properties of commercial silica, it is an economically irreplaceable raw material in a wide range of industrial applications. Major end markets include:

 

Oil and Gas Proppants

 

Commercial silica is used as a proppant by companies involved in oil and natural gas recovery in unconventional resource plays. Unconventional oil and natural gas production requires fracturing and other well stimulation techniques to recover oil or natural gas that is trapped in the source rock and typically involves horizontal drilling. Frac sand is pumped down oil and natural gas wells at high pressures to prop open rock fissures in order to increase the flow rate of hydrocarbons from the wells. Additionally, every 4 to 5 years proppants may be used to “re-fracture” the shale and keep the fractures open. Proppants represent the single largest class of materials used in the stimulation of oil and natural gas wells, accounting for more than 40% of market value in 2010 according to a Freedonia report dated April 2011. The 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook reports that sales of commercial silica products for oil and natural gas recovery accounted for approximately 28% by volume and 43% by value of total commercial silica product sales in 2009. Based on our own internal and other third-party estimates, we believe commercial silica used by the oil and gas proppants end market increased significantly in 2010 and likely accounted for approximately 44% of total commercial silica volumes.

 

Glass

 

Commercial silica is a critical input into and accounts for 60% to 70% of the raw materials in glass production. According to the 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook, approximately 32% by volume and 23% by value of all commercial silica products sold in the United States in 2009 were used in glassmaking. The glassmaking markets served by commercial silica producers include containers, flat glass, specialty glass and fiberglass. Demand typically varies within each of these end markets.

 

The container glass, flat glass and fiberglass end markets are generally mature end markets. Demand for container glass has historically grown in line with population growth, and we expect similar growth in the future. Flat glass and fiberglass tend to be correlated with construction and automotive production activity, and as a result remain depressed relative to peak demand given the contraction of these end markets over the past few years. To the extent construction and automotive production activity recovers in the coming years (which is difficult to predict given current economic uncertainty), we expect that demand in these end markets will increase. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operations are subject to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses, and we may not be able to mitigate that risk.”

 

The demand for low-iron glass, which is utilized in glass for solar panels and certain grades of architectural glass has been experiencing more rapid growth. In addition, glass fibers are being incorporated in high strength wind turbines, a fast growing alternative energy source. Commercial silica used in production of these products is generally of higher quality and tighter specifications than the commercial silica used in the manufacturing of other glass products.

 

Building Products

 

Commercial silica is used in the manufacturing of building products for commercial and residential construction. The 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook reports that commercial silica sold to manufacturers of building products accounted for approximately 8% by volume and 9% by value of all commercial silica sold in the United States in 2009. Whole grain commercial silica products are used in flooring compounds, mortars and grouts, specialty cements, stucco and roofing shingles. Ground commercial silica products are used by building

 

72


Table of Contents

products manufacturers as functional extenders and to add durability and weathering properties to cementious compounds. In addition, geothermal wells are a fast growing alternative energy source that require specialized ground silica products in their well casings for effectiveness. The market for commercial silica used to manufacture building products is driven primarily by the demand in the construction markets. The historical trend for this market has been one of growth, especially in demand for cementious compounds for new construction, renovation and repair. Although the housing construction market has recently declined, to the extent the housing market recovers in the coming years (which is difficult to predict given current economic uncertainty), we expect that demand in this end market will increase. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operations are subject to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses, and we may not be able to mitigate that risk.”

 

Foundry

 

According to the 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook, in 2009, commercial silica products used for foundry purposes represented approximately 13% by volume and 8% by value of all commercial silica products sold in the United States. Commercial silica products are used in the production of molds for metal castings and in metal casting products. In addition, commercial whole grain silica is sold to coaters of foundry silica who then sell their product to foundries for cores and shell casting processes. The demand for foundry silica depends on the rate of automobile and light truck production, construction and production of heavy equipment like rail cars. Over the past decade, there has been some movement of foundry supply chains to Mexico and other offshore production areas. Additionally, foundry demand decreased significantly in 2009 as a result of the decrease in automotive and heavy equipment production. To the extent production levels recover in the coming years (which is difficult to predict given current economic uncertainty), we expect foundry demand to improve. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operations are subject to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses, and we may not be able to mitigate that risk.”

 

Chemicals

 

In 2009, sales of commercial silica products to manufacturers of chemicals equaled approximately 3% by volume and 3% by value of the total commercial silica products sold in the United States according to the 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook. Both whole grain and ground silica products are used in the manufacturing of silicon-based chemicals, such as sodium silicate, that are used in a variety of applications, including food processing, detergent products, paper textiles and specialty foundry applications. This end market is driven by the development of new products by the chemicals manufacturers, including specialty coatings and polymer additives. We expect this end market to grow as these manufacturers continue their product and applications development.

 

Fillers and Extenders

 

According to the 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook, in 2009, commercial silica products sold for use as fillers represented approximately 1% by volume and 2% by value of all commercial silica products sold in the United States. Commercial silica products are sold to producers of paints and coating products for use as fillers and extenders in architectural, industrial and traffic paints and are sold to producers of rubber and plastic for us in the production of epoxy molding compounds and silicone rubber. The commercial silica products used in this end market is most often ground silica, including finer ground classifications. The market for fillers and extenders is driven by demand in the construction and automotive production industries as well as by demand for materials in the housing remodeling industry. Although construction, automotive production and housing remodeling demand decreased in 2009, to the extent these industries recover in the coming years (which is difficult to predict given current economic uncertainty), we expect demand to improve. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operations are subject to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses, and we may not be able to mitigate that risk.”

 

73


Table of Contents

Demand Trends

 

From 1980 to 2008, U.S. commercial silica industry volumes generally grew in line with U.S industrial production, primarily influenced by the manufacture of glass, building materials, foundry moldings and chemicals. The economic downturn of 2008 and 2009 decreased demand for commercial silica products, particularly in the glassmaking, foundry, specialty coatings and building products end markets. With the recent economic recovery, however, we estimate overall demand for commercial silica increased greater than 45% in 2010. Demand for commercial silica in industrial and specialty products end markets once again began to grow. We also saw increased demand for new specialty applications, such as solar panels, specialty coatings, wind turbines, polymer additives and geothermal energy systems.

 

In addition to rebounding industrial end markets and increasing demand for commercial silica products for certain specialty applications, the significant demand growth in 2010 was primarily driven by an acceleration in demand for frac sand. Based on industry data and our own internal estimates, we believe frac sand demand has grown by more than 28% per annum since 2004. The following chart depicts consumption in each of the oil and gas proppants and industrial and specialty products end markets from 2004 through 2010.

 

LOGO

 

Data Source: For years 2004 through 2009, the 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook; for 2010, internal estimates compiled through consultation with third parties and management. See “Market and Industry Data.”

 

  (1)   Industrial/Other end markets include glassmaking, foundry, metallurgical, abrasives, filtration, recreational, traction/engine, coal washing, roofing granules and fillers and other, as defined by the USGS.

 

The 2009 USGS Minerals Yearbook estimated the value of the commercial silica market value at approximately $762.0 million. The oil and gas proppants end market was estimated at $326.0 million, while remaining industrial segments aggregated to $436.0 million. Given our estimates of the significant growth in frac sand production in 2010, as well as the recovery in industrial end markets, we believe the overall commercial silica market exceeded $1 billion in 2010, with the oil and gas proppants end market contributing in excess of $600.0 million.

 

74


Table of Contents

We believe that commercial silica consumption increased at an average annual rate of 9.9% from 2008 to 2010 and that this growth was principally driven by the acceleration in growth in frac sand demand. This demand growth is primarily due to technological developments, such as improvements in horizontal drilling that have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in areas that historically would have been economically impractical to develop. Frac sand is an essential component in the efficient exploitation of these reservoirs, and as more of these reservoirs have been developed, the demand for frac sand has correspondingly increased. The following chart identifies trends in the number of horizontal drill rigs from 2002 to 2010 and the CAGR over such period.

 

LOGO

 

Data Source: Baker Hughes, Inc., July 2011

 

  (1)   Data reported as year-end rig count for period (2002-2010). As of September 30, 2011, the horizontal drill rig count was 1,135.

 

In addition to the increase in the number of horizontal drill rigs, the growth in demand is also the product of an increase in the amount of frac sand used per rig, which is growing as a result of the following factors:

 

   

improved drill rig productivity, resulting in more wells drilled per year per rig;

 

   

the increase in the number of fracturing sites within each well where fracturing occurs and proppant is needed;

 

   

the increase in the length of the horizontal distance covered in each stage of the well due to advances in horizontal drilling technologies; and

 

   

the increase in proppant use per foot completed in each fracturing stage.

 

Based on these drivers, demand for all proppants is projected to increase approximately 16% per year to $5.1 billion in 2015, and, more specifically, demand for frac sand and resin-coated sand in the United States and Canada is projected to increase 15% per year to $1.9 billion in 2015, according to a Freedonia report dated April 2011.

 

Supply

 

Supplies of commercial silica have failed to keep pace with demand for approximately the past 18 months. During the economic downturn of 2008 and 2009, demand for commercial silica from customers in various industrial and specialty products end markets decreased. As a result, there was no significant expansion of domestic commercial silica. This, combined with the continued growth in demand for frac sand in 2010 and the rebound in industrial and specialty products end markets, has created a supply-demand disparity over approximately the past 18 months. We believe that if the present level of demand growth continues for the

 

75


Table of Contents

foreseeable future (which is difficult to predict given current economic uncertainty), a significant expansion in the supply of commercial silica will be needed to balance the market. However, there are several key constraints to increasing production on an industry-wide basis, including:

 

   

the difficulty of finding silica reserves suitable for use as frac sand, which, according to the API, must meet stringent technical specifications, including, among others, sphericity, grain size, crush resistance, acid solubility, purity and turbidity;

 

   

the difficulty of securing contiguous reserves of silica large enough to justify the capital investment required to develop a mine and processing plant;

 

   

a lack of industry-specific geological, exploration, development and mining knowledge and experience needed to enable the identification, acquisition and development of high-quality reserves;

 

   

the difficulty of identifying reserves with the above characteristics that either are located in close proximity to oil and natural gas reservoirs or have the rail access needed for low-cost transportation to major shale basins;

 

   

the difficulty of securing mining, production, water, air, refuse and other federal, state and local operating permits from the proper authorities, a process that can require up to three years; and

 

   

the difficulty of assembling a large, diverse portfolio of customers to optimize operations.

 

Pricing

 

Historically, commercial silica has been characterized by regional markets created by the high weight-to-value ratio of silica. According to a USGS report dated October 2010, from 1970 to 2000, commercial silica prices increased at an average annual rate of 4.5%. Since 2000, the increased demand for commercial silica from our customers in both the oil and gas proppants end market and industrial and specialty products end markets and limited supply increases have resulted in favorable pricing trends in both of our operating segments. From 2000 to 2009, commercial silica prices increased at an average annual rate of 9.0%.

 

LOGO

 

Source:USGS, October 2010

 

If the use of hydraulic fracturing continues to increase, and if the general economic recovery continues to result in increased demand from our customers in industrial and specialty products end markets, we expect the prices that our products command will continue to increase.

 

Our Products

 

In order to serve a broad range of end markets, we produce and sell a variety of commercial silica products, including whole grain and ground products, as well as other industrial mineral products that we believe complement our commercial silica products.

 

76


Table of Contents

Whole Grain Silica Products. We sell whole grain commercial silica products in a range of shapes, sizes and purity levels. We sell whole grain silica that has a round shape and high crush strength to be used as frac sand in connection with oil and natural gas recovery, and we have begun investing in the construction of a production facility for resin-coated sand. We also sell whole grain silica products in a range of size distributions, grain shapes and chemical purity levels to our customers involved in the manufacturing of glass products, including a low-iron whole grain product sold to manufacturers of architectural and solar glass applications. In addition, we sell over 80 grades of whole grain round silica to the foundry industry and provide whole grain commercial silica to the building products industry. In 2010, sales of whole grain commercial silica products accounted for approximately 75% of our total sales.

 

Ground Silica Products. Our ground commercial silica products are inherently inert, white and bright, with high purity. We market our ground silica in sizes ranging from 40 to 250 microns for use in plastics, rubber, polishes, cleansers, paints, ceramic frits and glazes, textile fiberglass and precision castings. We also produce and market fine ground silica in sizes ranging from 5 to 40 microns for use in premium paints, specialty coatings, sealants, silicone rubber and epoxies. We believe we are currently the only commercial silica producer in the United States that manufactures a 5-micron product. In 2010, sales of ground silica products accounted for approximately 17% of our total sales.

 

Other Industrial Mineral Products. We also produce and sell certain other industrial mineral products, such as aplite, calcined kaolin clay and magnesium silicate. Aplite is a mineral used to produce container glass and insulation fiberglass and is a source of alumina that has a low melting point and a low tendency to form defects in glass. Calcined kaolin clay is a mineral primarily used as a functional extender. Calcined kaolin clay is chemically inert, has a high covering power, gives desirable flow properties and reduces the amount of expensive pigments required. These characteristics make calcined kaolin clay an ideal functional extender in paints, plastics, specialty coatings and rubber. We also produce and sell a highly selective adsorbent made from a mixture of silica and magnesium, used extensively in preparative and analytical chromatography. In 2010, sales of these other industrial mineral products accounted for approximately 8% of our total sales.

 

Our Primary End Markets and Customers

 

We sell our products to a variety of end markets. At the end of 2008, we began investing heavily in our capacity to supply frac sand to customers in the oil and gas proppants end market. Our high-quality reserves of frac sand have enabled us to quickly build a presence in this fast-growing market, and we are currently investing in our capacity to offer resin-coated sand for the same purpose. Our customers in the oil and gas proppants end market include Schlumberger Ltd., Halliburton Company, Nabors Industries Ltd., Weatherford International Ltd. and Baker Hughes, Inc. Sales to the oil and gas proppants end market comprised approximately 16%, 19% and 28% of our total sales in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

Our primary markets have historically been core industrial end markets with customers engaged in the production of glass, building products, foundry products, chemicals and fillers and extenders. Our diverse customer base drives high recovery rates across our production. We also benefit from strong and long-standing relationships with our customers in each of the industrial and specialty products end markets we serve. In our industrial and specialty products end markets, our customers are leaders in their respective industries and include Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens Corning, Saint-Gobain Glass, The Sherwin-Williams Company and PQ Corporation. Sales to our industrial and specialty products end markets comprised approximately 84%, 81% and 72% of our total sales in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

We primarily sell our products under short term fixed price agreements or at prevailing market rates. For a limited number of our customers, particularly in the oil and gas proppants end market, we sell under long-term, competitively-bid contracts. Certain of these long-term contracts are at fixed prices that are presently below market, and these below-market prices are adjustable only for certain cost increases. Sales under these long-term contracts collectively accounted for 18% of sales in 2010. Although these long-term contracts would provide us

 

77


Table of Contents

with some downside protection if there were to be a significant reduction in demand for frac sand, we believe that there is, and that there will continue to be, sufficient demand for frac sand such that we would not experience an adverse effect if these long-term contracts are not renewed or are canceled. Historically we have not entered into long-term contracts with our customers in the industrial and specialty products end markets because of the high cost to our customers of switching providers. We typically renegotiate our price agreements with these customers annually.

 

The following table provides more detail regarding the end markets that we serve and our significant customer relationships in those markets:

 

End Market

  

Primary Customers

Oil and gas proppants

   Schlumberger Limited, Halliburton Company, Nabors Industries Ltd., Weatherford International Ltd., Baker Hughes, Inc.

Glass

   Owens-Illinois, Inc., Owens Corning, Saint-Gobain Glass

Building products

   Owens Corning, BASF Corporation

Foundry

  

Porter Warner Industries, LLC,

Thyssen Krupp Waupaca

Chemicals

   PQ Corporation, Occidental Chemical Corporation

Fillers and extenders

   The Sherwin-Williams Company, Dow Corning Corporation

 

78


Table of Contents

Production

 

Our 13 production facilities are located primarily in the eastern half of the United States, with operations in Alabama, Illinois, Louisiana, Michigan, Missouri, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia and West Virginia. The following map shows the locations of our facilities.

 

LOGO

 

We conduct only surface mining operations and do not operate any underground mines. Mining methods at our facilities include conventional hard rock mining, hydraulic mining, surface or open-pit mining of loosely consolidated silica deposits and dredge mining. Hard rock mining involves drilling and blasting in order to break up sandstone into sizes suitable for transport to the processing facility by truck or conveyer. Hydraulic mining involves spraying high-pressure water to break up loosely consolidated sandstone at the mine face. Surface or open-pit mining involves using earthmoving equipment, such as bucket loaders, to gather silica deposits for processing. Lastly, dredging involves gathering silica deposits from mining ponds and transporting them by slurry pipelines for processing. We may also use slurry pipelines in our hydraulic and open-pit mining efforts to expedite processing. Silica mining and processing typically has less of an environmental impact than the mining and processing of other minerals, in part because it uses fewer chemicals.

 

Our processing plants are equipped to receive the mined sand, wash away impurities, eliminate oversized or undersized particles and remove moisture through a multi-stage drying process. Each of our facilities operates year-round, typically in shift schedules designed to optimize facility utilization in accordance with market

 

79


Table of Contents

demand. Our facilities receive regular preventative maintenance, and we make additional capital investments in our facilities as required to support customer volumes and internal performance goals.

 

In connection with expanding our presence in the oil and gas proppants end market, we are in the process of constructing a facility to produce resin-coated sand for use in the hydraulic fracturing process. In advance of opening that facility, we are negotiating a tolling agreement with a third party whereby we will ship sand processed at our facilities to a third-party facility to be coated in resin. The resin-coated sand will then be shipped back to us to be sold to customers.

 

Quality Control

 

We maintain a standard of excellence through our ISO 9001-registered quality systems at our mining and processing facilities. We use automated process control systems that efficiently manage the majority of the mining and processing functions, and we monitor the quality and consistency of our products by conducting hourly tests throughout the production process to detect variances. We generally test each customer load prior to shipment, and all of our major facilities operate a testing laboratory to evaluate and ensure the quality of our products and services. We also provide customers with documentation verifying that all products shipped meet customer specifications. These quality assurance functions ensure that we deliver quality products to our customers and maintain customer trust and loyalty.

 

In addition, we have certain company-wide quality control mechanisms. We maintain a company-wide quality assurance database that facilitates easy access and analysis of product and process data from all plants. We also have a fully staffed and equipped corporate laboratory that provides critical technical expertise, analytical testing resources and application development to promote product value and cost savings. The lab consists of four departments: a foundry lab, a paint and coatings lab, an analytical lab and a minerals-processing lab. The foundry lab is fully equipped for analyzing foundry silica based on grain size distribution, acidity, acid demand value and turbidity, which is a measure of silica cleanliness. The paint and coatings lab provides formulation, application, and testing of paints, coatings and grouts for end use in fillers and extenders as well as building products. The analytical lab performs various analyses on products for quality control assessment. The minerals-processing lab models plant production processes to test variations in deposits and improve our ability to meet customer requirements, and also performs some limited testing of our frac sand products to verify that they meet API size and crush specifications.

 

Distribution

 

We ship our commercial silica products direct to our customers by truck, rail, ship or barge. Generally, we utilize trucks for shipments of 200 miles or less from our plant sites and to distribute our bagged products. Given the weight-to-value ratio of most of our products, the majority of our shipments outside this 200-mile radius are by rail. We frequently utilize rail-truck transfer stations to deliver our products to the oil and natural gas industry when this method of transportation provides us with lower delivery costs to specific customers or regions. We are continuously looking to increase the number of available transload points to which we have access. When cost effective, we also occasionally ship products by barge or ship, both domestically and internationally. All three methods of shipping are typically performed with equipment owned by third parties. Both we and our customers lease a significant number of railcars for shipping purposes, as well as to facilitate the short-term storage of our products, particularly our frac sand products. The railcar leasing market is increasingly tight due to rising demand, and we expect to require additional rail cars as we continue to expand our commercial silica production. We have added 200 railcars to our leased fleet in the fourth quarter of 2011 and are negotiating additional leases. We believe that we will have access to a sufficient supply of railcars to meet our needs for the upcoming year.

 

For some of our high-margin, finer ground commercial silica and other specialty products such as calcined kaolin clay, we can effectively distribute our products nationally and, in some cases, internationally. These sales are typically made through distributors and are shipped by rail for North American locations and by barge or ship for international locations.

 

80


Table of Contents

Our Reserves

 

We believe we have a broad and high-quality mineral reserves base due to our strategically located mines and facilities. “Reserves” are defined by SEC Industry Guide 7 as that part of a mineral deposit which could be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserve determination. Industry Guide 7 divides reserves between “proven (measured) reserves” and “probable (indicated) reserves” which are defined as follows:

 

   

Proven (measured) reserves. Reserves for which (1) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling and (2) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.

 

   

Probable (indicated) reserves. Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven (measured) reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven (measured) reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

 

We categorize our reserves as proven or probable in accordance with these SEC definitions. We estimate that we had a total of approximately 283 million tons of proven and probable recoverable mineral reserves as of December 31, 2010. The quantity and nature of the mineral reserves at each of our properties are estimated by our internal geologists and mining engineers. Our internal geologists and engineers update our reserve estimates annually, making necessary adjustments for operations at each location during the year and additions or reductions due to property acquisitions and dispositions, quality adjustments and mine plan updates. We review these estimates on a periodic basis with John T. Boyd Company, an independent third party, to assure their reasonableness. Before acquiring new reserves, we perform surveying, drill core analysis and other tests to confirm the quantity and quality of the acquired reserves. In some instances, we acquire the mineral rights to reserves without actually taking ownership of the properties.

 

Description of Deposits

 

The following is a description of the nature of our silica and aplite deposits for each of our reserve locations:

 

Ottawa, Illinois

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attributes are iron (Fe2O3) content and grain size distribution. Iron is concentrated near the surface, where orange iron staining is evident and also increases where the bottom contact becomes concentrated in iron pyrite. Maximum average full face iron content is 0.045%. The deposit tends to run a coarser grain size distribution in top half of deposit.

 

Mill Creek, Oklahoma

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attributes are iron (Fe2O3) content, calcium (CaO) and grain size distribution. Multiple faces are exposed to average out variability in grain size and iron. The sand/overburden contact is occasionally concentrated in CaO, and any sand with greater than 0.30% CaO is removed during the overburden removal process. Sand with iron greater than 0.025% is not mined.

 

Pacific, Missouri

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attributes are iron (Fe2O3) and calcium (CaO). Calcium can be concentrated at upper sand contact with overlying carbonate cap rock. This enriched calcium zone is known from drill sample results and is stripped during the overburden removal process. Average full mining face washed sand samples are less than 0.03% iron and 0.05% calcium.

 

81


Table of Contents

Berkeley Springs, West Virginia

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attribute is iron (Fe2O3). Ore that is higher than 0.06% iron is not mined. Ore less than 0.06% iron is mined and blended for feed to plant.

 

Mapleton Depot, Pennsylvania

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attribute is iron (Fe2O3). Ore that is higher than 0.06% iron is not mined. Ore less than 0.06% iron is mined and blended for feed to plant.

 

Kosse, Texas

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attributes are iron content (Fe2O3) for kaolin and sand and size distribution for sand. Up to three different pits are mined at any one time to assure consistency of ore and to smooth out variability of attributes. Maximum sand irons are 0.045% and clay irons are 1.05%.

 

Mauricetown, New Jersey

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. There is no critical attribute in the mining of this deposit other than that occasional zones high in clay are avoided in the course of dredge mining.

 

Columbia, South Carolina

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attributes are iron content (Fe2O3) and percentage of clay/slimes. Clay content increases at depth and generally the pit bottom follows a marker bed at 250-foot elevation where clay content is in excess of 11%. Sand having iron values greater than 0.03% are avoided and not mined.

 

Montpelier, Virginia

 

Montpelier produces alumina sands (aplite) from an andesine anorthosite, which intruded into the Sabot Gneiss, a Precambrian amphibolite. The ore body is characterized as a dome-like structure and comprised of two general phases: a coarse-grained, non-foliated phase and a granulated, medium-grained, foliated phase.

 

The deposit is variable in its geologic nature and contains masses of host rock (consisting of granite gneiss, biotite gneiss and amphibolites) along with occasional dikes. The deposit is highly weathered and soft near the surface. Hardness and strength increase with depth.

 

Aplite is used as a flux agent in glass making and is sold to the same end markets and used in the same processes and in a similar manner as our silica product.

 

Aplite ore (Andesine Feldspar) deposit is intermixed with an assemblage of other minerals that must be separated out to make an acceptable product. The controlling attributes are titanium (TiO2), aluminum (AI2O3), iron (Fe2O3) and phosphorous (P2O5). Ore is blended from multiple faces to produce a product generally at 21% AI2O3, 0.25% Fe2O3, 0.11% TiO2, and 0.55% P2O5.

 

Rockwood, Michigan

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attribute is iron content (Fe2O3). Mineable sand must have less than 0.01% Fe2O3.

 

82


Table of Contents

Jackson, Tennessee

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attribute of iron (Fe2O3) content is managed through keeping clay overburden from intermixing with the sand and maintaining adequate washing of sand in the wet processing of the sand.

 

Dubberly, Louisiana

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attributes are iron (Fe2O3) content and grain size distribution. Mining full-face average for iron is 0.045%. The grain size distribution averages greater than 25% plus 50 mesh. Fine and coarse areas are blended to meet the grain size average.

 

Batesville, Arkansas

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attribute is iron (Fe2O3) content. Deposit has two horizons; a low iron horizon where sand has less than 0.009% Fe2O3 and a regular iron horizon where sand has greater than 0.009% Fe2O3.

 

Hurtsboro, Alabama

 

The deposit has a minimum silica (SiO2) content of 99%. The controlling attribute is grain size distribution. Sand reserves are located on the crests of rolling hills and mining occurs from multiple pits and faces within pits to assure optimum grain size distribution is available to meet the market product mix.

 

Mineral Rights

 

The mineral rights and access to mineral reserves for the majority of our operations are secured through land that is owned in fee. There are no underlying agreements and/or royalties associated with these lands. The operations in this category include: Berkeley Springs, Dubberly, Jackson, Kosse, Mauricetown, Montpelier, Ottawa, Pacific, Batesville and Rockwood.

 

The mineral rights and access to mineral reserves at our Mill Creek operation are a combination of land owned in fee that includes a non-participating royalty payment of $0.11 per saleable ton that was contractually negotiated with and paid to the original sellers of the property that covers 95% of the reserves and a lease agreement on one property that involves an annual minimum payment of $50,000 and a production royalty payment of $0.55 per saleable ton on the remaining 5% of reserves.

 

The Columbia operation mineral reserves and rights are secured under a long-term mineral lease. The lease expires in 2033 and includes an annual minimum payment of $175,000 and a production royalty of 5.5% of the gross revenue.

 

The Hurtsboro operation mineral reserves and rights are secured under two mineral leases. The majority of the reserves are under a long-term lease that expires in 2019 and includes an annual minimum payment of $8,000 and a production royalty payment of 3% of weighted average selling price. The second mineral lease expires in 2013 and includes an annual minimum payment of $15,000 and a production royalty of 3% of the weighted average selling price. All reserves will be mined from the property prior to the expiration of lease in 2013. The mineral lease that expires in 2019 has been renewed in the past, and it is expected that if mining is still occurring on this property we will have no problem negotiating an extension of this lease.

 

The Mapleton Depot operation mineral reserves and rights are secured under two long-term mineral leases that expire in 2025 but may continue thereafter on a year-to-year basis if mining is still occurring. Annual

 

83


Table of Contents

minimums are $1,000, and production royalty payments are either 6.5% of free on board pit price or 0.255 cents per mined ton, whichever is higher.

 

None of our operations are on government land and, accordingly, we do not have any mineral rights or associated mining claims.

 

84


Table of Contents

Summary of Reserves

 

The following table provides information on each of our 13 production facilities and a currently undeveloped site in Batesville, Arkansas, as of December 31, 2010. Included is the location and area of the facility; the type, amount and ownership status of its reserves; and the primary end markets that it serves.

 

Mine/Plant Location

 

Owned/Leased

  Area     Proven
Reserves
    Probable
Reserves
    Combined
Proven and
Probable
Reserves
    2010
Production
    Primary End
Markets Served
        (in acres)     (amounts in thousands)      

Ottawa, IL

  Owned     1,781 owned        79,890        40,800        120,690        2,001      Oil and gas
proppants, glass,
chemicals
and foundry

Mill Creek, OK

  Owned    

 
 

2,214 owned

15 mineral
lease

  

  
  

           21,865        21,865        1,121      Oil and gas
proppants, glass,
foundry and
building products

Pacific, MO

  Owned     524 owned        15,956        7,994        23,950        412      Oil and gas
proppants, glass,
foundry
and fillers and
extenders

Berkeley Springs, WV

  Owned     4,435 owned        3,820               3,820        305      Glass, building
products
and fillers and
extenders

Mapleton Depot, PA

  Owned/Leased    

 
 

 
 

1,761 owned

194 mineral
lease

98 access
lease

  

  
  

  
  

    6,662        10,000        16,662        566      Glass and
building products

Kosse, TX(1)

  Owned    

 
 

960 owned

118 mineral
lease

  

  
  

    13,053               13,053        229      Glass, building
products
and fillers and
extenders

Mauricetown, NJ

  Owned     1,279 owned        3,179        9,750        12,929        231      Filtration,
foundry and
building products

Columbia, SC

  Leased    

 

648 lease

204 owned

  

  

    5,967        1,680        7,647        340      Glass, building
products
and fillers and
extenders

Montpelier, VA(2)

  Owned     824 owned               14,820        14,820        172      Glass and
building products

Rockwood, MI

  Owned     830 owned        5,140               5,140        168      Glass and
building products

Jackson, TN

  Owned     132 owned        875        725        1,600        126      Fiberglass and
building products

Dubberly, LA

  Owned    

 
 

356 owned

25 tailings
lease

  

  
  

    4,894               4,894        175      Glass, foundry
and building
products

Batesville, AR

  Owned     477 owned               34,732        34,732            

Hurtsboro, AL

  Leased    

 
 

117 owned

1,108 mineral
lease

  

  
  

    1,578               1,578        116      Foundry and
building products
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

        141,014        142,366        283,380        5,962     

 

(1)   Kosse’s reserves are comprised of 9,136 tons of silica (70.0%) and 3,917 tons of kaolin clay (30.0%).
(2)   Montpelier’s reserves are comprised entirely of the mineral aplite.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our Facilities

 

The following is a detailed description of our 13 production facilities and a currently undeveloped site in Batesville, Arkansas.

 

Ottawa, Illinois

 

Our surface mines in Ottawa use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain and ground silica through a variety of mining methods, including hard rock mining, hydraulic mining and dredging. The reserves are part of the St. Peter Sandstone deposit that stretches north-south from Minnesota to Missouri and east-west from Illinois to Nebraska and South Dakota. The facility is located approximately 80 miles southwest of Chicago and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 80.

 

We acquired the Ottawa facility in 1987 by merger with the Ottawa Silica Company, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain and ground silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including washing, hydraulic sizing, grinding, screening and blending. These production techniques allow the Ottawa facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Ottawa facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, building products, foundry, fillers and extenders, chemicals and oil and gas proppants. In November 2009, we expanded the frac sand capacity of this facility by 500,000 tons, and during the fourth quarter of 2011 we completed the addition of another 900,000 tons of frac sand capacity. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is shipped either in bulk or packaged form by rail by either the CSX Corporation or the BNSF Railway Company (via the Illinois Railway short line), truck or barge through terminals located on the plant site and at a leased site approximately three miles from the plant.

 

Mill Creek, Oklahoma

 

Our surface mines in Mill Creek use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain, ground and fine ground silica through a variety of mining methods, including hard rock and hydraulic mining. The reserves are part of the Oil Creek formation in south central Oklahoma. The facility is located approximately 100 miles southeast of Oklahoma City and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 35.

 

We acquired the Mill Creek facility in 1987 by merger with the Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corporation, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including hydraulic sizing, fluid bed drying, grinding and scalping. These production techniques allow the Mill Creek facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Mill Creek facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, foundry, fillers and extenders, building products and oil and gas proppants. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bulk and shipped either by rail by BNSF Railway Company or by truck.

 

Pacific, Missouri

 

Our surface mines at the Pacific facility use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain, ground and fine ground silica through a variety of mining methods, including hard rock and hydraulic mining. The reserves are part of the St. Peter Sandstone deposit that stretches north-south from Minnesota to Missouri and east-west from Illinois to Nebraska and South Dakota. The facility is located approximately 50 miles southwest of St. Louis and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 44.

 

We acquired the Pacific facility in 1987 by merger with the Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corporation, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products

 

86


Table of Contents

end markets. Since acquiring the facility we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including hydraulic sizing, fluid bed drying, grinding, dry screening, classifying and microsizing. In August 2010, we expanded this facility’s processing capabilities to include the processing of frac sand. These production techniques allow the Pacific facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Pacific facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, foundry, fillers and extenders and oil and gas proppants. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bulk and shipped either by rail directly by Union Pacific Corporation and through open switching on the same line by BNSF Railway Company or by truck.

 

Berkeley Springs, West Virginia

 

Our surface mines at the Berkeley Springs facility use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain, ground and fine ground silica and florisil through hard rock mining. The reserves are part of the Oriskany deposit along the Warm Springs Ridge in western West Virginia. The facility is located approximately 100 miles northwest of Baltimore and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 70.

 

We acquired the Berkeley Springs facility in 1987 by merger with the Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corporation, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including primary, secondary and tertiary crushing, grinding, flotation, de-watering, fluid bed drying, mechanical screening and rotary drying processing. These production techniques allow the Berkeley Springs facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications from customers producing specialty epoxies, resins and polymers, geothermal energy equipment and fiberglass. As such, the Berkeley Springs facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, building products, foundry, chemicals and fillers and extenders. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bulk and shipped by rail by the CSX Corporation or truck.

 

Rockwood, Michigan

 

Our surface mines at the Rockwood facility use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain silica. The reserves are part of the Sylvania deposit and are notable for their low iron content, making them particularly valuable to customers producing specialty glass for architectural or alternative energy applications. The facility is located approximately 30 miles southwest of Detroit and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 75.

 

We acquired the Rockwood facility in 1987 by merger with the Ottawa Silica Company, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain and ground silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including fluid bed drying, dry screening and classifying. These production techniques allow the Rockwood facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Rockwood facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, building products, oil and gas proppants and chemicals. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we completed the addition of 250,000 tons of annual frac sand capacity at the Rockwood facility by installing an entirely new processing circuit to run on a continuous basis alongside our existing state-of-the-art low-iron silica circuit. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bulk and shipped by rail by the Canadian National Railway or truck.

 

Mapleton Depot, Pennsylvania

 

Our surface mines in Mapleton Depot use natural gas, fuel oil and electricity to produce whole grain silica through hard rock mining. The reserves are part of the Ridgely Sandstone member of the Oriskany deposit in central Pennsylvania. The facility is located approximately 40 miles northwest of Harrisburg and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstates 99, 80 and 76.

 

87


Table of Contents

We acquired the Mapleton Depot facility in 1987 by merger with the Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corporation, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including hydraulic sizing, fluid bed drying, scalping and a low iron circuit. These production techniques allow the Mapleton Depot facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Mapleton Depot facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, specialty glass, building products and recreation. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bulk and shipped either by rail by Norfolk Southern Corporation or by truck.

 

Kosse, Texas

 

Our surface mines in Kosse use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain silica and kaolin clay through scraping mining. The reserves are part of the Simsboro member of the Rockdale deposit in central Texas. The facility is located approximately 90 miles south of Dallas and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstates 45 and 35.

 

We acquired the Kosse facility in 1987 by merger with the Ottawa Silica Company, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silca and kaolin clay for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable It to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including washing, hydraulic sizing, fluid bed drying, dry screening, centrifuging and spray drying. These production techniques allow the Kosse facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Kosse facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, building products, fillers and extenders and recreation. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bag or bulk and shipped either by rail by Union Pacific Railroad or by truck.

 

Mauricetown, New Jersey

 

Our surface mines near the Mauricetown facility use natural gas, fuel oil and electricity, to produce whole grain silica through dredge mining. The reserves are mined from the Maurice River and are similar to those found in the Cohansey, Bridgeton and Cape May deposits. The facility is located approximately 50 miles south of Philadelphia and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 295 and state Highway 55.

 

We acquired the Mauricetown facility in 1999 from Unimin Corporation, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities, including the construction of a new wet processing plant, to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including washing, hydraulic sizing, fluid bed drying, rotary drying and scalping. These production techniques allow the Mauricetown facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Mauricetown facility services multiple end markets, such as foundry, filtration, building products and recreation. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bags or bulk and shipped either by rail by Winchester & Western Railroad or by truck.

 

Columbia, South Carolina

 

Our surface mines in Columbia use natural gas, fuel oil and electricity to produce whole grain, ground and fine ground silica through dune mining. The reserves are part of the Tuscaloosa deposit near central South Carolina. The facility is located approximately 10 miles west of Columbia and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstates 26 and 20.

 

88


Table of Contents

We acquired the Columbia facility in 1987 by merger with the Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corporation, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including hydraulic sizing, fluid bed drying, scalping and grinding. These production techniques allow the Columbia facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Columbia facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, building products, fillers and extenders, filtration and oil and gas proppants. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is bagged or shipped in bulk either by rail by Norfolk Southern Corporation or by truck.

 

Montpelier, Virginia

 

Our surface mines in Montpelier use natural gas, fuel oil and electricity to produce mineral aplite through hard rock mining. The reserves are part of igneous rock deposits that are unique to this location. The facility is located approximately 20 miles northwest of Richmond and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstates 64 and 95.

 

We acquired the Montpelier facility in 1993 from The Feldspar Company, which had historically used the property to produce mineral aplite for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including hydraulic crushing and sizing, washing, fluid bed drying and grinding. These production techniques allow the Montpelier facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Montpelier facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, building products and recreation. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is packaged in bulk and shipped either by rail by Norfolk Southern Corporation or CSX Corporation or by truck.

 

Jackson, Tennessee

 

Our surface mines in Jackson use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain, ground and fine ground silica through dredge mining. The reserves are part of the Clairborne deposit, which is part of the Gulf Coastal Plain-Upper Mississippi Embayment. The facility is located approximately 75 miles northeast of Memphis and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 40.

 

We acquired the Jackson facility in 1997 from Nicks Silica Company, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain and ground silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities, turning it into one of our premier grinding facilities and enabling it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including rotary drying, screening and grinding.

 

These production techniques allow the Jackson facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Jackson facility services multiple end markets, such as fiberglass, building products, ceramics, fillers and extenders and recreation. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is shipped in bulk by truck.

 

Dubberly, Louisiana

 

Our surface mines in Dubberly use natural gas and electricity to produce whole grain silica through dredge mining. The reserves are part of the Sparta deposit, which is part of the Clairborne Group. The facility is located approximately 30 miles east of Shreveport and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 20 and state Highway 63.

 

89


Table of Contents

We acquired the Dubberly facility in 1987 by merger with the Ottawa Silica Company, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including screening, washing, rotary drying and conditioning to remove heavy and iron bearing minerals. These production techniques allow the Dubberly facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Dubberly facility services multiple end markets, such as glass, foundry and building products. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is bagged or shipped in bulk by truck.

 

Batesville, Arkansas

 

Whitebuck is a sandstone deposit with over 34 million tons of probable reserves near the town of Batesville, Arkansas. We acquired the reserves in 2010 from White Buck, LLC. There is no facility on the property and it is not currently permitted. We submitted an application for a permit in October 2011. The deposit has high purity sandstone and can provide a long-term supplement to the reserves at our Mill Creek operations. The reserves are part of the St. Peter Sandstone deposit, which is part of the same formation being mined at our Ottawa and Pacific operations. The property is located approximately 85 miles northeast of Little Rock and is accessible by highways including state Highways 67 and 167.

 

Hurtsboro, Alabama

 

Our surface mines in Hurtsboro use propane and electricity, to produce whole grain silica. Sand feed for processing is trucked in from surrounding mine locations. The reserves are part of the Cusseta member of the lower Ripley deposit. The facility is located approximately 75 miles east of Montgomery and is accessible by major highways including U.S. Interstate 85 and state Highway 431.

 

We acquired the Hurtsboro facility in 1988 from Warrior Sand & Gravel Company, which had historically used the property to produce whole grain silica for customers in industrial and specialty products end markets. Since acquiring the facility, we have renovated and upgraded its production capabilities to enable it to produce multiple products through various processing methods, including trucking in sand from surrounding locations, hydraulic sizing, screening and fluid bed drying. These production techniques allow the Hurtsboro facility to meet a wide variety of focused specifications on product composition from customers. As such, the Hurtsboro facility services multiple end markets, such as foundry, building products and recreation. Once the product is appropriately processed, it is shipped in bulk by truck.

 

Commercial Team

 

Our commercial team consists of more than 40 individuals responsible for all aspects of our sales process, including pricing, marketing, transportation and logistics, product development and general customer service. This necessitates a highly organized staff and extensive coordination between departments. For example, product development requires the collaboration of our sales team, our production facilities and our corporate laboratory. Our sales team interacts directly with our customers in determining their needs, our production facilities fulfill the orders and our corporate laboratory is responsible for ensuring that our products meet those needs.

 

Our commercial team can be divided into four units:

 

   

Sales. Our sales team is organized by both region and end market. Domestically, we have an experienced group of regional sales managers underneath a national sales director, along with dedicated team members for the oil and gas proppants and glass end markets. Our oil and gas proppants team is based out of an office in Houston staffed by a petroleum engineer and other experts with in-depth market and technical knowledge. Internationally, we opened our first office abroad in 2011 in Shanghai, which will establish key partnerships with local industry leaders and develop business

 

90


Table of Contents
 

opportunities across the Asia Pacific region. As we make decisions to enter or expand our presence in certain end markets or regions, we will continue to add dedicated team members to support that growth.

 

   

Marketing. Our marketing team coordinates all of our new and existing customer outreach efforts. This includes producing exhibits for trade shows and exhibitions, manufacturing product overview materials, participating in regional water filtration meetings and other trade associations and managing our advertising efforts in trade journals.

 

   

Transportation and Logistics. Our transportation and logistics team manages over 100,000 domestic and international shipments annually by directing inbound and outbound rail and truck traffic, supervising equipment maintenance, coordinating with rail carriers to ensure equipment availability, ensuring compliance with shipping regulations and strategically planning for future growth.

 

   

Technical. Our technical team is anchored by our corporate laboratory in Berkeley Springs, West Virginia. At this facility, we perform a variety of analyses including:

 

   

analytical chemistry by X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF) and Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) spectroscopy;

 

   

particle characterization by sieve, SediGraph, Brunauer, Emmett and Teller (BET) surface area and microscopy;

 

   

ore evaluation by mineral processing, flotation and magnetic separation;

 

   

API frac sand evaluation, including crush resistance; and

 

   

AFS green sand evaluation by various foundry sand tests.

 

We utilize these analytical capabilities to develop new product offerings for customers in the solar panels, ceramics and fillers and extenders end markets, among others. Many other product analyses are performed locally at our 13 processing facilities to support plant operations and customer quality requirements.

 

We also have a variety of other technical competencies including process engineering, equipment design, facility construction, maintenance excellence, environmental engineering, geology and mine planning and development. Effective integration of these capabilities has been a critical component of our business success and has allowed us to establish and maintain an extensive, high-quality silica sand reserve base, maximize the value of our reserves by producing and selling a wide range of high-quality products, optimize processing costs to provide strong value to customers and prioritize operating in a safe and environmentally sustainable manner.

 

Competition

 

Both of our reporting segments operate in a highly competitive market that is characterized by a small number of large, national producers and a larger number of small, regional or local producers. According to a USGS report dated January 2011, in 2010, there were 68 producers of commercial silica with a combined 124 active operations in 34 states within the United States. Competition in the industry across both of our reporting segments is based on price, consistency and quality of product, site location, distribution capability, customer service, reliability of supply, breadth of product offering and technical support. As transportation costs are a significant portion of the total cost to customers of commercial silica—in many instances transportation costs can represent more than 50% of delivered cost—the commercial silica market is typically local, and competition from beyond the local area is limited. Notable exceptions to this are the frac sand and fillers and extenders markets, where certain product characteristics are not available in all deposits and not all plants have the requisite processing capabilities, necessitating that some products be shipped for extended distances.

 

91


Table of Contents

We believe the five leading producers of commercial silica across both of our reporting segments represented in excess of 60% of total industry production in 2009 and we compete with these large, national producers such as Unimin Corporation, Fairmount Minerals, Ltd., Badger Mining Corporation and Cameuse Industrial Sands. Our larger competitors may have greater financial and other resources than we do, may develop technology superior to ours or may have production facilities that are located closer to key customers than ours.

 

Because the markets for our products are typically local, we also compete with smaller, regional or local producers. For instance, in recent years there has been an increase in the number of small producers servicing the frac sand market due to an increased demand for hydraulic fracturing services. Moreover, as a result of this increased demand, existing or new frac sand producers could add to or expand their frac sand production capacity, thereby increasing competition.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property primarily consists of trade secrets, know-how and trademarks, including our name “U.S. Silica” and products such as “OTTAWA WHITE.” We strategically rely on trade secrets, rather than patents, to protect our proprietary processes, methods, documentation and other technologies, as well as certain other business information. Patent protection requires a costly and uncertain federal registration process that would place our confidential information in the public domain. Typically, we utilize trade secrets to protect the formulations and processes we use to manufacture our products and to safeguard our proprietary formulations and methods. We believe we can effectively protect our trade secrets indefinitely through the use of confidentiality agreements and other security measures.

 

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2011, we employed a workforce of 685 employees, the majority of whom are hourly wage plant workers living in the areas surrounding our mining facilities. The majority of our hourly employees are represented by labor unions that include the Teamsters, United Steelworkers, Paper Allied-Industrial Chemical & Energy, Glass/Molders/Pottery/Plastics and Laborers. We believe that we maintain good relations with our workers and their respective unions and have not experienced any material strikes or work stoppages since 1987.

 

The majority of our employees have a tenure with us of approximately 16 years, and we have an annual employee turnover rate of less than 1.0%. We believe this low turnover rate has directly contributed to improved process efficiencies and safety, which in turn help drive cost reductions. We believe our labor rates compare favorably to other mining and manufacturing facilities in the same geographic areas. We maintain workers’ compensation coverage in amounts required by law and have no material claims pending. We also offer all full-time employees a competitive package of employee benefits, which includes medical, dental, life and disability coverage.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business is affected to some extent by seasonal fluctuations in weather that impact our production levels and our customers’ business needs. For example, in the second and third quarters, we sell more commercial silica to our customers in the building products and recreation end markets due to the seasonal rise in construction driven by more favorable weather conditions. Our sales and sometimes our production levels are lower in the first and fourth quarters due to lower market demand and due to our customers in these end markets experiencing slowdowns largely as a result of adverse weather conditions.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In addition to the matter described below, we are subject to various other legal claims and proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of our business, including employment related claims, involving routine claims incidental to our business. Although the outcome of these routine claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

92


Table of Contents

Prolonged inhalation of excessive levels of respirable crystalline silica dust can result in silicosis, a disease of the lungs. Breathing large amounts of respirable silica dust over time may injure a person’s lungs by causing scar tissue to form. Crystalline silica in the form of quartz is a basic component of soil, sand, granite and most other types of rock. Cutting, breaking, crushing, drilling, grinding and abrasive blasting of or with crystalline silica containing materials can produce fine silica dust, the inhalation of which may cause silicosis, lung cancer and possibly other diseases including immune system disorders such as scleroderma. Sources of exposure to respirable crystalline silica dust include sandblasting, foundry manufacturing, crushing and drilling of rock, masonry and concrete work, mining and tunneling, and cement and asphalt pavement manufacturing.

 

Since at least 1975, we and/or our predecessors have been named as a defendant, usually among many defendants, in numerous lawsuits brought by or on behalf of current or former employees of our customers alleging damages caused by silica exposure. Prior to 2001, the number of silicosis lawsuits filed annually against the commercial silica industry remained relatively stable and was generally below 100, but between 2001 and 2004 the number of silicosis lawsuits filed against the commercial silica industry substantially increased. This increase led to greater scrutiny of the nature of the claims filed, and in June 2005 the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas issued an opinion in the former federal silica multi-district litigation remanding almost all of the 10,000 cases then pending in the multi-district litigation back to the state courts from which they originated for further review and medical qualification, leading to a number of silicosis case dismissals across the United States. In conjunction with this and other favorable court rulings establishing “sophisticated user” and “no duty to warn” defenses for silica producers, several states, including Texas, Ohio and Florida, have passed medical criteria legislation that requires proof of actual impairment before a lawsuit can be filed.

 

As a result of the above developments, the filing rate of new claims against us over the past three years has decreased to below pre-2001 levels, and we were named as a defendant in eighteen, two and ten new silicosis cases filed in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there were a total of approximately 146 active silica-related products liability claims pending in which we were a defendant, and, as of December 7, 2011, approximately 3,156 inactive claims. Almost all of the claims pending against us arise out of the alleged use of our silica products in foundries or as an abrasive blast media, and involve various other defendants. We have insurance policies and an indemnity from a former owner that cover certain claims for alleged silica exposure for periods prior to certain dates in 1985 (with respect to the indemnity and certain insurance) and 1986 (with respect to the balance of the insurance). Although the scope of coverage under those policies is currently being litigated, we believe, based on currently available information, they and the indemnity will remain in force.

 

The silica-related litigation brought against us to date has not resulted in material liability to us. However, we continue to have silica-related products liability claims filed against us, including claims that allege silica exposure for periods for which we have neither insurance nor indemnity coverage. Any such pending or future claims or inadequacies of our insurance coverage or indemnity could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations. For more information regarding silica-related litigation, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Silica-related health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.”

 

Regulation and Legislation

 

Mining and Workplace Safety

 

Federal Regulation

 

The U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”) is the primary regulatory organization governing the commercial silica industry. Accordingly, MSHA regulates quarries, surface mines, underground mines and the industrial mineral processing facilities associated with quarries and mines. The mission of MSHA is to administer the provisions of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and to enforce compliance with mandatory safety and health standards. MSHA works closely with the Industrial Minerals Association, a trade

 

93


Table of Contents

association in which we have a significant leadership role, in pursuing this mission. As part of MSHA’s oversight, representatives perform at least two unannounced inspections annually for each above-ground facility. To date these inspections have not resulted in any citations for material violations of MSHA standards.

 

We also are subject to the requirements of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public. OSHA regulates the customers and users of commercial silica and provides detailed regulations requiring employers to protect employees from overexposure to silica through the enforcement of permissible exposure limits and the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.

 

Internal Controls

 

We adhere to a strict occupational health program aimed at controlling exposure to silica dust, which includes dust sampling, a respiratory protection program, medical surveillance, training and other components. Our safety program is designed to ensure compliance with the standards of our Occupational Health and Safety Manual and MSHA regulations. For both health and safety issues, extensive training is provided to employees. We have safety committees at our plants made up of salaried and hourly employees. We perform annual internal health and safety audits and conduct semi-annual crisis management drills to test our plants’ abilities to respond to various situations. Health and safety programs are administered by our corporate health and safety department with the assistance of plant Environmental, Health and Safety Coordinators.

 

Environmental Matters

 

We and the commercial silica industry are subject to extensive governmental regulation on, among other things, matters such as permitting and licensing requirements, plant and wildlife protection, hazardous materials, air and water emissions and environmental contamination and reclamation. A variety of state, local and federal agencies conduct this regulation.

 

Federal Regulation

 

At the federal level, we may be required to obtain permits under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States, including wetlands and streams, in connection with our operations. We also may be required to obtain permits under Section 402 of the Clean Water Act from the EPA (or the relevant state environmental agency in states where the permit program has been delegated to the state) for discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States, including discharges of wastewater or stormwater runoff associated with construction activities. Failure to obtain these required permits or to comply with their terms could subject us to administrative, civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief.

 

The U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws regulate emissions of various air pollutants through air emissions permitting programs and the imposition of other requirements. These regulatory programs may require us to install expensive emissions abatement equipment, modify our operational practices and obtain permits for our existing operations, and before commencing construction on a new or modified source of air emissions, such laws may require us to reduce emissions at existing facilities. As a result, we may be required to incur increased capital and operating costs because of these regulations. We could be subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctive relief for noncompliance with air permits or other requirements of the U.S. Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations.

 

As part of our operations, we utilize or store petroleum products and other substances such as diesel fuel, lubricating oils and hydraulic fluid. We are subject to applicable requirements regarding the storage, use,

 

94


Table of Contents

transportation and disposal of these substances, including the relevant Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure requirements that the EPA imposes on us. Spills or releases may occur in the course of our operations, and we could incur substantial costs and liabilities as a result of such spills or releases, including those relating to claims for damage or injury to property and persons.

 

Additionally, some of our operations are located on properties that historically have been used in ways that resulted in the release of contaminants, including hazardous substances, into the environment, and we could be held liable for the remediation of such historical contamination. CERCLA, also known as the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and anyone who disposed or arranged for the disposal of a hazardous substance released at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.

 

In addition, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Under the auspices of the EPA, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. In the course of our operations, we generate industrial solid wastes that may be regulated as hazardous wastes.

 

Our operations may also be subject to broad environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”). NEPA requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impact of all “major federal actions” significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The granting of a federal permit for a major development project, such as a mining operation, may be considered a “major federal action” that requires review under NEPA. Therefore, our projects may require review and evaluation under NEPA. As part of this evaluation, the federal agency considers a broad array of environmental impacts, including, among other things, impacts on air quality, water quality, wildlife (including threatened and endangered species), historical and archeological resources, geology, socioeconomics and aesthetics. NEPA also requires the consideration of alternatives to the project. The NEPA review process, especially the preparation of a full environmental impact statement, can be time consuming and expensive. The purpose of the NEPA review process is to inform federal agencies’ decision-making on whether federal approval should be granted for a project and to provide the public with an opportunity to comment on the environmental impacts of a proposed project. While NEPA requires only that an environmental evaluation be conducted and does not mandate a result, a federal agency could decide to deny a permit, or impose certain conditions on its approval, based on its environmental review under NEPA, or a third party may challenge the adequacy of a NEPA review.

 

Federal agencies granting permits for our operations also must consider impacts to endangered and threatened species and their habitat under the Endangered Species Act. We also must comply with and are subject to liability under the Endangered Species Act, which prohibits and imposes stringent penalties for the harming of endangered or threatened species and their habitat. Federal agencies also must consider a project’s impacts on historic or archeological resources under the National Historic Preservation Act, and we may be required to conduct archeological surveys of project sites and to avoid or preserve historical areas or artifacts.

 

State and Local Regulation

 

Because our operations are located in numerous states, we are also subject to a variety of different state and local environmental review and permitting requirements. Some states in which our projects are located or are being developed have state laws similar to NEPA; thus our development of new sites or the expansion of existing sites may be subject to comprehensive state environmental reviews even if it is not subject to NEPA. In some

 

95


Table of Contents

cases, the state environmental review may be more stringent than the federal review. Our operations may require state-law based permits in addition to federal permits, requiring state agencies to consider a range of issues, many the same as federal agencies, including, among other things, a project’s impact on wildlife and their habitats, historic and archaeological sites, aesthetics, agricultural operations and scenic areas. Some states also have specific permitting and review processes for commercial silica mining operations, and states may impose different or additional monitoring or mitigation requirements than federal agencies. The development of new sites and our existing operations also are subject to a variety of local environmental and regulatory requirements, including land use, zoning, building and transportation requirements.

 

As demand for frac sand in the oil and natural gas industry has driven a significant increase in current and expected future production of commercial silica, some local communities have expressed concern regarding silica sand mining operations. These concerns have generally included exposure to ambient silica sand dust, truck traffic, water usage and blasting. In response, certain state and local communities have developed or are in the process of developing regulations or zoning restrictions intended to minimize dust from getting airborne, control the flow of truck traffic, significantly curtail the amount of practicable area for mining activities, provide compensation to local residents for potential impacts of mining activities and, in some cases, ban issuance of new permits for mining activities. To date, we have not experienced any material impact to our existing mining operations or planned capacity expansions as a result of these types of concerns. We are not aware of any proposals for significant increased scrutiny on the part of state or local regulators in the jurisdictions in which we operate or community concerns with respect to our operations that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations going forward.

 

We have a long history of positive engagement with the communities that surround our existing mining operations. We have less than 1% employee turnover and have had no significant strikes in more than 20 years, evidence of the strong relationship we have with our employees. We believe this strong relationship helps foster good relations with the communities in which we operate. Although additional regulatory requirements could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations, we believe our existing operations are less likely to be negatively impacted by virtue of our good community relations.

 

Planned expansion of our mining and production capacity in new communities could be more significantly impacted by increased regulatory activity. Difficulty or delays in obtaining or inability to obtain new mining permits or increased costs of compliance with future state and local regulatory requirements could have a material negative impact on our ability to grow our business. In an effort to minimize these risks, we continue to be engaged with local communities in order to grow and maintain strong relationships with residents and regulators.

 

Costs of Compliance

 

We may incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of environmental, health and safety requirements applicable to our activities. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of investigatory, cleanup and site restoration costs and liens, the denial or revocation of permits or other authorizations and the issuance of injunctions to limit or cease operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations may also increase the cost of the development, construction and operation of our projects and may prevent or delay the commencement or continuance of a given project. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property may result from environmental and other impacts of our activities.

 

96


Table of Contents

The process for performing environmental impact studies and reviews for federal, state and local permits for our operations involves a significant investment of time and monetary resources. We cannot control the permit approval process. We cannot predict whether all permits required for a given project will be granted or whether such permits will be the subject of significant opposition. The denial of a permit essential to a project or the imposition of conditions with which it is not practicable or feasible to comply could impair or prevent our ability to develop a project. Significant opposition and delay in the environmental review and permitting process also could impair or delay our ability to develop a project. Additionally, the passage of more stringent environmental laws could impair our ability to develop new operations and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

97


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Below is a list of the names and ages as of September 30, 2011 of our directors, director designee and executive officers and a brief account of the business experience of each of them.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Brian Slobodow

     43       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Bryan A. Shinn

     50       President

William A. White

     54       Chief Financial Officer

Bradford B. Casper

     37       Vice President of Strategic Planning

R. Dale Lynch

     45       Vice President of Finance

Michael L. Winkler

     47       Vice President of Operations

Robert H. Morrow

     61       Vice President of National Accounts

James I. Manion

     61       General Counsel

Rajeev Amara

     35       Director

Prescott H. Ashe

     44       Director

Charles Shaver

     53      

Chairman of the Board

William J. Kacal

     63       Director Designee

 

Executive Officers

 

Brian Slobodow has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since March 2011. Before joining us, Mr. Slobodow was President and Chief Operating Officer of Neways Worldwide, a portfolio company of Golden Gate Capital, from May 2007 to March 2011, held numerous positions at Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. from 2003 to May 2007, including Vice President, Global Supply Chain and served as a management consultant for A.T. Kearney from 1995 to 2003. Mr. Slobodow earned a B.S. in industrial and manufacturing engineering from the University of Rhode Island and an M.B.A. from the M.I.T. Sloan School of Management. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Slobodow possesses particular knowledge and experience in operations, management, corporate strategy, organizational design and private equity management that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

Bryan A. Shinn has served as our President since March 2011. Prior to assuming this position, Mr. Shinn was our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from October 2009 to February 2011. Before joining us, Mr. Shinn was employed by the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company from 1983 to September 2009, where he held a variety of key leadership roles in operations, sales, marketing and business management, including Global Business Director and Global Sales Director. Mr. Shinn earned a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Delaware.

 

William A. White has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2006. Mr. White also served as our Vice President of Finance from January 2006 to July 2011, our Corporate Controller from 1996 to 2005 and held various other positions with us from 1991 to 1996. Before joining us, Mr. White was Corporate Accounting Manager at Union Carbide Corporation from 1985 to 1991 and worked at a regional Certified Public Accounting firm from 1980 to 1985. Mr. White earned a B.B.A. from Marshall University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in West Virginia.

 

Bradford B. Casper has served as our Vice President of Strategic Planning since May 2011. Before joining us, Mr. Casper was at Bain & Company, Inc., where he held various positions from 2002 to May 2011 in the United States, Australia and Hong Kong, most recently serving as a Principal from July 2010 to May 2011. Mr. Casper earned a B.S. in accounting from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

98


Table of Contents

R. Dale Lynch has served as our Vice President of Finance since July 2011. Before joining us, Mr. Lynch worked as a consultant from April 2010 to July 2011, served as Executive Vice President of Finance for Allied Capital Corporation from 2004 to April 2010 and held various investment banking and research positions with Lehman Brothers from 1997 to 2004 and Merrill Lynch from 1989 to 1994. Mr. Lynch earned a B.S. in accounting from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

 

Michael L. Winkler has served as our Vice President of Operations since June 2011. Before joining us, Mr. Winkler was Vice President of Operations for Campbell Soup Company from August 2007 to June 2011 and held various positions with Mars Inc. from 1996 to August 2007, including Plant Manager—Columbus Plant and Director of Industrial Engineering. Mr. Winkler earned a B.S. in industrial engineering from the University of Wisconsin—Platteville and an M.B.A. from the University of North Texas.

 

Robert H. Morrow has served as our Vice President of National Accounts since 2004. Prior to assuming this position, Mr. Morrow was our Vice President of Logistics and Procurement from 1999 to 2004, our Director of Logistics from 1996 to 1999 and held various finance positions with us from 1975 to 1996. Before joining us, Mr. Morrow worked in operations and finance for Stewart Warner Corporation (Hobbs Division) from 1972 to 1975. Mr. Morrow earned a B.A. in business administration from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. from National University.

 

James I. Manion has served as our General Counsel since 2003. Prior to assuming this position, Mr. Manion was our Assistant General Counsel from 1998 to 2003. Before joining us, Mr. Manion specialized in transactional and corporate law and was a partner in the law firm of Jackson & Kelly from 1988 to 1998. Mr. Manion earned a B.S. in foreign service from Georgetown University and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center.

 

Directors and Director Designee

 

Rajeev Amara has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2008. Mr. Amara is a Managing Director of Golden Gate Capital, which he joined in 2000. At Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Amara leads the investment effort in the industrials and energy sector. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Amara worked as an investment banker with the Los Angeles office of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette from 1997 to 1999. With respect to service on public company boards, Mr. Amara has served on the board of directors of Aspect Software, Inc. since January 2011. Mr. Amara earned a B.S. in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Amara possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

Prescott H. Ashe has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2008. Mr. Ashe has been a Managing Director of Golden Gate Capital since 2000. Mr. Ashe has over 20 years of private equity investing experience and has participated in both growth-equity and management buyout transactions with more than $10.0 billion in value. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Ashe worked at Bain Capital, LLC from 1991 to 2000 and at Bain & Company, Inc. from 1990 to 1991. With respect to service on public company boards, Mr. Ashe has served on the board of directors of Aeroflex Holding Corp. since August 2007, GXS Worldwide, Inc. since June 2010 and Aspect Software, Inc. since May 2003. Mr. Ashe earned a J.D. from Stanford Law School and a B.S. in business administration from the University of California at Berkeley. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Ashe possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance, and capital structure; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other major corporations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

William J. Kacal will become a member of our board of directors upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE. Mr. Kacal currently serves as a director of Integrity Bank SSB (“Integrity Bank”), the National Association of Corporate Directors—Texas Tri-Cities Chapter, Goodwill Industries International (“Goodwill

 

99


Table of Contents

International”), Goodwill Industries of Houston (“Goodwill Houston”) and the Boy Scouts of America—Sam Houston Area Council (“Boy Scouts Houston”). Mr. Kacal serves on the Audit Committee of Integrity Bank, and previously served as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of Goodwill International, Goodwill Houston and the Boy Scouts Houston. Mr. Kacal has over 40 years of accounting and management experience with Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”), most recently serving as a partner from 1981 until his retirement in May 2011, and prior to that serving as a member of the audit staff from 1970 to 1981. Mr. Kacal also served as a member of the board of directors from 2004 to May 2011 and as a member of the executive committee from 2004 to 2008. During his time with Deloitte, Mr. Kacal worked extensively with companies in the oil and natural gas industry. Mr. Kacal earned a B.B.A. in Accounting from Texas A&M University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in Texas. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Kacal possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; and board practices of other entities that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

Charles Shaver has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2011 and is currently our Chairman of the Board. Mr. Shaver has been an Operating Partner of Golden Gate Capital since April 2011. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Shaver served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of the TPC Group Inc. from 2004 to April 2011, as a Vice President and General Manager for Gentek, Inc. from 2001 to 2004 and as a Vice President and General Manager for Arch Chemicals, Inc. from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Shaver began his career with The Dow Chemical Company, where he held a series of operational and business positions from 1980 to 1996. Mr. Shaver earned a B.S. in chemical engineering from Texas A&M University. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Shaver possesses particular knowledge and experience in all aspects of corporate functions and company operations that strengthen the board’s collective qualifications, skills and experience.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Board Composition

 

Initially, our board of directors will consist of five members. At any time that our parent LLC owns at least a majority of our then outstanding common stock, the size of our board of directors will be determined by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our then outstanding common stock. At any time that our parent LLC does not own at least a majority of our then outstanding common stock, the size of our board of directors will be determined by the affirmative vote of our board of directors.

 

At any time that our parent LLC owns at least a majority of our then outstanding common stock, vacancies will be filled by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our then outstanding common stock. At any time that our parent LLC does not own at least a majority of our then outstanding common stock, vacancies will be filled by the affirmative vote of our board of directors. The term of office for each director will be until his or her successor is elected at our annual meeting or his or her death, resignation or removal, whichever is earliest to occur. Stockholders will elect directors each year at our annual meeting.

 

With respect to the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that the roles may be separated or combined, and our board of directors exercises its discretion in combining or separating these positions as it deems appropriate in light of prevailing circumstances. Our board of directors believes that the combination or separation of these positions should continue to be considered as part of the succession planning process. Currently the roles are separated, with Mr. Shaver serving as Chairman. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide the flexibility for our board to modify our leadership structure in the future as appropriate. We believe that our business, like many U.S. companies, is well served by this flexible leadership structure.

 

100


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, our parent LLC will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards will free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

   

that we have a compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

   

that a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

 

   

that any corporate governance and nominating committee or compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

 

These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our Audit Committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE within the applicable time frame.

 

Nomination of Directors by Our Parent LLC

 

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a director designation agreement that will provide for our parent LLC to nominate designees to our board of directors. Any directors appointed pursuant to the Designation Agreement may be removed at the discretion of our parent LLC at any time with or without cause. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Director Designation Agreement.”

 

Board Committees

 

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Governance Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are as set forth below. In the future, our board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

 

 Board Member 

  

  Audit
Committee  

     Compensation and Governance Committee  

Rajeev Amara

   X    X

Prescott H. Ashe

     

William J. Kacal

   Chair    X

Charles Shaver

   X    Chair

Brian Slobodow

     

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; (8) reviewing and approving related person transactions; and (9) overseeing our enterprise risk management program.

 

101


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Kacal meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an Audit Committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kacal will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the Audit Committee, which will be available at our corporate website at http://www.u-s-silica.com after the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

Compensation and Governance Committee

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee will be responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and providing recommendations to the board of directors regarding the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; (4) administration of stock plans and other incentive compensation plans; (5) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (6) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (7) identifying best practices and recommending corporate governance principles; and (8) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines and principles applicable to us.

 

As a controlled company, we will rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a separate compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the Compensation and Governance Committee, which will be available on our corporate website at http://www.ussilica.com after the completion of this offering. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

For 2010, the board of directors, which consisted of our Chief Executive Officer and persons affiliated with Golden Gate Capital, made all compensation decisions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for information with respect to transactions with Golden Gate Capital.

 

No interlocking relationships exist between the members of our board of directors and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.

 

Director Compensation

 

None of the three directors serving on our board of directors as of December 31, 2010 received compensation as a director during 2010. All directors receive reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with meetings of the board. Only those non-employee directors who are not affiliated with Golden Gate Capital are eligible to receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Non-employee directors who are not affiliated with Golden Gate Capital will be paid an annual retainer of $70,000, paid in equal quarterly installments. An additional $10,000 will be paid annually for each committee on which a non-employee director serves, and the chairman of the Audit Committee will be paid an additional $35,000 annually for serving in that capacity. Finally, Mr. Kacal will receive options, upon the completion of this offering, to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price. We anticipate that future non-employee directors who are not affiliated with Golden Gate Capital will receive similar option grants.

 

102


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

Introduction

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the compensation arrangements we have with our named executive officers as required under the rules of the SEC. The SEC rules require disclosure for the last completed fiscal year for the principal executive officer (our Chief Executive Officer) and principal financial officer (our Chief Financial Officer), regardless of compensation level, and the three most highly compensated executive officers other than the CEO and CFO (collectively, our “NEOs”).

 

Our entire board of directors currently performs all compensation-related functions. To date, the board of directors has been responsible for the oversight, implementation and administration of all of our executive compensation plans and programs. The board of directors determined all of the components of compensation of the CEO, and, in consultation with the CEO, the compensation of the remaining executive officers.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will establish a Compensation and Governance Committee comprised of Messrs. Amara, Kacal and Shaver. We expect that our Compensation and Governance Committee will undertake a substantial review of our existing compensation programs, objectives and philosophy and determine whether such programs, objectives and philosophy are appropriate given that we will have become a public company. In addition, as we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve.

 

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

 

The key objectives of our executive compensation programs are (1) to attract, motivate, reward and retain superior executive officers with the skills necessary to successfully lead and manage our business, (2) to achieve accountability for performance by linking annual cash incentive compensation to the achievement of measurable performance objectives, and (3) to align the interests of the executive officers and our equityholders through short-term incentive compensation programs. For our NEOs, these short-term incentives are designed to accomplish these objectives by providing a significant financial correlation between our financial results and their total compensation.

 

In 2011, a significant portion of the compensation of our NEOs has historically consisted of cash incentive compensation contingent upon the achievement of financial performance metrics. We expect to continue to provide our NEOs with a portion of their compensation in this manner as well as through equity compensation in connection with the 2011 Plan. These two elements of executive compensation are aligned with the interests of our stockholders because the amount of compensation ultimately received will vary with our company’s financial performance. Equity compensation derives its value from our equity value, which is likely to fluctuate based on our financial performance.

 

We seek to apply a consistent philosophy to compensation for all executive officers. Our compensation philosophy is based on the following core principles:

 

To Pay for Performance

 

Individuals in leadership roles are compensated based on a combination of total company and, beginning with 2011, individual performance factors. Total company performance is evaluated in part based on the degree to which pre-established financial objectives are met. Individual performance is evaluated based upon several individualized leadership factors, including:

 

   

attaining specific personal performance objectives;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

building and developing individual skills and a strong leadership team; and

 

   

developing an effective infrastructure to support business growth and profitability.

 

To Pay Competitively

 

We are committed to providing a total compensation program designed to retain our high-caliber performers and attract superior leaders to our company. To achieve this goal, we compare our pay practices and overall pay levels with other industrial and mineral organizations and regularly confer with a third-party consulting firm for informational purposes.

 

To Pay Equitably

 

We believe that it is important to apply generally consistent guidelines for all executive officer compensation programs. In order to deliver equitable pay levels, we expect that the Compensation and Governance Committee will consider depth and scope of accountability, complexity of responsibility, qualifications and executive performance, both individually and collectively as a team.

 

In addition to short- and long-term compensation, we have found it important to provide our employees with competitive post-employment compensation. Post-employment compensation consists primarily of severance benefits. We believe that severance benefits are an important component in a well-structured executive officer compensation package, and we have sought to ensure that the package is competitive at the time of hiring. Consistent with all of our salaried employees, our NEOs Messrs. Slobodow, White, Winkler, Lynch and Casper are entitled to the standard company benefits. As a result of his prior employment agreement, Mr. Ulizio was entitled to additional severance prior to the end of his employment with us. See “—Potential Payments Upon Termination and Change of Control.”

 

Compensation and Governance Committee Review of Compensation

 

We expect that following this offering, the Compensation and Governance Committee will review compensation elements and amounts for NEOs on an annual basis, at the time of a promotion or other change in level of responsibilities, as well as when competitive circumstances or business needs may require. We occasionally use a third-party consulting firm to assist us with determining compensation levels and expect the Compensation and Governance Committee to continue to do so when appropriate, although we did not use such a firm in connection with determining 2011 compensation levels. We expect that each year our head of human resources will compile a report of benchmark data for executive positions for similar companies, including summaries of base salary, annual cash incentive plan opportunities and awards and long-term incentive award values. We expect that the Compensation and Governance Committee will determine a list of companies that we will benchmark our compensation packages against shortly after completion of this offering and will compare our pay practices and overall pay levels with other leading industrial organizations, and, where appropriate, with non-industrial organizations when establishing our pay guidelines.

 

We expect that the CEO will provide compensation recommendations to the Compensation and Governance Committee for executives other than himself based on this data and the other considerations mentioned in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. We expect that the Compensation and Governance Committee will recommend a compensation package for our CEO and determine compensation packages for our other NEOs that are consistent with our compensation philosophy to be strategically positioned above the median of our peer group and competitive with other leading industrial organizations.

 

We expect that the Compensation and Governance Committee will consider input from our CEO and CFO when setting financial objectives for our incentive plans. We also expect that the Compensation and Governance Committee in determining compensation will consider input from our CEO, with the assistance of our head of

 

104


Table of Contents

human resources (for officers other than themselves), regarding benchmarking and recommendations for base salary, annual incentive targets and other compensation awards. The Compensation and Governance Committee will likely give significant weight to our CEO’s judgment when assessing each of the other officer’s performance and determining appropriate compensation levels and incentive awards. The members of the board of directors (other than the CEO) meeting in executive session, will determine the compensation of the CEO, including his annual incentive targets.

 

Elements of Compensation

 

As discussed throughout this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation policies applicable to our NEOs are reflective of our pay-for-performance philosophy, whereby a portion of cash compensation is contingent upon achievement of measurable financial objectives, as opposed to current cash and other compensation not directly linked to objective financial performance.

 

The elements of our compensation program in 2011 were:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

equity-based incentives;

 

   

performance-based cash incentives; and

 

   

certain additional executive benefits and perquisites.

 

Beginning in 2011 with the establishment of the 2011 Plan, a significant portion of executive compensation was made in the form of grants of equity in order to tie our NEOs’ compensation to enhanced equity value in order to further incentivize our executive officers to enhance equityholder value over the long term. Base salary and performance-based cash incentives are currently the most significant elements of our executive compensation program and, on an aggregate basis, they are intended to substantially satisfy our program’s overall objectives. Typically, the board of directors has sought to set each of these elements of compensation at the same time to enable the board of directors to simultaneously consider all of the significant elements and their impact on total compensation and the extent to which the determinations made will reflect the principles of our compensation philosophy and related guidelines with respect to allocation of compensation among certain of these elements and total compensation. We strive to achieve an appropriate mix between the various elements of our compensation program to meet our compensation objectives and philosophy; however, we do not apply any rigid allocation formula in setting our executive compensation, and we may make adjustments to this approach for various positions after giving due consideration to prevailing circumstances.

 

Base Salary

 

We provide a base salary to our executive officers to compensate them for their services during the year and to provide them with a stable source of income. The base salaries for our NEOs in 2011 were established by our board of directors, based in large part on the salaries established for persons holding similar positions with similar companies and by the board of directors’ review of other factors, including:

 

   

the individual’s performance, results, qualifications and tenure;

 

   

the job’s responsibilities, pay mix (base salary, annual cash incentives, perquisites and other executive benefits) and similar companies’ compensation practices; and

 

   

our ability to replace the individual.

 

Our NEOs’ base salary levels are reviewed annually to determine whether they are near the median range for persons holding similar positions with companies that are similar in size and nature to us. In 2011, the board of directors reviewed, in lieu of conducting formal benchmarking, publicly available information about the compensation of comparable executives within industries that are complimentary to ours, as well as information

 

105


Table of Contents

regarding compensation from any third-party sources that the board of directors determined to be relevant. Upon concluding its 2011 review, the board of directors approved an increase in Mr. White’s annual base salary from $196,200 to $250,000 based on the broadened scope of his position as well as his tenure and experience with us. This salary increase also more accurately positions Mr. White’s annual salary with chief financial officers in complimentary industries to ours and with companies of similar size and nature to us.

 

The annual base salaries in effect for each of our NEOs as of December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

Name and Principal Position

   Annual Salary
($)
 

Brian Slobodow, Chief Executive Officer

     375,000   

William A. White, Chief Financial Officer

     250,000   

R. Dale Lynch, Vice President of Finance

     300,000   

Michael L. Winkler, Vice President of Operations

     230,000   

Bradford B. Casper, Vice President of Strategic Planning

     222,000   

 

In March 2011, Mr. Slobodow was appointed our new Chief Executive Officer following the resignation of John A. Ulizio. In addition, Mr. Winkler succeeded Mr. Didawick, who retired in March 2011, as our Vice President of Operations. See “—Employment and Other Agreements.”

 

In the future, we expect that salaries for executive officers will continue to be reviewed annually, as well as at the time of a promotion or other change in level of responsibilities, or when competitive circumstances or business needs may require. As noted above, we expect that the Compensation and Governance Committee will recommend a compensation package that is consistent with our compensation philosophy to be strategically positioned above the median of our to be determined peer group.

 

Equity-Based Incentives

 

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our NEOs. Our equity-based incentives are granted in the form of options to purchase shares of our common stock, including the grant of options at the commencement of employment for the majority of our current NEOs. We believe that equity grants align the interests of our NEOs with our stockholders, provide our NEOs with incentives linked to long-term performance and create an ownership culture. In addition, the vesting feature of our equity grants contributes to executive retention because this feature provides an incentive to our NEOs to remain in our employ during the vesting period. To date, we have not had an established set of criteria for granting equity awards; instead the board of directors exercises its judgment and discretion, in consultation with our CEO, and considers, among other things, the role and responsibility of the NEO, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the NEO, and the cash-based compensation received by the NEO to determine the level of equity awards that it approves.

 

In 2011, the board approved and granted stock options to certain members of our management team, including four of our NEOs. All 2011 stock option grants vest and become exercisable over one to four years, and all 2011 stock option grants included two tranches of stock options: Tranche I stock options and Tranche II stock options. The exercise price of the Tranche I options reflected the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors in reliance upon a number of factors. The exercise price of the Tranche II stock options reflected the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors and included a premium to such fair market value. Our board of directors granted the Tranche II options at an exercise price above fair market value to create a situation in which our NEOs realize an economic gain in connection with the Tranche II options only if there is a considerable appreciation in the value of our common stock between the date of grant and the date of exercise.

 

106


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the stock option grants we made to our NEOs in 2011:

 

Name

   Date of
Grant
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Option
     Exercise
Price
($)
     Vesting
Start Date
 

Brian Slobodow

     7/12/2011         152,455         10.33         7/12/2012   
     7/12/2011         207,072         16.90         7/12/2012   

Michael L. Winkler

     7/12/2011         50,818         10.33         7/12/2012   
     7/12/2011         77,652         16.90         7/12/2012   

R. Dale Lynch

     7/25/2011         50,818         10.33         7/25/2012   
     7/25/2011         77,652         16.90         7/25/2012   

Bradford B. Casper

     7/12/2011         50,818         10.33         7/12/2012   
     7/12/2011         77,652         16.90         7/12/2012   

 

  (1)   In each case, vesting remains subject to continued service through each vesting date. Refer to “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Tables—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” for the vesting schedule applicable to each award.

 

Performance-Based Cash Incentives

 

We pay performance-based cash incentives in order to align the compensation of our employees, including our NEOs, with our short-term operational and performance goals and to provide near-term rewards for employees to meet these goals. Our short-term, performance-based cash incentive plan provides for incentive payments for each fiscal year. For 2011, these incentive payments will be based on the attainment of both pre-established objective financial goals and individual personal performance objectives. These incentive payments are intended to motivate our employees to work effectively to achieve financial performance and personal performance objectives and reward them when these objectives are met and results are approved by the board of directors.

 

The following table sets forth (1) the financial metric used to determine each NEO’s payment under our 2011 performance-based cash incentive program and (2) the related threshold, target and maximum levels:

 

Performance Metric

   Threshold
(in millions)
   Target
(in millions)
   Maximum
(in millions)

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     $86.8    >$90.0    >$100.0

 

  (1)   For a calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, see note 2 to “Summary—Summary Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data.” Adjusted EBITDA was used because it is a key metric used by management and the board of directors to assess our operating performance. For 2010, our board of directors set the Adjusted EBITDA goal at the beginning of the year based on management projections.

 

Attainment of Adjusted EBITDA objectives will account for 50% of each NEO’s bonus. The other 50% of each NEO’s bonus will be determined by the accomplishment of a variety of personal performance objectives, which are designed to coincide with the achievement of our strategic overall short-term operational and performance goals, which include:

 

   

Investing in our team, such as by redesigning our leadership structure, filling key positions and increasing our internal talent development.

 

   

Driving volume and value for our customers, such as by initiating capital projects at our current production facilities, increasing efficiency and spurring technical innovation.

 

   

Tailoring and enhancing how we bring our products to market, such as by aligning our selling and marketing resources with our customers, exploring new market initiatives and establishing a presence in key international markets.

 

107


Table of Contents
   

Accelerating new technology development, such as by executing our strategic plan for resin-coated products or improving our internal development capabilities.

 

   

Transforming the culture of our workplace, such as by establishing us as a benchmark leader in our industry.

 

No defined weights have been established for any of the above performance-based objectives. Each NEO’s personal performance will be evaluated against the criteria applicable to his position by the board of directors or the Compensation and Governance Committee. In addition, our NEOs’ specific performance-based objectives are dependent in part upon our financial results in 2011, which are currently unavailable. As a result, the successful achievement and completion of the above objectives cannot yet be determined. As such, compensation related to the achievement of these objectives is not yet calculable. We expect that such amounts will be finalized upon the completion of the audit of our 2011 financial results and subsequent approval by the board of directors. The threshold, target and maximum payout opportunities of our NEOs for 2011 based on the above goals are set forth in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

 

The following table shows each NEO’s performance-based cash incentive targets as a percentage of base salary for 2012. For 2012, we are again using Adjusted EBITDA as the financial measure for the plan. We are using Adjusted EBITDA for the same reasons we used Adjusted EBITDA for 2011. We do not believe that disclosure of our 2012 Adjusted EBITDA goals are relevant to an understanding of compensation for 2011. In addition, because the components of Adjusted EBITDA for 2012 contain highly sensitive data, we do not disclose specific future measures and targets because we believe that such disclosure would result in serious competitive harm and be detrimental to our operating performance. Our 2012 Adjusted EBITDA goals are intended to be realistic and reasonable, but challenging, in order to drive performance on an individual basis.

 

      Fiscal 2012  
      Percentage of Base Salary  

Name

   Threshold
Payout
    Target
Payout
    Maximum
Payout
 

Brian Slobodow

     25     50     75

William A. White

     23     45     68

Michael L. Winkler

     23     45     68

R. Dale Lynch

     25     50     75

Bradford B. Casper

     18     35     53

 

Although Adjusted EBITDA was used as the financial measure for 2011 and will be used as the financial measure for 2012, the Compensation and Governance Committee may use other objective financial performance indicators for the plan in the future, including, without limitation, the price of our common stock, shareholder return, return on equity, return on investment, return on capital, sales productivity, comparable store sales growth, economic profit, economic value added, net income, operating income, gross margin, sales, free cash flow, earnings per share, operating company contribution, a derivative of Adjusted EBITDA or market share.

 

Parent LLC Class C and Class D Membership Interests

 

On July 30, 2009, Messrs. Ulizio and White were granted Class C Units and Class D Units in our parent LLC, which owns all of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering. This permits the executives to share in the increase in our value and is intended to focus their efforts on our long-term results. Combined, Messrs. Ulizio and White own 63% of the Class C Units and 71% of the Class D Units. The remaining Class C Units and Class D Units are held by another of our current employees. The Class C Units and the Class D Units were allocated based on the individual’s relative position and responsibilities. The Class C Units vest ratably over five years, with vesting occurring on November 25 of each year. The Class D Units were fully vested upon grant. The Class C Units and the Class D Units may not be transferred without the prior written

 

108


Table of Contents

consent of Golden Gate Capital unless (1) all or substantially all of the outstanding units are being sold to an independent third party or (2) the transfer is to a spouse, lineal descendent, sibling, parent, heir, executor or similar person or entity. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” for information on the holdings of Messrs. Ulizio and White in our parent LLC.

 

Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of the 2011 Plan

 

On July 8, 2011, we adopted the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other incentive-based awards. Independent directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, will be eligible for grants under the 2011 Plan. The purpose of the 2011 Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate high performing officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their personal responsibilities. Each member of management that chooses to participate in the 2011 plan has signed a non-compete agreement. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2011 Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of the 2011 Plan. For further information about the 2011 Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2011 Plan, which we will file as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. The 2011 Plan also gives us the right, in certain situations, to repurchase shares of common stock that were obtained through the exercise, grant or payment of an award under the 2011 Plan. Pursuant to the 2011 Plan, these repurchase rights will be terminated upon the completion of this offering.

 

All equity incentive compensation awarded to our NEOs in 2011 was granted under the 2011 Plan. As of December 28, 2011, options to acquire 1,650,386 shares of common stock had been granted under the 2011 Plan of which 1,501,398 were outstanding. As of December 28, 2011, no other forms of awards had been granted under the 2011 Plan.

 

Administration

 

Upon completion of this offering, the 2011 Plan will be administered by the Compensation and Governance Committee designated by our board of directors. Among the committee’s powers will be to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of awards; clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the 2011 Plan or any award agreement’ amend the terms of outstanding awards; and adopt such rules, forms, instruments and guidelines for administering the 2011 Plan as it deems necessary or proper. All actions, interpretations and determinations by the committee or by our board of directors are final and binding.

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee will have full authority to administer and interpret the 2011 Plan, to grant discretionary awards under the 2011 Plan, to determine the persons to whom awards will be granted, to determine the types of awards to be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award and to make all other determinations in connection with the 2011 Plan and the awards thereunder as the Compensation and Governance Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.

 

Available Shares

 

The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2011 Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted is five million shares, subject to automatic increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2012 and ending in 2019 by the lesser of (1) 2% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (2) such lesser number of shares as determined by the Compensation and Governance Committee. The shares may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our

 

109


Table of Contents

treasury. In general, if awards under the 2011 Plan are for any reason cancelled or expire or terminate unexercised, the shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under the 2011 Plan.

 

Eligibility for Participation

 

Independent members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2011 Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the Compensation and Governance Committee.

 

Award Agreement

 

Awards granted under the 2011 Plan shall be evidenced by award agreements, which need not be identical, that provide additional terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations covering the grant of the award, including, without limitation, additional terms providing for the acceleration of exercisability or vesting of awards in the event of a change of control or conditions regarding the participant’s employment, as determined by the committee in its sole discretion.

 

Stock Options

 

The committee may grant nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options to purchase shares of our common stock only to eligible employees. The Compensation and Governance Committee will determine the number of shares of our common stock subject to each option, the term of each option, which may not exceed ten years, or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10.0% stockholder, the exercise price, the vesting schedule, if any, and the other material terms of each option. No incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option may have an exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10.0% stockholder, 110.0% of such share’s fair market value. Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the committee at grant and the exercisability of such options may be accelerated by the committee in its sole discretion.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as SARs, either with a stock option, which may be exercised only at such times and to the extent the related option is exercisable, which we refer to as a Tandem SAR, or independent of a stock option, which we refer to as a Non-Tandem SAR. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in shares of our common stock or cash, as determined by the Compensation and Governance Committee, equal in value to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price per share established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The term of each SAR may not exceed ten years. The exercise price per share covered by an SAR will be the exercise price per share of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and will be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant in the case of a Non-Tandem SAR. The Compensation and Governance Committee may also grant limited SARs, either as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs, which may become exercisable only upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2011 Plan, or such other event as the Compensation and Governance Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate at the time of grant or thereafter.

 

Restricted Stock

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee may award shares of restricted stock. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation and Governance Committee upon the award of restricted stock, the recipient generally has the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote the shares of restricted stock and, conditioned upon full vesting of shares of restricted stock, the

 

110


Table of Contents

right to tender such shares, subject to the conditions and restrictions generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set forth in the recipient’s restricted stock agreement. The Compensation and Governance may determine at the time of award that the payment of dividends, if any, will be deferred until the expiration of the applicable restriction period.

 

Recipients of restricted stock are required to enter into a restricted stock agreement with us that states the restrictions to which the shares are subject, which may include satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, and the criteria or date or dates on which such restrictions will lapse.

 

If the grant of restricted stock or the lapse of the relevant restrictions is based on the attainment of performance goals, the committee will establish for each recipient the applicable performance goals, formulae or standards and the applicable vesting percentages with reference to the attainment of such goals or satisfaction of such formulae or standards while the outcome of the performance goals are substantially uncertain. Such performance goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding, or adjusting for, changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions, and other similar events or circumstances. Section 162(m) of the Code requires that performance awards be based upon objective performance measures. The performance goals for performance-based restricted stock will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2011 Plan and are discussed in general below.

 

Other Stock-Based Awards

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee may, subject to limitations under applicable law, make a grant of such other stock-based awards, including, without limitation, performance units, dividend equivalent units, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units and deferred stock units under the 2011 Plan that are payable in cash or denominated or payable in or valued by shares of our common stock or factors that influence the value of such shares. The Compensation and Governance Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such other awards, which may include the achievement of certain minimum performance goals for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or a minimum vesting period. The performance goals for performance-based other stock-based awards will be based on one or more of the objective criteria set forth on Exhibit A to the 2011 Plan and discussed in general below.

 

Performance Awards

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee may grant a performance award to a participant payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. The Compensation and Governance Committee may grant performance awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code as well as performance awards that are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria, if any, as the Compensation and Governance Committee may determine, the Compensation and Governance Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any performance award.

 

Performance Goals

 

The Compensation and Governance Committee may grant awards of restricted stock, performance awards, and other stock-based awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. These awards may be granted, vest and be paid based on attainment of specified performance goals established by the committee. These performance goals will be based on the attainment of a certain target level of, or a specified increase or decrease in, one or more of the following measures selected by the committee: (1) earnings per share; (2) operating income; (3) gross income; (4) net income (before or after taxes); (5) cash flow; (6) gross profit; (7) gross profit return on investment; (8) gross margin return on investment; (9) gross margin; (10) operating margin; (11) working capital; (12) earnings before interest and taxes; (13) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization; (14) return on equity; (15) return on

 

111


Table of Contents

assets; (16) return on capital; (17) return on invested capital; (18) net revenues; (19) gross revenues; (20) revenue growth; (21) net revenues by segment; (22) revenue growth by segment; (23) overall revenue growth; (24) overall contribution margin; (25) contribution margin by segment; (26) sales or market share; (27) total shareholder return; (28) economic value added; (29) specified objectives with regard to limiting the level of increase in all or a portion of our bank debt or other long-term or short-term public or private debt or other similar financial obligations, which may be calculated net of cash balances and/or other offsets and adjustments as may be established by the committee in its sole discretion; (30) the fair market value of a share of common stock; (31) the growth in the value of an investment in the common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends; (32) reduction in operating expenses; (33) volume growth by segment; (34) overall volume growth; (35) price growth by segment; (36) overall price growth; (37) contribution margin growth; (38) reduction in variable costs; (39) reduction in fixed costs; (40) asset productivity; (41) cost per ton; (42) output per employee; (43) logistics efficiency; or (44) customer acquisitions.

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Compensation and Governance Committee may also exclude the impact of an event or occurrence which the committee determines should be appropriately excluded, including: (1) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and other unusual or non-recurring charges; (2) an event either not directly related to our operations or not within the reasonable control of management; or (3) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Performance goals may also be based on an individual participant’s performance goals, as determined by the Compensation and Governance Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

In addition, all performance goals may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of our performance, or the performance of a subsidiary, division or other operational unit, under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations. The Compensation and Governance Committee may designate additional business criteria on which the performance goals may be based or adjust, modify or amend those criteria.

 

Change in Control

 

In connection with a change in control, as defined in the 2011 Plan, the Compensation and Governance Committee may accelerate vesting of outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan. In addition, such awards will be, in the discretion of the committee, (1) assumed and continued or substituted in accordance with applicable law, (2) purchased by us for an amount equal to the excess of the price of a share of our common stock paid in a change in control over the exercise price of the award(s), or (3) cancelled if the price of a share of our common stock paid in a change in control is less than the exercise price of the award. The Compensation and Governance Committee may also, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions of an award at any time.

 

Stockholder Rights

 

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, and with respect to an award of restricted stock a participant has no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of our common stock covered by any award until the participant becomes the record holder of such shares.

 

Amendment and Termination

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2011 Plan, our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2011 Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2011 Plan, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of such participant.

 

112


Table of Contents

Transferability

 

Awards granted under the 2011 Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

 

Effective Date

 

The 2011 Plan is effective as of its approval by our board of directors on July 8, 2011.

 

Additional Executive Benefits and Perquisites

 

We provide our executive officers with executive benefits and perquisites that the board of directors believes are reasonable and in the best interests of the company and its stockholders. Consistent with our compensation philosophy, we intend to continue to maintain our current benefits for our executive officers, including retirement plans, health and welfare benefits and life insurance and long-term disability insurance described below. The Compensation and Governance Committee, in its discretion, may revise, amend or add to an officer’s executive benefits if it deems it advisable. We believe these benefits are generally equivalent to benefits provided by comparable companies. We have no current plans to change the levels of benefits provided thereunder.

 

Retirement Plan Benefits. We sponsor a 401(k) plan covering substantially all eligible employees. Employee contributions to the 401(k) plan are voluntary. We contribute an amount equal to 25% of a covered employee’s eligible contribution up to 8% of a participant’s salary. We also contribute from 0% to 75% of a covered employee’s eligible contribution up to 8%, if applicable, based on our profits from the previous fiscal year as an incentive to encourage our employees to participate in the 401(k) plan. The contributions based on our profits are paid during the Spring of the following fiscal year. In the case of both the matching program and the profit sharing program, our contributions vest over a period of five years. Finally, we also provide a 4% defined contribution of monthly basic income into a participant’s 401(k) account if that participant does not participate in our defined pension plan. These contributions vest each year. Contributions by participants are limited to their annual tax deferred contribution limit as allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. Our total contributions to 401(k) plan participants were $1.4 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million for 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

Health and Welfare Benefits. We offer health, dental and vision coverage for all employees, including our NEOs, and pay premiums on behalf of our NEOs on the same basis as on behalf of all of our other salaried employees.

 

Life Insurance and Long-Term Disability Insurance. As of December 2010, we offered life insurance up to a cap of $300,000 or three times each employee’s annual salary. Beginning in 2011, we offer life insurance up to a cap of $600,000 or five times each employee’s annual salary. We offer long-term disability insurance up to a cap of $10,000 per month. We pay life insurance premiums on behalf of our NEOs, but do not pay any premiums on behalf of our NEOs related to long-term disability insurance.

 

Accounting and Tax Considerations

 

In determining which elements of compensation are to be paid, and how they are weighted, we also take into account whether a particular form of compensation will be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) generally limits the deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs to $1.0 million during any fiscal year unless such compensation is “performance-based” under Section 162(m). However, under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans or agreements of corporations which are privately held and which become publicly held in an initial public offering, compensation paid under a plan or agreement that existed prior to the initial public offering will not be subject to Section 162(m) until the earlier of (1) the expiration of the plan or agreement, (2) a material modification of the plan or agreement, (3) the issuance of all

 

113


Table of Contents

employer stock and other compensation that has been allocated under the plan, or (4) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the year of the initial public offering (the “Transition Date”). After the Transition Date, rights or awards granted under the plan, other than options and stock appreciation rights, will not qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) unless such rights or awards are granted or vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the material terms of which are disclosed to and approved by our stockholders.

 

Our compensation program is intended to maximize the deductibility of the compensation paid to our NEOs to the extent that we determine it is in our best interests. Consequently, we may rely on the exemption from Section 162(m) afforded to us by the transition rule described above for compensation paid pursuant to our pre-existing plans. Many other Code provisions, SEC regulations and accounting rules affect the payment of executive compensation and are generally taken into consideration as programs are developed.

 

Compensation Tables

 

The purpose of the following tables is to provide information regarding the compensation earned during our most recently completed fiscal year by our NEOs.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table presents information concerning the total compensation of our NEOs, who are (1) our principal executive officer, (2) our principal financial officer and (3) our three most highly compensated executive officers, other than our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, who were serving as executive officers at the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. No disclosure is provided for 2010 for those persons who were not NEOs in 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    Option
Awards

($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
    Total
($)
 

Brian Slobodow

    2011        299,760               1,326,332        (5            68,328        1,694,420   

Chief Executive Officer

               

John A. Ulizio

    2011        62,500                             3,495        290,166        356,161   

Former Chief Executive Officer

    2010        300,000        100,000               231,563        995        35,520        668,078   

William A. White

    2011        221,679                      (5            38,002        259,681   

Chief Financial Officer

    2010        179,450        75,000               104,791          31,028        390,269   

Michael L. Winkler

    2011        127,237               500,475        (5            12,688        640,400   

Vice President of Operations

               

R. Dale Lynch

    2011        130,769               502,268        (5            7,413        640,450   

Vice President of Finance

               

Bradford B. Casper

    2011        138,750               498,414        (5            16,239        653,403   

Vice President of Strategic Planning

               

 

(1)   For Messrs. Ulizio and White, bonus awards represent a special discretionary bonus paid in recognition of our NEOs’ contributions in connection with the refinancing of our credit agreements in 2010.
(2)   Represents the aggregate grant date fair values of stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For information on the assumptions used by the Company in calculating the fair value of the stock options, see note N to our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3)   Represents amounts paid under our performance-based cash incentive plan. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Performance-Based Cash Incentive.”

 

114


Table of Contents
(4)   “All Other Compensation” for 2011 and 2010 includes employer contributions to our NEOs’ 401(k) plan accounts, premiums paid for health coverage, premiums paid for life insurance, relocation expenses and amounts reimbursed for the payment of taxes, as applicable. The table below presents an itemized account of “All Other Compensation” provided in 2010 to our NEOs, regardless of any minimum thresholds provided under the SEC rules and regulations.

 

Name

  Year     Company
Contributions
to 401(k) Plan
($)
    Company-Paid
Premiums for
Health
Coverage ($)
    Company-Paid
Premiums for
Life Insurance
($)
    Relocation
Expenses
($)
    Living
Expenses
($)
    Severance
($)
    Reimbursements
for the Payment
of Income Taxes

(“Gross-Ups”)
($)
 

Brian Slobodow

    2011        12,973        11,046        495        35,000        4,444               4,370   

John A. Ulizio

    2011        8,175        14,682        962                      266,346          
    2010        20,500        13,436        1,584                               

William A. White

    2011        22,241        14,728        1,034                               
    2010        19,921        9,523        1,584                               

Michael L. Winkler

    2011        6,133        6,186        369                               

R. Dale Lynch

    2011        7,000               413                               

Bradford B. Casper

    2011        7,400        8,591        248                               

 

(5)   Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned in 2011 is dependent in part upon financial results of 2011, which are currently unavailable. As a result, such compensation is not yet calculable. We expect that such amounts will be finalized upon the completion of the audit of the 2011 financial results and subsequent approval by the board of directors and will be reported in a future Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

During 2011, each of our NEOs participated in our performance-based cash incentive plan in which each officer was eligible for awards set forth under “Estimated Potential Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” below. The actual payout for each of our NEOs is set forth above under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. For a detailed discussion of our performance-based cash incentive plan, refer to “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Performance-Based Cash Incentives.”

 

The following table presents information concerning each grant of an award made to an NEO in fiscal 2011 under any plan.

 

          Estimated Potential Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
    Estimated Potential Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
or Stock
Units (#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)(1)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Award
Options
($)(1)(2)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
#
    Target
#
    Maximum
#
         

Brian Slobodow

   
 
 

7/12/2011
7/12/2011
  
  
  
   

 

93,750

56,250

  

  

   

 

187,500

112,500

  

  

   

 

281,250

168,750

  

  

                               
 
 

152,455
207,072
  
  
  
   
 
 

10.33
16.90
  
  
  
   
 
 

4.53
3.07
  
  
  

John A. Ulizio

                                                                            

William A. White

                                                             

Michael L. Winkler

   
 
 

7/12/2011
7/12/2011
  
  
  
    51,750        103,500        155,250                                   
 
 

50,818
77,652
  
  
  
   
 
 

10.33
16.90
  
  
  
   
 
 

4.76
3.33
  
  
  

R. Dale Lynch

   
 
 

7/25/2011
7/25/2011
  
  
  
    33,000        66,000        99,000                                   
 
 

50,818
77,652
  
  
  
   
 
 

10.33
16.90
  
  
  
   
 
 

4.78
3.34
  
  
  

Bradford B. Casper

   
 
 

7/12/2011
7/12/2011
  
  
  
    16,268        32,537        48,805                                   
 
 

50,818
77,652
  
  
  
   
 
 

10.33
16.90
  
  
  
   
 
 

4.75
3.31
  
  
  

 

(1)   For additional information regarding the different exercise prices of option awards granted in 2011, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Equity-Based Incentives.”
(2)   The vesting schedule applicable to each award is set forth below in the section entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.
(3)   Represents the aggregate grant date fair values of stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For information on the assumptions used by the Company in calculating the fair value of the stock options, see note N to our unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

115


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table presents information concerning unexercised options that have not vested for each NEO outstanding as of the end of fiscal 2011. None of our NEOs held any stock awards in us as of December 31, 2011. In addition, prior to 2011, we did not grant any equity awards.

 

Name

   Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Un-Exercisable
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
     Option Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Brian Slobodow

    
7/12/2011
(1) 
   

  
    
152,455
  
    

  
     10.33         7/12/2021   
     7/12/2011 (2)              207,072        

  
     16.90         7/12/2021   

Michael L. Winkler

    
7/12/2011
(3) 
   

  
    
50,818
  
    

  
     10.33         7/12/2021   
     7/12/2011 (4)              77,652                 16.90         7/12/2021   

R. Dale Lynch

    
7/25/2011
(5) 
   

  
    
50,818
  
    

  
     10.33         7/25/2021   
     7/25/2011 (6)              77,652                 16.90         7/25/2021   

Bradford B. Casper

    
7/12/2011
(7) 
   

  
    
50,818
  
    

  
     10.33         7/12/2021   
     7/12/2011 (8)              77,652                 16.90         7/12/2021   

 

(1)   95,284 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2012, 19,057 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on January 1, 2013, and 38,114 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on January 1, 2014, subject to Mr. Slobodow’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(2)   129,420 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2012, 25,884 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on January 1, 2013, and 51,768 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on January 1, 2014, subject to Mr. Slobodow’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(3)  

1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option vest annually beginning on the first anniversary, July 25, 2012, and continuing through the fourth anniversary, July 25, 2015, subject to Mr. Winkler’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

(4)  

1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option vest annually beginning on the first anniversary, July 25, 2012, and continuing through the fourth anniversary, July 25, 2015, subject to Mr. Winkler’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

(5)  

1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option vest annually beginning on the first anniversary, July 25, 2012, and continuing through the fourth anniversary, July 25, 2015, subject to Mr. Lynch’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

(6)  

1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option vest annually beginning on the first anniversary, July 25, 2012, and continuing through the fourth anniversary, July 25, 2015, subject to Mr. Lynch’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

(7)   13,721 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2012, 12,705 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2013, 12,704 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2014, and 11,688 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2015, subject to Mr. Casper’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.
(8)   20,966 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2012, 19,413 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2013 and July 12, 2014, and 17,860 of the shares subject to the option shall vest on July 12, 2015, subject to Mr. Casper’s continued service to us on each such vesting date.

 

Exercises and Stock Vested

 

None of our NEOs exercised any option awards during 2011. None of our NEOs held any stock awards in us that vested in 2011.

 

Deferred Compensation

 

Our deferred compensation plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan that was available to our executives and key employees beginning on January 1, 1998. There have been no new entrants to the deferred compensation plan since January 1, 2000; however the deferred compensation plan has not been terminated due to the costs associated with termination. Under the deferred compensation plan, eligible employees can elect to defer each year up to 100% of gross compensation, including bonuses and annual cash incentive awards. Although we have the discretion to provide matching credits under the deferred compensation plan, no matching credits were provided in 2011. All amounts credited to a participant’s account under the deferred compensation plan are notionally invested in mutual funds or other investments available in the market. Amounts under the deferred compensation plan are generally distributed in a

 

116


Table of Contents

lump sum upon a participant’s death, disability or mutual agreement of the participant and us. A participant who separates from service at or after age 70 (or after the participant’s tenth anniversary of participation, whichever is later) shall be paid in the form of ten annual installments, or in a lump sum payment at our sole discretion. Mr. Ulizio was our only NEO who participated in our nonqualified deferred compensation plan during 2011. In connection with his resignation from the company in March 2011, Mr. Ulizio elected to receive a lump sum payment equal to the aggregate balance of his account.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year

($)
     Registrant
Contributions in
Last Fiscal Year

($)
     Aggregate
Earnings in
Last Fiscal Year

($)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
Last Fiscal
Year

($)
 

John A. Ulizio

                     3,495         28,310           

 

Pension Benefits

 

None of our NEOs participate in or have account balances in any qualified or nonqualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us. Either our board of directors or our Compensation and Governance Committee may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interest.

 

Employment and Other Agreements

 

Brian Slobodow

 

We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Slobodow, our Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of his employment agreement, effective June 1, 2011, Mr. Slobodow is entitled to an annual base salary of $375,000, subject to review and adjustment. Mr. Slobodow is also eligible to earn a short-term, performance-based cash incentive payment for each year. The bonus shall be equal to 50% of his annual base salary.

 

Mr. Slobodow is also entitled to receive benefits in accordance with the health and welfare plans we provide to other members of our senior management. Mr. Slobodow is also entitled to up to 20 days of paid time off, family relocation expenses to the Princeton, New Jersey or Frederick, Maryland region from Park City, Utah and reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses that he incurs in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities as Chief Executive Officer which are consistent with our policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to our requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

 

Mr. Slobodow’s employment continues until the earlier of his resignation (with or without good reason), death or disability or termination by us (with or without cause). If we terminate Mr. Slobodow’s employment without cause or Mr. Slobodow resigns for good reason, Mr. Slobodow is entitled to receive severance equal to his annual base salary payable in regular installments from the date of termination through the later of (1) June 1, 2012 and the six-month anniversary of the date of termination if Mr. Slobodow has executed and delivered a general release of any and all claims arising out of or related to his employment with us and the termination of his employment. Mr. Slobodow is also entitled to receive reimbursement of the then-prevailing monthly premium for COBRA healthcare coverage if he so elects.

 

Mr. Slobodow has also agreed to customary restrictions with respect to the use of our confidential information and has agreed that all intellectual property developed or conceived by Mr. Slobodow while he is employed by us which relates to our business is our property. During the term of Mr. Slobodow’s employment with us and during the six-month period immediately thereafter, Mr. Slobodow has agreed not to (1) participate (whether as an officer, director, employee or otherwise) in any businesses that compete with us, (2) solicit or hire any of our employees and (3) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee, distributor or other business relation of us to cease doing business with us or in any way interfere with our

 

117


Table of Contents

relationship with such person or entity. During any period in which Mr. Slobodow has breached the above restrictions, we have no obligation to pay Mr. Slobodow any severance described above.

 

Bryan A. Shinn

 

We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Shinn, our President. Mr. Shinn was originally hired as our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Shinn was initially entitled to an annual base salary of $232,000, subject to review and adjustment. Mr. Shinn is also eligible to participate in our short-term, performance-based cash incentive plan. In addition to bonuses received through the short-term, performance-based cash incentive plan, Mr. Shinn’s employment agreement provides that we would pay Mr. Shinn a one-time special bonus of $50,000, provided that he was a full-time employee as of March 1, 2010. This special bonus was paid in the first quarter of 2010.

 

We also agreed to pay Mr. Shinn a special allowance equal to 80% of the difference between the purchase price of his prior home and the (1) sale price of his prior home or (2) the appraised value of his prior home if his prior home is neither sold nor under contract to be sold within 180 days of the date on which his employment began. Pursuant to these terms, we paid Mr. Shinn a special allowance in the amount of $125,000 in 2010. Also pursuant to our contract with Mr. Shinn, we agreed to pay temporary living expenses for up to 180 days, which resulted in payments to Mr. Shinn of approximately $17,000 in 2010.

 

Mr. Shinn’s annual base salary was $300,000 as of December 31, 2011, and he is eligible to receive an annual bonus for fiscal 2012 of up to 50% of his base salary if the short-term, performance-based cash incentive plan pays out at 100%.

 

William A. White

 

We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. White, our Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of his employment agreement, effective December 21, 2011, Mr. White is entitled to an annual base salary of $250,000, subject to review and adjustment. Mr. White is also eligible to earn a short-term, performance-based cash incentive payment for each year. The bonus shall be equal to 45% of his annual base salary.

 

Mr. White is also entitled to receive benefits in accordance with the health and welfare plans we provide to other members of our senior management. Mr. White is also entitled to up to 20 days of paid time off and reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses that he incurs in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer which are consistent with our policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to our requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

 

Mr. White’s employment continues until the earlier of his resignation (with or without good reason), death or disability or termination by us (with or without cause). If we terminate Mr. White’s employment without cause or Mr. White resigns for good reason, Mr. White is entitled to receive severance equal to his annual base salary payable in regular installments from the date of termination through the twelve-month anniversary of the date of termination if Mr. White has executed and delivered a general release of any and all claims arising out of or related to his employment with us and the termination of his employment. Mr. White is also entitled to receive reimbursement of the then-prevailing monthly premium for COBRA healthcare coverage if he so elects.

 

Mr. White has also agreed to customary restrictions with respect to the use of our confidential information and has agreed that all intellectual property developed or conceived by Mr. White while he is employed by us which relates to our business is our property. During the term of Mr. White’s employment with us and during the six-month period immediately thereafter, Mr. White has agreed not to (1) participate (whether as an officer, director, employee or otherwise) in any businesses that compete with us, (2) solicit or hire any of our employees and (3) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee, distributor or other business relation of us to cease doing business with us or in any way interfere with our relationship with such person or entity. During any period in which Mr. White has breached the above restrictions, we have no obligation to pay Mr. White any severance described above.

 

118


Table of Contents

John A. Ulizio

 

We are party to a consulting agreement with Mr. Ulizio, our former Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the consulting agreement, Mr. Ulizio has agreed to provide consulting services relating to, among other things, federal, state, provincial or local legislation or regulation, the administration of our occupational health program, litigation, the preparation of articles and presentations and participation in trade association and other organization activities relating to crystalline silica.

 

We are obligated to pay Mr. Ulizio at a rate of $1,500 per day, subject to a minimum of $10,000 per quarter, even if we fail to use his consulting services to such extent in any quarter. Mr. Ulizio is entitled to be reimbursed by us for all ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket expenses for travel, lodging, meals or any similar expenses incurred by Mr. Ulizio in performing his consulting services. All of this is in addition to our obligation to pay Mr. Ulizio severance pursuant to the termination of his employment. As a result of such termination, we are paying him severance equal to his base salary (as in effect immediately prior to the termination of his employment) for a period of 24 months which aggregates to approximately $600,000. Mr. Ulizio is also entitled to participate in our group health plan for 18 months, which aggregates to a benefit of approximately $22,000.

 

The term of the consulting agreement began on April 1, 2011 and ends on March 31, 2013. Mr. Ulizio has agreed to refrain from disclosing any confidential information to any third party prior to, during or after the termination of the consulting agreement. Mr. Ulizio has also agreed to refrain from using any confidential information for his personal gain. The consulting agreement may be terminated at any time by us or by Mr. Ulizio upon 90 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination and Change in Control

 

The information below describes and quantifies certain compensation that would become payable to our NEOs if, as of December 31, 2010, his employment with us had been terminated. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any actual amounts paid or distributed may be different. Factors that could affect these amounts include the timing during the year of any such event.

 

John A. Ulizio

 

Mr. Ulizio ceased to be Chief Executive Officer and president on March 8, 2011 and, therefore, Mr. Ulizio is no longer entitled to the benefits outlined in the table below. See “—Employment and Other Agreements” above for a description of the benefits that Mr. Ulizio is currently receiving from us.

 

             Involuntary without
Cause  or Voluntary
with Good Reason
     Involuntary
without Cause
following
Change in
Control
($)
 

Component

   Voluntary
Resignation
($)
     Without
Signed
Release
($)
     With
Signed
Release
($)
    

Base Salary(1)

     0         109,615         600,000         600,000   

Bonus

     0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cash Severance

     0         109,615         600,000         600,000   

Value of Accelerated Equity(2)

     0         0         0         0   

Benefits and Perquisites(3)

     0         4,909         22,091         22,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Severance

     0         114,524         622,091         622,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Mr. Ulizio’s base salary and benefits are to be paid in equal installments over an 18-month period.
(2)   Mr. Ulizio had no outstanding equity in us as of December 31, 2011. Any unvested interests held in our parent LLC by Mr. Ulizio would not vest unless Golden Gate Capital (in its sole discretion) affirmatively caused such interests to vest.
(3)   Represents group health benefits payable over 18 months.

 

119


Table of Contents

Other NEOs

 

Each NEO, other than Mr. Ulizio, is subject to our severance policy for salaried personnel. Such NEOs are entitled to the same payments and benefits as all other salaried personnel. Pursuant to this policy, salaried employees who are terminated due to (1) force reductions caused by lack of business or (2) job eliminations caused by downsizing or restructuring are entitled to both regular and special severance pay. Regular severance pay consists of pay based on such NEO’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to the termination of his employment for one week for each complete year of employment with the company. There is no proration of severance pay for partial years of employment. Minimum regular severance pay is five weeks. Special severance pay is available to employees eligible for regular severance pay who sign a standard release agreement. Special severance pay consists of pay for based on such NEO’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to the termination of his employment one week for each complete year of employment with the company. Minimum special severance pay is five weeks. When combining regular severance pay and special severance pay, maximum severance pay is limited to fifty-two weeks. As of December 31, 2011, all of the stock options held by our NEOs are subject to vesting upon a change in control.

 

Director Compensation

 

See “Management—Corporate Governance—Director Compensation.”

 

Director and Officer Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

 

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors are not liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

 

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. We will also enter into an indemnification priority agreement with Golden Gate Capital to clarify the priority of advancement of expenses and indemnification obligations among us, our subsidiaries and any of our directors appointed by Golden Gate Capital or its affiliates and other related matters.

 

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers in which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

120


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

 

The following table sets forth information as of                     , 2011 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock (1) immediately prior to and (2) as adjusted to give effect to this offering by:

 

   

each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors and director designee; and

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors and our director designee as a group.

 

For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of                     , 2011 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on         shares of common stock outstanding prior to the completion of this offering and         shares of common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares, or         shares, assuming full exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., 8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300, Frederick, Maryland 21701.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to This Offering
    Shares To Be
Sold in This
Offering
Assuming

No
Exercise of
the Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares
    Shares To Be
Sold in This
Offering
Assuming

Full
Exercise of
the Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering Assuming No
Exercise of
the Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering Assuming Full
Exercise of
the Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Name

           #                       %              #     #     #     %     #     %  

GGC USS Holdings, LLC(1)

      100               

Brian Slobodow

                                                       

Bryan A. Shinn

    (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1

William A. White

    (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1

Bradford B. Casper

                                                       

R. Dale Lynch

                                                       

Michael L. Winkler

                                                       

Robert H. Morrow

                                                       

James I. Manion

                                                       

Rajeev Amara

    (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1

Prescott H. Ashe

    (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1     (1

Charles Shaver

                                                       

William J. Kacal

                                                       

Executive Officers and Directors and our Director Designee as a Group
(12 Persons)(2)

                             *          *   

 

   *   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

 

121


Table of Contents
  (1)   Prior to this offering, all of our issued and outstanding common stock is held by our parent LLC. Interests in our parent LLC are held directly or indirectly by a private investor group, including funds managed by Golden Gate Capital, Paribas North America, Messrs. Shaver, Shinn and White and John A. Ulizio, our former CEO. The following table sets forth information as of                     , 2011 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock (a) immediately prior to and (b) as adjusted to give effect to this offering by each of the members of the private investor group. All of the amounts and percentages below are calculated at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. If the initial public offering price is higher or lower than $         per share, the amounts and percentages below will be higher or lower.

 

    Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior to
This
Offering
  Shares To Be
Sold in This
Offering
Assuming
No
Exercise of
the Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares
  Shares To Be
Sold in This
Offering
Assuming
Full
Exercise of
the Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After This
Offering
Assuming
No Exercise
of the
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After This
Offering
Assuming
Full
Exercise of

the Option
to Purchase
Additional
Shares

Name

  #   %   #   #   #   %   #   %

Funds managed by Golden Gate Capital(a)

               

Paribas North America

               

Charles Shaver

               

Bryan A. Shinn

               

William A. White

               

John A. Ulizio

               

 

  (a)   Each of Messrs. Amara and Ashe is a managing director of Golden Gate Capital, and each may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares indirectly beneficially owned by the funds managed by Golden Gate Capital.

 

Each of the above persons and entities, other than our parent LLC, disclaims membership in any group and disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities, except to the extent of his or its pecuniary interest therein. The principal office address of our parent LLC is c/o Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111.

  (2)   Does not include any shares of common stock Messrs. Amara and Ashe may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own through interests held by funds managed by Golden Gate Capital in our parent LLC. See note 1 above.

 

122


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

 

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a written policy with respect to related party transactions. Under our related person transaction policy, a “Related Person Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship between us or any of our subsidiaries and a Related Person not including any transactions involving $120,000 or less when aggregated with all similar transactions. A “Related Person” is any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees, any stockholder beneficially owning in excess of 5% of our stock or securities exchangeable for our stock, any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is an executive officer, a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest in such entity.

 

Pursuant to our Related Person Transaction policy, any Related Person Transaction must be approved or ratified by a majority of the disinterested directors on the board of directors or a designated committee thereof consisting solely of disinterested directors. In approving any Related Person Transaction, the board of directors or the committee must determine that the transaction is on terms no less favorable to us in the aggregate than those generally available to an unaffiliated third party under similar circumstances.

 

Transactions with Related Persons, though not classified as Related Person Transactions by our policy and thus not subject to its review and approval requirements, may still need to be disclosed if required by the applicable securities laws, rules and regulations.

 

Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements which are described under “Executive Compensation” and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2008, there has not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Golden Gate Capital Acquisition

 

Acquisition Agreement

 

On November 25, 2008, Golden Gate Capital acquired U.S. Silica Company from Harbinger Capital pursuant to an Acquisition Agreement, dated June 27, 2008, by and among certain entities affiliated with Harbinger Capital and Golden Gate Capital. Prior to the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, U.S. Silica Company was an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Harbinger Capital, held through its direct, wholly owned subsidiary, Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC. We were formed by Golden Gate Capital to effect the acquisition of Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC, and through that acquisition U.S. Silica Company became our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary. The consideration for the transaction was approximately $310.4 million (net of customary adjustments for transaction expenses, indebtedness and certain tax liabilities), consisting of a $126.2 million capital contribution from Golden Gate Capital and other investors, $182.0 million in borrowings under the Term Loan Facility and the Mezzanine Loan Facility (as defined below) and $27.0 million in advances from customers.

 

The Acquisition Agreement contains negotiated representations and warranties and covenants of our former owner and us. These representations and warranties and covenants continue in full force and effect for various periods specified in the Acquisition Agreement, ranging from six to thirty-six months. The Acquisition Agreement also provides for indemnification in the event of a breach of these representations and warranties and covenants. For breaches of certain of these representations and warranties, our former owner is not required to indemnify us for aggregate amounts less than $4.0 million or greater than $40.0 million. No party to the Acquisition Agreement has brought an indemnification claim against any other party as of the date of this prospectus.

 

123


Table of Contents

Advisory Agreement

 

In connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, we also entered into an Advisory Agreement with Golden Gate Capital, which agreement was subsequently amended and restated in connection with the refinancing of our Term Loan Facility on June 8, 2011. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, Golden Gate Capital agreed to provide business and organizational strategy and financial and advisory services as mutually agreed upon by Golden Gate Capital and us. Such services have included support and assistance to management with respect to negotiating and analyzing acquisitions and divestitures, negotiating and analyzing financing alternatives, preparing financial projections, monitoring compliance with financing agreements, marketing functions and searching for and hiring management personnel.

 

As compensation for these services, we paid Golden Gate Capital a one-time transaction fee as of the closing of the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition in the aggregate amount of $3.0 million and we pay (1) an annual advisory fee in the aggregate amount equal to $1.25 million, payable quarterly in arrears, and (2) a transaction fee of 1.25% of the aggregate value of each transaction resulting in a change in control of our parent LLC or its subsidiaries, along with each acquisition, divestiture, recapitalization and financing. In addition to the fees described above, we also reimburse Golden Gate Capital for all out-of-pocket costs incurred by Golden Gate Capital in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement, and indemnify Golden Gate Capital from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities related to the performance of its duties under the Advisory Agreement.

 

The Advisory Agreement has an initial term expiring on November 25, 2018 and is automatically renewable for additional one-year terms thereafter unless we or Golden Gate Capital give at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal. The advisory fees paid to Golden Gate Capital aggregated $0.1 million, $1.0 million and $1.2 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $0.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. These expenses are recorded as other operating expenses. In connection with this offering, we plan to pay Golden Gate Capital $8.0 million in connection with terminating this agreement.

 

Director Designation Agreement

 

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a director designation agreement with our parent LLC that will provide for the rights of our parent LLC to nominate designees to our board of directors. The director designation agreement will provide that, for so long as our parent LLC has nomination rights under the agreement, we may not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, that (1) would decrease the size of our board of directors if such decrease would cause us to fail to satisfy the requirement under the NYSE corporate governance standards that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors without the resignation of a director nominated by our parent LLC or (2) otherwise could reasonably be expected to adversely affect our parent LLC’s rights under the director designation agreement, in each case without the consent of our parent LLC.

 

Our parent LLC will have the right to nominate individuals to our board of directors at each meeting of stockholders where directors are to be elected and, subject to limited exceptions, we will include in the slate of nominees recommended to our stockholders for election as directors the number of individuals designated by our parent LLC as follows:

 

   

prior to the earlier of (1) one year after our parent LLC owns less than 50% of our outstanding common stock or (2) our parent LLC owns less than 35% of our outstanding common stock, such number of individuals as are designated by our parent LLC, so long as we are able to comply with the requirement under the NYSE corporate governance standards that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors at such time as our parent LLC owns less than 50% of our outstanding common stock; and

 

   

during such time as our parent LLC no longer has the unfettered right to nominate individuals to our board of directors but while our parent LLC still owns at least 10% of our outstanding common

 

124


Table of Contents
 

stock, such number of individuals designated by our parent LLC in relative proportion to our parent LLC’s then current ownership (rounded up), so long as we are able to comply with the requirement under the NYSE corporate governance standards that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors at such time as our parent LLC owns less than 50% of our outstanding common stock.

 

The director designation agreement will also provide that, in the event of a vacancy on our board of directors arising through the death, resignation or removal of a director nominated by our parent LLC, such vacancy may be filled by our board of directors only with a director nominated by our parent LLC. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that any director nominated by our parent LLC may, at its discretion, be removed at any time with or without cause.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, Golden Gate Capital entered into a registration rights agreement with us. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, Golden Gate Capital has the right to request a long-form registration on not more than four occasions and a short-form registration on an unlimited number of occasions. In addition, Golden Gate Capital has piggyback registration rights in connection with offerings initiated by us.

 

The registration rights are subject to customary cutbacks and other limitations. We are able to postpone for a reasonable period of time, which may not exceed 120 days, the filing of a registration statement that Golden Gate Capital requests that we file pursuant to the registration rights agreement if our board of directors determines that the filing of the registration statement will have a material adverse effect on our plan to engage in certain business transactions.

 

We are required to pay all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registrations, except that we are not required to pay for any underwriting discounts or commissions or transfer taxes relating to the transfer of securities by any persons other than us. We are also subject to customary cross-indemnification and contribution arrangements with respect to the registration of our common stock. Our parent LLC is required to comply with any lock-up restrictions that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriters of an offering, regardless of whether its securities are included in a registration.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Director and Officer Indemnification and Limitation of Liability.”

 

Parent LLC Promissory Note

 

On December 22, 2010, we entered into a promissory note with our parent LLC. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Parent LLC Promissory Note.”

 

Historical Credit Agreement

 

Mezzanine Loan Facility

 

On November 25, 2008, in connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, we entered into the Mezzanine Loan Facility with GGC Finance Partnership, L.P. (“GGC Finance”) pursuant to which we issued original notes in the aggregate principal amount of $80.0 million, and GGC Finance purchased such original notes in order to provide funds to us to consummate the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition. On May 7, 2010, we amended and restated the Mezzanine Loan Facility to effect the issuance of restated notes in the aggregate

 

125


Table of Contents

principal amount of $75.0 million in exchange for the original notes. The restated notes were scheduled to mature on May 7, 2017. The restated notes bore interest, during each interest period from the date of issuance until paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to adjusted LIBOR (as defined in the Mezzanine Loan Facility) for such fiscal quarter plus the applicable margin of 10.25% per annum, all or a part of which was permitted to be paid in kind. On June 8, 2011, we prepaid the restated notes in full in connection with the refinancing of the Term Loan Facility. The total payoff amount was $78.2 million, which consisted of a prepayment fee of $1.5 million, accrued interest of $1.7 million and a principal balance of $75.0 million.

 

Subordination Agreement

 

On November 25, 2008, we, Wells Fargo, BNP Paribas and GGC Finance entered into a Subordination Agreement (as amended, the “Subordination Agreement”) pursuant to which GGC Finance agreed to the subordination in right of payment of our existing and future obligations owed to GGC Finance to the payment of our existing and future obligations owed under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. On May 7, 2010, the Subordination Agreement was amended in connection with the amendment and restatement of the Note Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Subordination Agreement, the restated notes and all of our other obligations under the Mezzanine Loan Facility were at all times to be and remain subordinate and subject in right of payment to prior payment in full of all of our obligations under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. The Subordination Agreement was terminated in connection with our repayment in full of all outstanding indebtedness under the Mezzanine Loan Facility and the concomitant termination of such facility as described above.

 

126


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

 

Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the agreements governing certain of our outstanding indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreements. The agreements setting forth the principal terms and conditions of certain of our outstanding indebtedness are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

ABL Facility

 

On August 9, 2007, we entered into the ABL Facility with various banks and other financial institutions as lenders thereunder and Wells Fargo, as administrative agent and lender, which was amended by Amendment No. 1 and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2008, Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent, dated as of May 7, 2010, and Amendment No. 3 to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent, dated as of June 8, 2011, for an asset-based financing arrangement that allows the lenders to make loans and provide other financial accommodations in the aggregate amount of up to $35.0 million, with a letter of credit facility sublimit of $15.0 million; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the loans and letter of credit obligations outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the borrowing base as set forth below. The ABL Facility is scheduled to expire on October 31, 2015.

 

Borrowing Base

 

The borrowing base is an amount equal to (a) 85% of eligible accounts; plus (b) the lesser of (1) the sum of (A) 30% multiplied by the value of the eligible work in process inventory; plus (B) 60% multiplied by the value of the eligible finished goods inventory and (2) $7.5 million; plus (c) 5% of eligible accounts (such amount in addition to clause (a) above; provided that such percentage shall be reduced by 1/6th of the original percentage amount as of each monthly anniversary of the closing date until such percentage is 0%); plus (d) the lesser of (1) 85% of eligible ITT receivables (as defined in the ABL Facility) and (2) $1.5 million; plus (e) 20% multiplied by the value of eligible stores inventory (provided that such percentage shall be reduced monthly by 1/6th of the original percentage amount as of each monthly anniversary of the closing date until such percentage is 0%); minus (f) reserves established from time to time by Wells Fargo. Subject to the terms of the ABL Facility, Wells Fargo, in its commercially reasonable discretion, shall be entitled to reduce or increase the advance rates and standards of eligibility.

 

Interest and Fees

 

Borrowings may be requested as prime rate loans or Eurocurrency rate loans; provided that if an event of default has occurred and is continuing, then Eurocurrency rate loans may not be requested. The applicable margin rate is determined based on excess availability as determined with reference to the borrowing base. Prime rate loans accrue interest at the prime rate plus (a) 1.75% if quarterly average excess availability is greater than $10.0 million or (b) 2.00% if quarterly average excess availability is less than or equal to $10.0 million. Eurocurrency rate loans accrue interest at the adjusted Eurocurrency rate plus (a) 2.75% if quarterly average excess availability is greater than $10.0 million or (b) 3.00% if quarterly average excess availability is less than or equal to $10.0 million.

 

Interest payments on prime rate loans are due on the first day of each calendar month in arrears. Interest payments on Eurocurrency rate loans are due (a) on the last day of each interest period for interest periods that are three months or (b) if the interest period exceeds three months, then on (1) each three-month anniversary of the first day of such interest period or (2) the last day of such interest period.

 

On the first day of each month in arrears, Wells Fargo is paid for the benefit of the lenders an unused line fee at a rate equal to 0.375% per annum calculated on the average daily unused portion of the maximum credit during the immediately preceding month (or part thereof). Wells Fargo is also paid letter of credit fees at a rate

 

127


Table of Contents

equal to the applicable margin per annum on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all letters of credit for the immediately preceding quarter (or part thereof), payable in arrears as of the first day of each succeeding quarter. Such letter of credit fee rates equal (a) 2.75% if quarterly average excess availability is greater than $10.0 million or (b) 3.00% if quarterly average excess availability is less than or equal to $10.0 million. A letter of credit fronting and negotiation fee of 0.125% per annum on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each letter of credit issued in addition to reasonable and customary charges is also paid, among other fees and amounts.

 

Prepayments

 

Voluntary prepayments are permitted in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to certain minimum prepayment requirements (i.e., $1.0 million and multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof or, in accordance with settlement procedures, $100,000 and multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof). We have the right to terminate or permanently reduce the unused portion of the maximum credit at any time or from time to time upon five business days’ notice to Wells Fargo, subject to certain minimum requirements (i.e., $1.0 million and multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof); provided, however, that no such termination or reduction is permitted if (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the loans and the letter of credit obligations would exceed the maximum credit or (b) such termination or reduction would reduce the maximum credit to below $10.0 million, unless in connection with the termination of the ABL Facility and the repayment of the obligations thereunder.

 

The ABL Facility requires prepayments (1) upon demand by Wells Fargo, (2) with respect to 100% of net cash proceeds of any recovery event not used to acquire fixed or capital assets immediately after the 270th day of receipt thereof and (3) with respect to 100% of net cash proceeds within five business days of any asset disposition that exceeds the $500,000 threshold in any fiscal year; provided that such prepayments shall be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined below).

 

Covenants

 

Borrowings under the ABL Facility are subject to the accuracy of representations and warranties in all material respects and the absence of any defaults under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

 

The ABL Facility contains customary covenants and restrictions on our activities related to, among other things: the incurrence of additional indebtedness; liens and negative pledges; dividends and distributions; investments, acquisitions and speculative transactions; contingent obligations; transactions with affiliates; fundamental changes to our business, property and assets; insurance; sale lease-backs; the ability to change the nature of our business, our fiscal year and our accounting policies; the ability to amend or waive any of the terms of any permitted subordinated debt, the Term Loan Facility and our organizational documents; designations of senior debt other than the ABL Facility obligations and the Term Loan Facility obligations; and the performance of material contracts, including intellectual property licenses. The ABL Facility also requires that we maintain (a) during any fiscal quarter, if excess availability falls below $6.5 million, a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.10 to 1.00 until excess availability is equal to or greater than $10.0 million and (b) aggregate excess availability of not less than $5.0 million at all times.

 

Events of Default

 

Events of default under the ABL Facility include, but are not limited to, (1) failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the ABL Facility (inclusive of reimbursement of the issuing bank for letters of credit) when due, taking into account any applicable grace period, (2) cross-default or failure to pay certain other debt, (3) failure to perform or observe covenants and other terms of the ABL Facility or Term Loan Facility, subject to certain grace periods, (4) breach of warranty, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) unsatisfied final judgments (to the extent not covered by insurance) over a $10.0 million threshold, (7) dissolution, subject to certain cure

 

128


Table of Contents

periods, (8) certain defaults under ERISA, (9) certain change of control events (as defined in the ABL Facility), (10) the subordination provisions contained in or governing any subordinated debt cease to be in full force and effect, (11) any default in excess of $2.0 million that remains outstanding beyond the applicable cure period and permits the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate the debt, (12) any guarantor revokes or terminates or purports to revoke or terminate its guaranty and (13) the invalidity or impairment of any loan document or any security interest.

 

Guarantee and Security

 

All obligations under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries. The obligations are secured by a first priority lien on all revolving loan priority collateral, which consists of deposit accounts, inventory, accounts receivable and property related thereto (the “ABL Collateral”).

 

Term Loan Facility

 

On November 25, 2008, in connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, we entered into the Term Loan Facility with various banks and other financial institutions as lenders thereunder and BNP Paribas, as administrative agent. On May 7, 2010, the Term Loan Facility was amended and restated to, among other things, (1) increase the aggregate principal amount available thereunder from $102.0 million to $165.0 million and (2) add an incremental term loan facility in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million for the purpose of (1) funding permitted acquisitions, (2) opening new sand processing and mining facilities and (3) financing the payment of related fees and expenses. On June 8, 2011, the Term Loan Facility was again amended and restated to, among other things, (1) further increase the aggregate principal amount available thereunder to $260.0 million and (2) increase the maximum aggregate principal amount under the incremental term loan facility to $50.0 million. The proceeds of this second amendment and restatement were used to prepay the pre-existing obligations outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, repay in full all obligations under the Mezzanine Loan Facility, pay a cash dividend of up to $25.0 million and pay transaction costs. We paid certain fees, which were separately agreed, to the administrative agent in connection with the amendment and restatement.

 

Interest

 

Loans under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at a base rate (as defined in the Term Loan Facility, with a floor of the greater of 1.00% and one-month adjusted LIBOR (as defined in the Term Loan Facility) plus 1.00%) plus 2.75% per annum or adjusted LIBOR (with a floor of 1.00%) plus 3.75% per annum, as selected by us; provided that we will no longer be able to elect a LIBOR loan after the occurrence or during the continuation of an event of default. Interest payments for base rate loans are due quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September and December, and interest payments for LIBOR loans are due on the last day of each interest period, which we may choose to be a one-, two-, three- or six-month period or (if available to all senior lenders) a nine- or twelve-month period; provided that for each interest period longer than three months, the payment date also shall include each date that is three months or a multiple thereof after the commencement of such interest period. Since August 5, 2010, we have been required to maintain in effect one or more interest rate agreements in an aggregate notional principal amount of not less than 50% of the principal amount of our funded debt, which accrues interest at a floating rate.

 

Principal payments under the Term Loan Facility are due quarterly on the last day of each September, December, March and June. Beginning September 30, 2011, payments are made in equal installments of 0.25% of the initial principal balance until payments of 23.75% of the initial principal amount become due on September 30, 2016, December 31, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 8, 2017; provided, that the scheduled installments of principal shall be reduced in connection with voluntary and mandatory prepayments. The Term Loan Facility matures on June 8, 2017.

 

129


Table of Contents

Prepayments

 

Voluntary prepayments are permitted in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to certain minimum prepayment requirements (i.e., $500,000 and multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof) and payment of costs and expenses incurred by the lenders in connection with prepayment of LIBOR-based borrowings prior to the end of the applicable interest period for such borrowings.

 

The Term Loan Facility requires prepayments of principal with respect to (1) 100% of net cash proceeds from asset sales and (2) 100% of net cash proceeds from casualty insurance and condemnation awards, in each case subject to exceptions and reinvestment rights. The Term Loan Facility also requires prepayments of principal with respect to (1) 100% of net cash proceeds from the issuance of capital stock or incurrence of indebtedness by us (in each case subject to exceptions and not including our issuance of common stock in this offering), and (2) beginning in 2012, 50% of our consolidated excess cash flow or, if the consolidated leverage ratio is less than 2.75 to 1.00, 25% of our consolidated excess cash flow.

 

We, Golden Gate Capital or any of our or its respective affiliates may repurchase the term loans pursuant to an open pro rata tender process so long as (1) no condition or event that would trigger an event of default and no event of default has occurred and is continuing, (2) requisite lenders have given prior written consent and (3) prior notice has been given to BNP Paribas and all lenders indicating (a) the last date on which such offer may be accepted, (b) the maximum amount of such offer, (c) the repurchase price per dollar of principal amount of term loans and (d) the instructions about the process by which a lender may have its loan repurchased.

 

Covenants

 

The Term Loan Facility contains customary covenants and restrictions on our activities related to, among other things: the incurrence of additional indebtedness; liens and negative pledges; dividends and distributions; investments and acquisitions; contingent obligations; transactions with shareholders (holders of at least 10% of the equity securities) and affiliates; fundamental changes to our business, property and assets; sale lease-backs; the ability to change the nature of our business, our fiscal year and our accounting policies; the ability to amend or waive any of the terms of the Management Agreement, the ABL Facility and other material agreements; designations of senior debt other than the Term Loan Facility obligations and the ABL Facility obligations; and the performance of material contracts, including real property leases and intellectual property licenses. The Term Loan Facility also requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a maximum consolidated leverage ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter at levels set forth in the Term Loan Facility and a maximum capital expenditures covenant restricting our capital expenditures at times when our unrestricted cash (including availability under the ABL facility) is less than $40.0 million.

 

Events of Default

 

Events of default under the Term Loan Facility include, but are not limited to, (1) failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the Term Loan Facility when due, taking into account any applicable grace period, (2) cross-default or failure to pay certain other debt, (3) failure to perform or observe covenants and other terms of the Term Loan Facility, subject to certain grace periods, (4) breach of warranty, (5) bankruptcy events, (6) unsatisfied final judgments (to the extent not covered by insurance) over a $10.0 million threshold, (7) dissolution, subject to certain cure periods, (8) certain defaults under ERISA, (9) certain change of control events (as defined in the Term Loan Facility) and (10) the invalidity or impairment of any loan document or any security interest.

 

Guarantee and Security

 

All obligations under the Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries. The obligations are secured by a first priority lien on all fixed assets and intellectual property and a second priority lien on all ABL Collateral.

 

130


Table of Contents

Intercreditor Agreement

 

The priority of the security interests and related creditor rights between the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility is set forth in an Intercreditor Agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) dated as of November 25, 2008, as reaffirmed by the Reaffirmation of ABL/Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2011, among us, Wells Fargo and BNP Paribas.

 

Parent LLC Promissory Note

 

On December 22, 2010, we entered into a $15.0 million promissory note with our parent LLC to provide working capital for a new subsidiary. The note matures on December 22, 2015 and bears interest at 10%. The principal amount and interest under the note are payable on demand, but no later than the maturity date. Upon sole election by our parent LLC, any unpaid interest may be paid in cash on December 22 of each year until the maturity date. Upon effectiveness of this offering, this note will be contributed as a capital contribution by our parent LLC to us.

 

131


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as will each be in effect at or prior to the completion of this offering. The following description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand the material terms of our common stock, you should read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Authorized Capitalization

 

Prior to the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and no preferred stock. Upon effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

As of December 28, 2011, 50,000,000 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and were owned by one stockholder of record. In addition, as of December 28, 2011, there were 1,501,398 outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights

 

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our common stock votes as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock.

 

Dividend Rights

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. Because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” See also “Dividend Policy.”

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

 

132


Table of Contents

Other Rights

 

Our stockholders have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SLCA.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation preference and to fix the number of shares to be included in any such series without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Any preferred stock so issued may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or both. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

 

Corporate Opportunity

 

As permitted under the DGCL, in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will renounce any interest or expectancy in, or any offer of an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are presented to us or one or more of our officers, directors or stockholders. In recognition that directors, officers and/or employees of Golden Gate Capital may serve as directors and/or officers of ours, and Golden Gate Capital and its affiliates, not including us (the “Golden Gate Capital Entities”), may engage in similar activities or lines of business that we do, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the allocation of certain corporate opportunities between us and the Golden Gate Capital Entities. Specifically, none of the Golden Gate Capital Entities have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business that we do. In the event that a director or officer of Golden Gate Capital who is also a director or officer of ours acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any of the Golden Gate Capital Entities and us, we will not have any expectancy in such corporate opportunity, and the director or officer will not have any duty to present such corporate opportunity to us and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for itself or direct such opportunity to another person. A corporate opportunity that an officer or director of ours who is also a director or officer of any of the Golden Gate Capital Entities acquires knowledge of will not belong to us unless the corporate opportunity at issue is expressly offered in writing to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of ours. In addition, even if a business opportunity is presented to an officer or director of any of the Golden Gate Capital Entities in his or her capacity as an officer or director of ours, the following corporate opportunities will not belong to us: (1) those we are not financially able, contractually permitted or legally able to undertake; (2) those

 

133


Table of Contents

not in our line of business; (3) those of no practical advantage to us; and (4) those in which we have no interest or reasonable expectancy. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of common stock to alter, amend or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to corporate opportunities or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with such provisions. Except with respect to our directors and/or officers who are also directors and/or officers of any of the Golden Gate Capital Entities, the corporate opportunity doctrine applies as construed pursuant to applicable Delaware laws, without limitation.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL; any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by either a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office or by our parent LLC at any time that our parent LLC owns at least 35% of our then outstanding common stock. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any stockholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the requirements that will be set forth in our amended and restated bylaws; however, at any time that our parent LLC owns at least 35% of our outstanding common stock, the foregoing procedures related to advance notice will not apply to it. At any time that our parent LLC does not own at least 35% of our then outstanding common stock, special meetings of the stockholders may not be called. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

 

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation

 

134


Table of Contents

will provide that stockholder action may be taken by written consent at any time our parent LLC owns at least 35% of our then outstanding common stock. At any time our parent LLC does not own at least 35% of our then outstanding shares of common stock, stockholders may not act by written consent.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders

 

We will elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our parent LLC (or its members) and any persons to whom our parent LLC (or its members) sells its common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 203.

 

Amendments

 

Upon the completion of this offering, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock; provided, however, that at such times as our parent LLC owns at least 35% of our then outstanding common stock and wants to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such amendment will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our then outstanding common stock.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of our directors; provided that, at any time that our parent LLC owns at least 35% of our then outstanding common stock, the consent of the directors nominated by our parent LLC shall be required for any such amendment. Our amended and restated bylaws may also be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our then outstanding common stock; provided, however, that at such times as our parent LLC owns at least 35% of our then outstanding common stock and wants to amend our amended and restated bylaws, such amendment will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our then outstanding common stock.

 

For purposes hereof, our “parent LLC” shall include our parent LLC, any of its members and any member of a group with our parent LLC or its members that may exist from time to time.

 

135


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The number of shares available for future sale in the public market is subject to legal and contractual restrictions, some of which are described below. The expiration of these restrictions will permit sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or could create the perception that these sales may occur, which could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of common stock.

 

Sale of Restricted Shares

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have          shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the          shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold by the selling stockholder upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares of common stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriters,” taking into account the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144

 

The SEC adopted amendments to Rule 144 which became effective on February 15, 2008. Under these amendments, persons who became the beneficial owner of shares of our common stock prior to the completion of this offering may not sell their shares until the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) a one-year holding period.

 

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately          shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after completion of this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common

 

136


Table of Contents

stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

 

Stock Plans

 

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We, each of our officers and directors and the selling stockholder have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock during the period from the date of the underwriting agreement to be executed by us in connection with this offering continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriters.”

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

In connection with the Golden Gate Capital Acquisition, Golden Gate Capital and certain other non-management holders of parent LLC interests entered into a registration rights agreement with us. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, Golden Gate Capital has the right to request a long-form registration on not more than four occasions, and a short-form registration on an unlimited number of occasions. In addition, Golden Gate Capital and other non-management holders of registrable securities have piggyback registration rights in connection with offerings initiated by us or Golden Gate Capital. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

137


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-U.S. holder that purchases shares of our common stock in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual;

 

   

a foreign corporation (or entity treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes); or

 

   

a foreign estate or foreign trust.

 

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax adviser.

 

This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law, possibly with retroactive application, will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and do not plan to seek any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), with respect to statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with our statements and conclusions.

 

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not deal with federal taxes other than the U.S. federal income tax or with non-U.S., state or local tax considerations. Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain non-U.S. holders, including:

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

passive foreign investment companies; and

 

   

investors in pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Code.

 

Such non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

 

This summary applies only to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).

 

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax adviser concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under U.S. tax laws other than the federal income tax law or under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

138


Table of Contents

Dividends

 

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we make a distribution of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) with respect to our common stock (or certain redemptions that are treated as distributions with respect to common stock), any such distributions will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are generally attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements including delivery of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI must be satisfied for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

If the amount of a distribution paid on our common stock exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of such share of common stock treated as described below under the heading “Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.” Your adjusted tax basis is generally the purchase price of such shares, reduced by the amount of any such tax-free returns of capital.

 

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate to avoid or reduce withholding of U.S. federal income tax for dividends, then you must (a) provide the withholding agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a U.S. person and are eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that act as intermediaries (including partnerships).

 

You should consult your tax adviser regarding the certification requirements for non-U.S. persons.

 

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing timely an appropriate claim with the IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business you conduct in the United States, and, in cases in which certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment; or

 

   

we are or have been during a specified testing period a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and certain other conditions are met.

 

If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and the gain on disposition of the common stock is effectively connected with the conduct of this trade or business, you will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of your effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

139


Table of Contents

We believe we are not currently a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests from time to time, there can be no assurance that we are not or will not become a USRPHC. Even if we are a USRPHC, a gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by you of our common stock will not be subject to tax if such class of stock is considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, and you own, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition of the stock or your holding period for such stock. We expect our common stock to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, although we cannot guarantee it will be so traded. If a gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our stock were subject to taxation due to USRPHC status, you would be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a U.S. person (subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals) and the person acquiring our stock from you generally would have to withhold 10% of the amount of the proceeds of the disposition. A non-U.S. holder subject to withholding under such circumstances should consult its tax adviser as to whether such non-U.S. holder can obtain a refund or credit for all or a portion of the withheld amounts.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. The IRS may make this information available to the tax authorities in the country in which you are resident.

 

In addition, you may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

   

If the proceeds are paid to or through the U.S. office of a broker, the proceeds generally will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

   

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is not a U.S. person and is not a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections (a “U.S.-related person”), information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply.

 

   

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or a U.S.-related person, the proceeds generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding), unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished by you to the IRS.

 

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held By or Through Foreign Entities

 

Legislation enacted March 18, 2010 generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Absent any applicable exception, this legislation also generally will impose a

 

140


Table of Contents

withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly own more than 10% of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return or other documentation as required by the IRS to claim such refunds or credits. This legislation generally is effective for payments made after December 31, 2012. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisers regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

THE SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

141


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc. 

  

Total:

  

 

The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representative,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriting agreement provides for a firm commitment underwriting, and the underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to          additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of          shares, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholder. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock.

 

          Total
     Per Share    No Exercise    Full Exercise

Public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

        

Selling stockholder

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholder

        

 

142


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        .

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SLCA.”

 

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions or otherwise without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock; or

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to the sale of shares to the underwriters.

 

With respect to us, the restrictions described above do not apply to:

 

   

issuances of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of any existing option or warrant or the conversion of any security currently outstanding that is disclosed in this prospectus;

 

   

issuances of options or other equity compensation relating to our common stock pursuant to our existing equity compensation plan that is described in this prospectus;

 

   

repurchases of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock held by any of our directors or officers pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement in connection with the director’s or officer’s termination of employment with us, provided that the terms of any such plan or agreement require such repurchase;

 

   

issuances of shares of our common stock in connection with any bona fide acquisition, joint venture, strategic partnership or collaboration arrangement, provided that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued is not greater than 5% of the number of shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, as adjusted to include the shares offered in this offering, and the recipient of the common stock agrees to be bound by the restrictions described above; or

 

   

the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 or other appropriate forms as required by the Securities Act, and any amendments thereto, relating to our common stock issued or issuable under our existing equity compensation plan.

 

143


Table of Contents

With respect to our directors, officers and the other holders of our outstanding stock, the restrictions described above do not apply to:

 

   

transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of our common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock as a bona fide gift or by will or intestacy;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the director, officer or such other holder of our outstanding stock or an immediate family member of such individual;

 

   

distributions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to affiliates of the director, officer or such other holder of our outstanding stock, including distributions to general or limited partners, members, stockholders or wholly owned subsidiaries;

 

   

the establishment or amendment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of our common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the director, officer, such other holder of our outstanding stock or us during the restricted period;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of us, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the shares of our common stock owned by the director, officer or such other holder of our outstanding stock will remain subject to the restrictions described above;

 

   

making any demand for, or exercising any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, provided that no registration statement shall be filed with the SEC pursuant to such demand or right during the restricted period; or

 

   

the exercise of any options to purchase our common stock held by the director, officer or such other holder of our outstanding stock in accordance with their terms and described in this prospectus, provided that the shares of our common stock issued to the director, officer or such other holder of our outstanding stock pursuant to such exercise will remain subject to the restrictions described above;

 

provided that, in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the second, third or fourth bullets above, (w) each transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of the lock-up agreement signed by the director, officer or other holder of our outstanding stock and (x) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period, except such a filing may be made in the case of a distribution pursuant to the fourth bullet above, provided that such filing clearly states that (y) the reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock is the result of a distribution to affiliates and (z) all such distributees signed and delivered a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of the lock-up agreement signed by the director, officer or other holder of our outstanding stock.

 

144


Table of Contents

The restricted period will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period,

 

in which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. There are no agreements between us or, to our knowledge, any holders of our outstanding stock or stock options and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC regarding the early release of common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, and we are not aware of any intention of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC to release any common stock or other securities from lock-up agreements during the restricted period. At least two business days before the effectiveness of any written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC during the restricted period, (1) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will notify U.S. Silica of the impending release or waiver of any restriction and (2) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will announce such release or waiver through a major news service (unless previously announced), except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of common stock that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

As described below under “Directed Share Program,” any participants in the Directed Share Program shall be subject to a 180-day lock up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision as the lock-up agreement described above. Any shares sold in the Directed Share Program to our directors or officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreement described above.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

145


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with registering and listing our common stock. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us and the selling stockholder for certain of these expenses.

 

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Other Relationships

 

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

Directed Share Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved          percent of the shares of common stock to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons of U.S. Silica. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

146


Table of Contents
  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

 

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

147


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with Golden Gate Capital. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with Golden Gate Capital in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

 

148


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

 

The information appearing in this prospectus concerning estimates of our proven and probable mineral reserves was derived from the report of John T. Boyd Company, independent mining engineers and geologists, and has been included herein under the authority of John T. Boyd Company as experts with respect to the matters covered by such report and in giving such report.

 

149


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

 

You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other information we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Room at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about companies like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

 

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, http://www.ussilica.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock. We will furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each year.

 

150


Table of Contents

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page
Number
 

Report of Grant Thornton LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Audited Combined Financial Statements

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F-3   

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December  31, 2009 and for the periods from November 25, 2008 to December 31, 2008 (Successor) and from January 1, 2008 to November 24, 2008 (Predecessor)

     F-5   

Combined Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the years ended December  31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and for the periods from November 25, 2008 to December 31, 2008 (Successor) and from January 1, 2008 to November 24, 2008 (Predecessor)

     F-6   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December  31, 2009 and for the periods from November 25, 2008 to December 31, 2008 (Successor) and from January 1, 2008 to November 24, 2008 (Predecessor)

     F-7   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-9   

Unaudited Combined Financial Statements

  

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F-37   

Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-39   

Condensed Combined Statements of Stockholder’s (Deficit) Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-40   

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-41   

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-42   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and for the periods from November 25, 2008 to December 31, 2008 (Successor) and January 1, 2008 to November 24, 2008 (Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and schedule are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and schedule, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended and for the periods from November 25, 2008 to December 31, 2008 (Successor) and January 1, 2008 to November 24, 2008 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

 

Baltimore, Maryland

July 18, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

      2010      2009  
ASSETS      

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 64,500       $ 14,474   

Accounts receivable

     

Trade, net

     29,265         25,707   

Other

     779         6,054   

Inventories, net

     22,418         23,287   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,191         3,385   

Deferred income taxes, net

     4,557         3,549   

Income tax receivable

     2,150           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     126,860         76,456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     

Mining property and mine development

     154,529         154,529   

Asset retirement cost

     5,620         5,620   

Land

     21,618         18,647   

Land improvements

     9,261         9,261   

Buildings

     17,204         14,897   

Machinery and equipment

     111,227         95,589   

Furniture and fixtures

     28         28   

Construction-in-progress

     4,739         10,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     324,226         309,558   

Less accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization

     36,631         18,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

     287,595         290,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

     

Debt issuance costs, net

     1,322         3,773   

Goodwill

     68,403         68,403   

Trade names

     10,436         10,436   

Customer relationships, net

     7,353         7,763   

Other

     6,565         6,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

     94,079         96,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 508,534       $ 463,967   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
     2010     2009  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 1,510      $ 1,485   

Book overdraft

     3,727        1,229   

Accounts payable

     12,027        9,779   

Accrued liabilities

     8,949        6,918   

Accrued interest

     101        79   

Income taxes payable

            191   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     6,512        3,802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     32,826        23,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

    

Deferred income taxes, net

     53,124        53,440   

Long-term debt

     236,932        177,622   

Note payable to parent

     15,000          

Deferred revenue

     13,077        21,599   

Liability for pension and other postretirement benefits

     49,460        51,669   

Other long-term obligations

     10,551        9,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term obligations

     378,144        313,454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

              

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

Common stock:

    

Par value $0.01, authorized 100,000,000 shares, issued 50,000,000 shares

     500        500   

Additional paid-in capital

     102,519        126,649   

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (215     3,681   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (5,240     (3,800
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     97,564        127,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 508,534      $ 463,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor          Predecessor  
     1/1 - 12/31     1/1 - 12/31     11/25 - 12/31          1/1 - 11/24  

Sales

   $ 244,953      $ 191,623      $ 17,197          $ 216,386   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation, depletion, and amortization, shown separately)

     157,994        136,200        13,605            154,616   

Operating expenses

            

Selling, general and administrative

     21,663        11,922        2,122            19,600   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     19,305        17,887        1,803            15,264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 
     40,968        29,809        3,925            34,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     45,991        25,614        (333         26,906   

Other (expense) income

            

Interest expense

     (23,034     (28,228     (3,343         (640

Early extinguishment of debt

     (10,195                         

Other income, net, including interest income

     959        4,894        145            1,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 
     (32,270     (23,334     (3,198         686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     13,721        2,280        (3,531         27,592   

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (2,329     3,259        1,673            (8,457
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 11,392      $ 5,539      $ (1,858       $ 19,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Earnings per share

            

Earnings (loss) per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.23      $ 0.11      $ (0.04      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     50,000,000        50,000,000        50,000,000         

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

Years ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

                      Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
       
         
  Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)
    Unrealized
(loss) gain
on derivatives
    Pension and
other
postretirement
benefits
liability
    Total     Total
Stockholders’
equity
 

Predecessor Balance at January 1, 2008

  $      $ 289,172      $ 3,258      $ (61   $ (267   $ (328   $ 292,102   

Comprehensive income, net of income taxes

             

Net income

                  19,135                             19,135   

Unrealized loss on derivatives

                         (1,336            (1,336     (1,336

Minimum pension liability

                                (14,733     (14,733     (14,733
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                              3,066   

Dividend

                  (20,200                          (20,200

Acquisition of U.S. Silica Company

           (167,972     (2,193     1,397        15,000        16,397        (153,768
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor Balance at November 24, 2008

           121,200                                    121,200   

Comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

             

Net loss

                  (1,858                          (1,858

Unrealized loss on derivatives

                         (1,688            (1,688     (1,688

Minimum pension liability

                                (991     (991     (991
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                                              (4,537

Stock split

    500        (500                                   

Capital contributed by parent

           5,000                                    5,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor Balance at December 31, 2008

    500        125,700        (1,858     (1,688     (991     (2,679     121,663   

Comprehensive income, net of income taxes

             

Net income

                  5,539                             5,539   

Unrealized gain on derivatives

                         1,639               1,639        1,639   

Minimum pension liability

                                (2,760     (2,760     (2,760
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                              4,418   

Equity-based compensation

           949                                   949   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor Balance at December 31, 2009

    500        126,649        3,681        (49     (3,751     (3,800     127,030   

Comprehensive income, net of income taxes

             

Net income

                  11,392                             11,392   

Unrealized loss on derivatives

                         (483            (483     (483

Minimum pension liability

                                (957     (957     (957
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                              9,952   

Capital contributed by parent

           11,800                                    11,800   

Equity-based compensation

           383                                    383   

Dividend

           (36,313     (15,288                          (51,601
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 500      $ 102,519      $ (215   $ (532   $ (4,708   $ (5,240   $ 97,564   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor          Predecessor  
     1/1 - 12/31     1/1 - 12/31     11/25 - 12/31          1/1 - 11/24  

Cash flows from operating activities

            

Net income (loss)

   $ 11,392      $ 5,539      $ (1,858       $ 19,135   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities

            

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     19,305        17,887        1,803            15,264   

Debt issuance amortization

     450        853        474            28   

Original issue discount amortization

     383        830        83              

Early extinguishment of debt

     10,195                            

Deferred income taxes

     (1,324     (4,236     (3,422         (6,746

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     2        8        9            1,777   

Deferred revenue

     (5,812     (1,693     94              

Liability for pension and other postretirement benefits

     (2,209     3,757        1,801            20,644   

Equity-based compensation

     383        949                     

Other

     (770     (6,497     11,741            (19,053

Changes in assets and liabilities

            

Trade receivables

     (3,558     1,102        5,435            (2,863

Other receivables

     5,275        (1,391     (2,901         (49

Inventories

     869        (225     (233         (2,112

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     194        1,521        114            (884

Income taxes

     (2,341     840        (640         167   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     4,282        (5,293     (2,320         2,606   

Accrued interest

     22        (88     163            (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     36,738        13,863        10,343            27,913   
 

Cash flows from investing activities

            

Capital expenditures

     (15,241     (13,350     (2,224         (7,818

Asset acquisition

                   (322,939           

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     78        42                   775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (15,163     (13,308     (325,163         (7,043

 

F-7


Table of Contents
     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor           Predecessor  
     1/1 -12/31     1/1 - 12/31     11/25 - 12/31           1/1 - 11/24  

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Change in book overdraft

     2,497        (1,488     (2,628          1,435   

Issuance of common stock

                   121,200               

Capital contributed by parent

     11,800               5,000               

Proceeds from issuance of note to parent

     15,000                             

Dividends paid

     (51,601                        (20,200

Advances from customers

                   27,000               

Issuance of long-term debt

     65,909        3,307        176,860               

Repayment of long-term debt

     (11,214     (2,048     (1          (35

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (5     (4     (1          (3

Prepayment penalties on long-term debt

     (392                          

Financing fees

     (3,543     (55     (4,908            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     28,451        (288     322,522             (18,803
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     50,026        267        7,702             2,067   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 14,474      $ 14,207        6,505             4,438   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 64,500      $ 14,474      $ 14,207           $ 6,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

             

Cash paid during the period for:

             

Interest

   $ 20,108      $ 22,103      $ 2,152           $ 609   

Income taxes

     4,246        301        656             3,928   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), formerly GGC USS Holdings, Inc., was organized November 14, 2008 and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GGC USS Holdings, LLC. On November 25, 2008, U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. acquired Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC, whose only operating subsidiary was U.S. Silica Company (“U.S. Silica”). Holdings also owns Preferred Rocks USS, Inc (Preferred Rocks). In addition, effective with the offering of securities under Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, GGC USS Holdings, LLC will contribute to Holdings all of the stock of its wholly-owned subsidiary, GGC RCS Holdings, Inc., whose operating subsidiary is Coated Sand Solutions, LLC. U.S. Silica produces industrial minerals and Preferred Rocks maintains supply agreements with certain customers in the oil and gas market. Coated Sand Solutions is developing resin-coated sand products for sale into the oil and gas market.

 

Holdings and its subsidiaries are presented on a combined basis with GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. and are collectively referred to as the “Company” in the accompanying financial statements and footnotes.

 

On November 25, 2008, U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. acquired Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC by purchasing 100% of its member units for approximately $310.4 million. The acquisition was financed as follows:

 

Equity contribution

   $ 121,200   

Senior term loan (net of original issue discount of $3,060)

     98,940   

Subordinated promissory notes (net of original issue discount of $2,400)

     77,600   

Customer advances

     27,000   

Debt assumed

     86   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

     324,826   

Less cash received

     (14,440

Purchase price, net of cash received

   $ 310,386   
  

 

 

 

 

The equity was contributed by GGC USS Holdings, LLC through the purchase of 50,000,000 shares of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. common stock. The senior term loan, subordinated promissory notes, customer advances, and debt assumed were incurred by the Company’s subsidiary, U.S. Silica Company.

 

In December, the Company’s parent made an additional $5 million capital contribution in cash. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The results of operations for the acquisition have been included since the date of acquisition in the accompanying financial statements. The excess purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired of approximately $68.4 million has been allocated to goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price was as follows:

 

Working capital, other than cash

   $ 38,963   

Property, plant and equipment

     139,645   

Mining property and reserves

     154,423   

Goodwill

     68,403   

Other intangibles

     18,651   

Other assets

     11,297   

Other liabilities

     (60,077

Deferred income taxes

     (60,919
  

 

 

 

Purchase price, net of cash received

   $ 310,386   
  

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION—Continued

 

The following unaudited supplemental pro forma financial information reflects the combined results of operations as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of 2008. The supplemental pro forma information includes adjustments primarily for interest expense as well as additional depreciation, depletion and amortization based upon the fair values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
(unaudited)
 

Revenue

   $ 233,583   

Net loss

   $ (1,581

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of Combination

 

The combined financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. (formed in 2010). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination.

 

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates include allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence, amortization, depreciation and depletion, income taxes, environmental and product liabilities, mine reclamation and employee benefit costs. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased are considered cash equivalents. The Company places its cash in high quality institutions. Accounts at each institution are insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Cash balances at times may exceed federally-insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The majority of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the glass, oil and natural gas drilling, building products, filler and extenders, foundries and other major industries. Credit is extended based on evaluation of a customers’ financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30 days and are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the payment terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation

 

F-10


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Accounts Receivable—continued

 

to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes-off accounts receivable when they are deemed uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out and average cost methods.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is recorded when legal title passes at the time of shipment to the customer and all of the following four criteria are met: pervasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Amounts received from customers in advance of revenue recognition are deferred as liabilities.

 

The Company derives its sales by mining and processing minerals that its customers purchase for various uses. Its sales are primarily a function of the price per ton realized and the volumes sold. In some instances, its sales also include a charge for transportation services it provides to its customers. The Company’s transportation revenue fluctuates based on a number of factors, including the volume of product it transports under contract, service agreements with its customers, the mode of transportation utilized and the distance between its plants and customers.

 

The Company primarily sells its products under short-term price agreements or at prevailing market rates. For a limited number of customers, the Company sells under long-term, competitively-bid supply agreements. The Company has take-or-pay supply agreements with three of its customers in the oil & gas proppants segment with initial terms expiring between 2014 and 2016. These agreements define, among other commitments, the volume of product that its customers must purchase, the volume of product that it must provide and the price that it will charge and that its customers will pay for each product. Prices under these agreements are generally fixed and subject to upward adjustment in response to certain cost increases. As a result, the Company’s realized prices may not grow at rates consistent with broader industry pricing. For example, during periods of rapid price growth, its realized prices may grow more slowly than those of competitors, and during periods of price decline, its realized prices may outperform industry averages.

 

The Company invoices the majority of its clients on a per shipment basis, although for some larger customers, the Company consolidates invoices weekly or monthly. Standard terms are net 30 days, although extended terms are offered in competitive situations. The amounts invoiced include the amount charged for the product, transportation costs (if paid by the Company) and costs for additional services as applicable, such as costs related to transload the product from railcars to trucks for delivery to the customer site.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings. The Company has no potentially dilutive securities outstanding.

 

Transportation Revenue and Expense

 

Transportation revenue is the revenue the Company receives from charging its customers to deliver product to their locations or to a transload site from which customers are able to take possession and is included in revenue. Transportation expense is the cost the Company pays to ship product from its production facilities to customer facilities or to a transload site from which customers can take possession and is included in cost of goods sold.

 

Debt Issuance Costs

 

Debt issuance costs consist of loan origination costs, which are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt principal. Amortization included in interest expense was $447 for the year ended December 31, 2010, $853 for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $28 and $471 for the 2008 predecessor and successor periods, respectively.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Depreciable properties, mining properties, and mineral deposits acquired in connection with business acquisitions are recorded at fair market value as of the date of acquisition. Additions and improvements occurring through the normal course of business are capitalized at cost.

 

Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Construction-in-progress is primarily comprised of machinery and equipment, which has not yet been placed in service.

 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 1 to 15 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful lives of the asset or the lease term.

 

Depletion and amortization of mineral deposits are provided, as the minerals are extracted, based on units of production and engineering estimates of mineable reserves. The impact of revisions to reserve estimates is recognized on a prospective basis.

 

The amount of interest costs capitalized in property, plant and equipment was $456 for the year ended December 31, 2010, $185 for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $0 for both the predecessor and successor 2008 reporting periods.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and Related Impairment

 

The Company’s intangible assets consist of goodwill, which is not being amortized; indefinite lived intangibles, which consist of certain trade names that are not subject to amortization; and customer relationships, which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life of 20 years. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets from the business acquisition. As of December 31, 2010, the gross carrying amount of the customer relationships intangible asset was $8.2 million with accumulated amortization of $817. The estimated annual amortization in each of the next five years is $406.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually as of October 31 or more frequently whenever events or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of those assets. The impairment test for goodwill requires a comparison of the fair value with the carrying amount, including goodwill. If this comparison reflects impairment, then the loss would be measured as the excess of recorded goodwill over its implied fair value. Implied fair value is the excess of the fair value of the Company over the fair value of all recognized and unrecognized assets and liabilities.

 

The evaluation of goodwill for possible impairment includes estimating the fair value of the Company using discounted cash flows and multiples of cash earnings valuation techniques, plus valuation comparisons to similar businesses. These valuations require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding future operating results, cash flows, changes in working capital and capital expenditures, selling prices, profitability, and the cost of capital. Although the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used were reasonable, actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Excluding Goodwill

 

The Company periodically evaluates whether current events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of its long-lived assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined to exist, an estimate of future cash flows produced by the long-lived assets, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether an impairment exists. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured based on quoted market prices in active markets, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including a discounted value of estimated future cash flows. A detailed determination of the fair value may be carried forward from one year to the next if certain criteria have been met. The Company reports an asset to be disposed of at the lower of its carrying value or its estimated net realizable value.

 

Mine Exploration and Development

 

Costs to develop new mining properties and expand existing properties are capitalized and amortized based on units of production.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Mine Reclamation Costs

 

The estimated net future costs of dismantling, restoring and reclaiming operating mines and related mine sites, in accordance with federal, state and local regulatory requirements, are accrued in the period in which the liability is incurred at the estimated fair value. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The liability is accreted through charges to operating expenses. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount of the liability, a gain or loss is recognized on settlement. The Company reported a liability of $6.4 million and $5.9 million in other long-term obligations related to this obligation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Changes in the asset retirement obligation are as follows:

 

     2010      2009  

Beginning balance

   $ 5,905       $ 5,639   

Payments

             (192

Accretion

     496         458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 6,401       $ 5,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. This approach requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the expenses are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The Company recognizes a tax benefit associated with an uncertain tax position when, in management’s judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company initially and subsequently measures the tax benefit as the largest amount that it judges to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law developments and new or emerging legislation. Such adjustments are recognized entirely in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management.

 

The largest permanent item in computing both the Company’s effective tax rate and taxable income is the deduction allowed for statutory depletion. The impact of statutory depletion on the effective tax rate is presented in Note N to these financial statements. The deduction for statutory depletion does not necessarily change proportionately to changes in income before income taxes.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Equity-based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services rendered in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as stock options and restricted stock, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of the grant. Compensation expense for equity units is recognized, on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service period for the fair value of the awards that actually vest.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 29%, 23% and 22% of sales in the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, and for the predecessor and successor periods ended for 2008, respectively. Management believes it maintains adequate reserves for potential credit losses; ongoing credit evaluations are performed and collateral is generally not required.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements to manage interest and energy costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates and natural gas prices. Amounts to be paid or received under these hedge agreements are accrued as interest rates or natural gas prices change and are recognized over the life of the hedge agreements as an adjustment to interest expense or, in the case of natural gas, cost of goods sold. The Company’s policy is to not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. When entered into, these financial instruments are designated as hedges of underlying exposures, associated with the Company’s long-term debt and energy costs, and are monitored to determine if they remain effective hedges. Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income net of tax and reclassified to earnings in a manner that matches the timing of the earnings impact of the hedged transactions. The ineffective portion of all hedges, if any, is recognized currently in income. Additional disclosures for derivative instruments are presented in Note J to these financial statements.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of financial instruments classified as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable, approximate carrying value due to the short-term maturity of the instruments. The fair value of short-term and long-term debt amounts approximates their carrying values and are based on their effective interest rates compared to current market rates.

 

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and have the highest priority. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the financial asset or liability.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—continued

 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  

Money market funds

   $ 34,769       $      $       $ 34,769   

Natural gas derivatives

             (109             (109

Interest rate derivative

             257                257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net asset (liability)

   $ 34,769       $ 148      $       $ 34,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Level 2 natural gas and interest rate derivatives are measured by the spot rates from actively quoted markets using the income approach.

 

Environmental Costs

 

Environmental costs, other than qualifying capital expenditures, are accrued at the time the exposure becomes known and costs can be reasonably estimated. Costs are accrued based upon management’s estimates of all direct costs, after taking into account expected reimbursement by third parties (primarily the sellers of acquired businesses), and are reviewed by outside consultants. Environmental costs are charged to expense unless a settlement with an indemnifying party has been reached.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity from transactions and other events from nonowner sources and consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). The Company includes changes in the fair value of cash flow hedge derivative instruments in other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) also includes any portion of the funded status of pension and other postretirement defined benefit plans that has not been recognized as an expense. At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and November 24, 2008, other comprehensive income included in stockholders’ equity consisted of the following:

 

     Gross     Tax      Net  

Unrealized loss on derivatives

   $ (871   $ 339       $ (532

Pension and other postretirement benefits liability

     (7,689     2,981         (4,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at December 31, 2010

   $ (8,560   $ 3,320       $ (5,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on derivatives

   $ (80   $ 31       $ (49

Pension and other postretirement benefits liability

     (5,393     1,642         (3,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at December 31, 2009

   $ (5,473   $ 1,673       $ (3,800
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on derivatives

   $ (2,763   $ 1,075       $ (1,688

Pension and other postretirement benefits liability

     (1,667     676         (991
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at December 31, 2008

   $ (4,430   $ 1,751       $ (2,679
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on derivatives

   $      $       $   

Pension and other postretirement benefits liability

                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at November 24, 2008

   $      $       $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Impact of Recent Accounting Standards/Pronouncements

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance which requires entities to provide greater transparency about transfers of financial assets and a company’s continuing involvement in those transferred financial assets. The accounting guidance also removes the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity. The adoption of this accounting guidance effective January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial condition or results of operations.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance which changes the existing consolidation model for variable interest entities to a new model based on a qualitative assessment of power and economics. The adoption of this accounting guidance effective January 1, 2010 did not have an impact on the Company’s combined financial condition or results of operations.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that amends existing disclosure requirements of fair value measurements adding required disclosures about items transferring into and out of Levels 1 and 2 in the fair value hierarchy; adding separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relative to Level 3 measurements; and clarifying, among other things, the existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation. The adoption of this guidance effective January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial condition or results of operations.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—Continued

 

 

Impact of Recent Accounting Standards/Pronouncements—continued

 

In July 2010, new guidance was introduced which would increase disclosures regarding the credit quality of an entity’s financing receivables and its allowance for credit losses. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to disclose credit quality indicators, past due information, and modifications of its financing receivables. The adoption of this guidance effective January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial condition or results of operations.

 

Accounting Guidance Pending Adoption

 

In October 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance that sets forth the requirements that must be met for a company to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet been delivered. The adoption of this guidance effective January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial condition or results of operations.

 

NOTE C—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, receivables consisted of the following:

 

     2010     2009  

Trade receivables

   $ 30,097      $ 26,436   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (832     (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

     29,265        25,707   

Other receivables

     779        6,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,044      $ 31,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables relate to sales of commercial silica, for which credit is extended based on the customer’s credit history. Other receivables primarily represent amounts due from insurance claims under an indemnity (Note M) and taxes.

 

Changes in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Beginning balance

   $ 729      $ 804   

Bad debt provision

     270        180   

Accounts written off

     (167     (255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 832      $ 729   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE D—INVENTORIES

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, inventories consisted of the following:

 

     2010      2009  

Supplies

   $ 11,475       $ 11,716   

Raw materials and work in process

     6,208         5,538   

Finished goods

     4,735         6,033   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 22,418       $ 23,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

NOTE E—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     2010      2009  

Accrued vacation liability

   $ 2,469       $ 2,268   

Current portion of liability for pension and postretirement benefits

     1,420         1,274   

Accrued healthcare liability

     1,017         911   

Other accrued liabilities

     4,043         2,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,949       $ 6,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company is self-insured for health care claims for eligible participating employees and qualified dependent medical claims, subject to deductibles and limitations. The Company’s liabilities for claims incurred but not reported are determined based on an estimate of the ultimate aggregate liability for claims incurred. The estimate is calculated from actual claim rates and reviewed and adjusted periodically as necessary.

 

NOTE F—LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

The Company is obligated under certain operating leases for railroad cars, office space, mining property, mining/processing equipment and transportation and other equipment. Certain operating lease agreements include options to purchase the equipment for fair market value at the end of the original lease term. Future minimum annual commitments under such operating leases at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2011

   $ 5,054   

2012

     4,394   

2013

     2,900   

2014

     983   

2015

     661   

Thereafter

     2,707   
  

 

 

 
   $ 16,699   
  

 

 

 

 

Rental expense for operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 totaled approximately $4.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively, and $3.4 million and $143 for the 2008 predecessor and successor periods, respectively.

 

In general, the above leases include renewal options and provide that the Company pays for all utilities, insurance, taxes and maintenance.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE G—SHORT-TERM DEBT

 

The Company has a $35.0 million, asset-based revolving line-of-credit agreement with Wachovia Bank, National Association (“Wachovia”). Under the terms of the revolving credit agreement, which expires October 31, 2015, the Company has pledged all of its inventory and accounts receivable as collateral for the loan. The revolving credit agreement includes certain conditions to borrowings, representations, and covenants, including required minimum fixed charge coverage and maximum leverage ratios that are measured quarterly, other covenants that impose restrictions on the Company, and certain events of default including an event of default upon the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement. Advances under the credit agreement bear interest at either LIBOR plus 275 basis points, or prime plus 175 basis points, at the Company’s option. The interest rate is reduced by 25 basis points when availability under the credit agreement is greater than $10 million. The interest rate on the line-of-credit was 5.0% at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios are not applicable when availability is above $7.5 million.

 

Monthly borrowing availability (the borrowing base) is determined by a formula, taking into consideration eligible accounts receivable and inventory, reduced by any outstanding letters of credit and a provision based on the market value of any derivatives in place with Wachovia. Each day, all cash receipts are automatically applied as a reduction against any advances made by Wachovia to the Company, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to borrowings to meet its daily cash requirements, up to the amount available under the borrowing base. If the monthly borrowing base is less than the $35.0 million total line-of-credit, then, at Wachovia’s sole discretion, advances in excess of the borrowing base may be made up to the full amount of the $35.0 million line-of-credit.

 

U.S. Silica’s obligations under the revolving credit agreement are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

 

As of December 31, 2010, the available borrowing base was $25.5 million, with nothing drawn as of that date and $9.2 million allocated for letters of credit and $1.2 million reserved for derivatives, leaving $15.1 million available for general corporate use under this revolving credit agreement.

 

NOTE H—LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     2010     2009  

Senior Secured Credit Facility:

    

Term Loan Facility (final maturity May 7, 2016) (5.75% and 8.75% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively), net of unamortized original issue discount of $733 and $2,429

   $ 163,442      $ 97,531   

Subordinated Notes:

    

Promissory Notes (final maturity May 7, 2017) (12.00% and 18.50% at December 31, 2010 and 2009 ), net of unamortized original issue discount of $0 and $2,118

     75,000        81,509   

Mortgage Notes:

    

4.0% note (due June 8, 2016)

            67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     238,442        179,107   

Less current portion

     (1,510     (1,485
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 236,932      $ 177,622   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE H—LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS—Continued

 

At December 31, 2010, contractual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2011

   $ 1,510   

2012

     1,512   

2013

     1,513   

2014

     1,514   

2015

     79,065   

Thereafter

     153,328   
  

 

 

 
   $ 238,442   
  

 

 

 

 

Debt Agreements

 

The Company entered into a $102 million Term Loan under the conditions set forth in a credit agreement dated November 25, 2008 (the “Term Loan Agreement”). On May 7, 2010 the Term Loan Agreement was amended in several ways including an increase in the principal, a reduction in the interest rate, and an extension of the expiration date to May 7, 2016. The Term Loan Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company except accounts receivable and inventory. Advances under the modified Term Loan Agreement bear interest at either LIBOR plus 400 basis points, or prime plus 300 basis points, at the Company’s option, with a minimum interest rate of 5.75%. The amended Term Loan was issued at a 0.5% original issue discount of $825 which is being amortized as additional interest expense over the life of the loan based on the effective interest method.

 

Under the terms of a Note Purchase Agreement dated November 25, 2008, the Company issued $80 million of unsecured notes (the “Notes”). On May 7, 2010, the Note Purchase Agreement was amended to decrease the principal and interest rate and now matures on May 7, 2017. The Notes as amended bear interest at LIBOR plus 1025 basis points, payable quarterly, with a minimum rate of 12.00%.

 

As a result of the refinancing that occurred May 7, 2010 the Company recorded a charge to the Statement of Operations of $10.2 million for early debt extinguishment. This charge includes the write-off of the debt issuance cost and the original issue discount associated with the original term loan and note purchase agreements as well as lenders fees incurred as a result of the modification of these agreements.

 

The above agreements contain various restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company to engage in certain transactions with affiliates, incur additional indebtedness, repay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments, create liens on assets, make investments or acquisitions, engage in mergers or consolidations, dispose of assets, or pay dividends. In addition, the agreements require the Company to maintain certain financial covenants, annually and quarterly, including a leverage ratio, a fixed charge coverage ratio and a capital expenditures covenant. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2010.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE I—DEFERRED REVENUE

 

On November 25, 2008, the Company, through an affiliate, received advances from two customers totaling $27 million. The deposits give these customers the right to purchase certain products for a fixed price at certain minimum volumes. In addition, the customers have security on their deposit in the form of promissory notes with an affiliate collateralized by undivided mineral interests in the Company’s mineral deposits. These notes originally bore interest at 10% compounded quarterly, to the extent any interest is unpaid. The obligations and related interest are reduced as shipments occur with a portion of the sales price being received in cash and a smaller noncash portion reducing first any accrued interest and then, to the extent available, any outstanding principal. As such, the notes do not require any payments in cash. The notes mature on December 31, 2015 and November 25, 2016. In December 2009, $12 million of the notes were amended to reduce the interest rate to 5%, retroactive to November 25, 2008. Effective January 1, 2010, the remaining $15 million was amended to reduce the interest rate to 6%, prospectively.

 

NOTE J—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements are utilized in the normal course of business to manage the Company’s interest and energy costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates and natural gas prices. These hedge agreements are used to exchange the difference between fixed and variable-rate interest amounts or natural gas prices calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount or natural gas quantity. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. By their nature, all such instruments involve risk, including the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract (credit risk) or the possibility that future changes in market price may make a financial instrument less valuable or more onerous (market risk). As is customary for these types of instruments, the Company does not require collateral or other security from other parties to these instruments. In management’s opinion, there is no significant risk of loss in the event of nonperformance of the counterparties to these financial instruments.

 

The fair value of the hedge agreements represents the estimated receipts or payments that would be required to settle the agreements at year-end. Quoted market prices of similar instruments were used to estimate the fair values of the interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements. The notional amount represents agreed upon amounts on which calculations of dollars to be exchanged are based. They do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties and, therefore, are not a measure of the Company’s exposure. The Company’s credit exposure is limited to the fair value of the contracts with a positive fair value plus interest receivable, if any, at the reporting date.

 

    Maturity
Date
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Contract/
Notional

Amount
          Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
    Contract/
Notional

Amount
          Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
 

Natural gas rate swap agreements

    2010                926,029        MMBTU      $ 68      $ 68   

Natural gas rate cap agreement

    2010                60,000        MMBTU      $ 11      $ 11   

Natural gas rate swap agreements

    2011        420,000        MMBTU      $ (109   $ (109        

Interest rate cap agreement

    2012      $ 100 million        (1)      $ 13      $ 13      $ 100 million        (1)      $ 412      $ 412   

Interest rate cap agreement

    2013      $ 20 million        (1)      $ 244      $ 244           

 

  (1)   Agreement limits the LIBOR floating interest rate base to 4%.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE J—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS—Continued

 

The Company has designated these contracts as qualified cash flow hedges. Accordingly, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and recognized in earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The Company had no ineffectiveness for such contracts in any of the reporting periods.

 

NOTE K—ACQUISITION OF U.S. SILICA COMPANY

 

On November 25, 2008, the Company acquired 100% of U.S. Silica Company through the acquisition of Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC, an affiliate of our former parent company. As a result of the Company’s 100% ownership interest, the Company pushed down its basis in the underlying assets and liabilities based on the estimated fair values. These fair values were determined by management with input from an independent appraisal firm.

 

NOTE L—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

 

During 2009, the board of directors of the Company’s parent company, GGC USS Holdings, LLC, approved, and the parent company implemented, a management equity program (the “Equity Program”). The Equity Program granted Class C and Class D member units in the parent company, GGC USS Holdings, LLC, to three members of executive management. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 1,358,410 Class C and 3,680,855 Class D equity units were vested. Under the Equity Program, as of December 31, 2010, approximately 3,680,855 and 3,680,855 Class C and Class D equity incentive units, respectively, were authorized to be granted.

 

The Class C units vest ratably over five years. These units have no exercise price and as such the fair value of the incentive units is equal to the fair value of the underlying equity units. The Class D units were fully vested upon grant.

 

Even though the equity was granted at the parent company, the Company recognized compensation expense related to Class C and D equity incentive units of $383 and $949 in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there was approximately $1.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested Class C equity incentive units. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.20 years. The grant date fair value of Class C and D equity incentive units was $.52 and $.17, respectively.

 

The Company’s activity with respect to Class C and D equity incentive units for 2010 was as follows:

 

(in thousands, except per unit amounts)    Number of
Class C Units
    Class C Unit
Grant Date
Weighted Average
Fair Value
     Number of
Class D Units
     Class D Unit
Grant Date
Weighted Average
Fair Value
 

Unvested, December 31, 2009

     3,058,616      $ 0.52               $ 0.17   

Granted

                              

Vested

     (736,171     0.52                 0.17   

Forfeited

                              
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested, December 31, 2010

     2,322,445      $ 0.52               $ 0.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE L—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION—Continued

 

The total fair value of equity incentive units vested for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $383 and $949, respectively. No equity incentive units were issued in the predecessor and successor periods in 2008.

 

Fair value of the underlying equity units is determined by utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model and taking into consideration the rights and preferences of the underlying equity units.

 

The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes pricing model:

 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.87

Expected volatility

     50.0

Time to liquidity event

     4.0   

 

Risk-free interest rate – This is an interpolated rate from the U.S. constant maturity treasury rate for a term corresponding to the time to liquidity event, as described below. An increase in the risk-free rate will increase compensation expense.

 

Expected volatility – This is a measure of the amount by which the price of various comparable companies common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate, as the Company’s common stock is not publicly-traded. The comparable companies were selected by analyzing public companies in the industry based on various factors including, but not limited to, company size, financial data availability, active trading volume, and capital structure. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

 

Time to liquidity event – This is the period of time over which the underlying equity units are expected to remain outstanding. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.

 

NOTE M—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company’s operating subsidiary, U.S. Silica, has been named as a defendant in 10 product liability claims alleging silica exposure causing silicosis filed in the period January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010. U.S. Silica was named as defendant in 2 claims filed in 2009, and 18 filed in 2008. U.S. Silica has been named as a defendant in similar suits since 1975. As of December 31, 2010, there were 146 active silica-related products liability claims pending in which U.S. Silica is a defendant.

 

Prior to 1986, U.S. Silica had numerous insurance policies and an indemnity from a former owner that cover silicosis claims. Some of those coverages are currently being litigated, however the Company believes the policies and indemnity will remain in force.

 

The Company has recorded estimated liabilities for these claims in other long-term obligations as well as estimated recoveries under the indemnity agreement and an estimate of future recoveries under insurance in other assets on the Company’s combined balance sheets. As of December 31, 2010, other noncurrent assets included $764 for insurance for third-party products liability claims and other long-term obligations included $2.4 million in third-party products claims liability. Based on decreases in the actual claims filed during the periods along with decreases in the estimated future product liability claims and their related costs, the Company recorded

 

F-24


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE M—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES—Continued

 

pre-tax adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses related to silica claims (including a $762 loss in 2010, a $3.3 million gain in 2009, and $0 and $898 gains for the 2008 predecessor and successor periods, respectively).

 

NOTE N—INCOME TAXES

 

The (expense) benefit for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and for the predecessor and successor periods in 2008:

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor          Predecessor  
     1/1 12/31     1/1 12/31     11/25 - 12/31          1/1 - 11/24  

Current

            

Federal

   $ (1,951   $ (663   $          $ (3,744

State

     (55     (392                (352
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 
     (2,006     (1,055                (4,096

Deferred

            

Federal

     563        3,733        1,394            (3,597

State

     (886     581        279            (764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 
     (323     4,314        1,673            (4,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (2,329   $ 3,259      $ 1,673          $ (8,457
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects, based on enacted tax laws, of temporary differences between the values of assets and liabilities recorded for financial reporting and for tax purposes and of net operating loss and other carry-forwards.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE N—INCOME TAXES—Continued

 

The tax effects of the types of temporary differences and carry-forwards that gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 

     2010     2009  

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    

Land and mineral property basis difference

   $ (65,003   $ (66,524

Fixed assets and depreciation

     (38,678     (39,117

Intangible assets

     (7,293     (7,461

Other

     (682     (536
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (111,656     (113,638

Gross deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carry-forward

     20,849        20,526   

Pension and postretirement benefit costs

     18,201        21,829   

Alternative minimum tax credit carry-forward

     8,655        6,699   

Property, plant and equipment

     5,212        5,124   

Accrued expenses

     1,939        1,943   

Inventories

     1,858        1,373   

Third-party products liability

     970        696   

Other

     5,405        5,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     63,089        63,747   

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (48,567     (49,891

Less net current deferred tax assets

     (4,557     (3,549
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net long-term deferred tax liabilities

   $ (53,124   $ (53,440
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had federal net operating loss carry-forwards of $56.6 million and $55.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2021.

 

In addition, the Company has an alternative minimum tax credit carry-forward at December 31, 2010 and 2009 of approximately $8.7 million and $6.4 million, respectively. The credit carry-forward may be carried forward indefinitely to offset any excess of regular tax liability over alternative minimum tax liability subject to certain limitations.

 

Ultimately, the realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon generation of future taxable income during those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or credits can be utilized. To this end, management considers the level of historical taxable income, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, tax-planning strategies and projected future taxable income. Based on these considerations, and the carry-forward availability of a portion of the deferred tax assets, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets.

 

At the end of each reporting period as presented, there were no material amounts of interest and penalties recognized in the statement of operations or balance sheets. The Company has no material unrecognized tax benefits or any known material tax contingencies at December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009 and does not

 

F-26


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE N—INCOME TAXES—Continued

 

expect this to change significantly within the next twelve months. Tax returns filed with the IRS for the years 2006 through 2010 along with tax returns filed with numerous state entities remain subject to examination.

 

The effective income tax rate on pretax earnings differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate for the predecessor and successor periods in 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 for the following reasons:

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor           Predecessor  
                 11/25 - 12/31           1/1 - 11/24  

(Expense) benefit computed at U.S. federal statutory rate

     (35.0 )%      (35.0 )%      35.0          (35.0 )% 

Decrease (increase) resulting from:

             

Percentage depletion

     31.5        149.8        7.2             11.6   

Prior year tax return reconciliation

     (3.4     34.4                    (5.9

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (0.4     13.1        5.1             (2.0

Valuation allowance

                               0.6   

Medicare Part D subsidy

     (8.7     (3.8     0.2             0.2   

Equity-based compensation

     (1.0     (14.6                   

Other, net

     (0.2     (0.9     (0.1          (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (17.2 )%      143.0     47.4          (30.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

The largest permanent item in computing both the Company’s effective tax rate and taxable income is the deduction allowed for statutory depletion. The deduction for statutory depletion does not necessarily change proportionately to changes in income before income taxes.

 

NOTE O—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

The Company maintains a single-employer noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering certain employees. The plan provides benefits based on each covered employee’s years of qualifying service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts within the range of the minimum required and maximum deductible contributions for the plan consistent with a goal of appropriate minimization of the unfunded projected benefit obligation. The pension plan uses a benefit level per year of service for covered hourly employees and a final average pay method for covered salaried employees. The plan uses the projected unit credit cost method to determine the actuarial valuation.

 

The Company employs a total rate of return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth, value and small and large capitalizations. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements, and periodic asset/liability studies.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE O—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS—Continued

 

The Company employs a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed-income are preserved consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established via a building block approach with proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness.

 

In addition, the Company provides defined benefit postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits to some employees. Covered employees become eligible for these benefits at retirement after meeting minimum age and service requirements. The projected future cost of providing postretirement benefits, such as healthcare and life insurance, is recognized as an expense as employees render services.

 

The Company contributes to a Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association trust that will be used to partially fund health care benefits for future retirees. Benefits are funded to the extent contributions are tax deductible, which under current legislation is limited. In general, retiree health benefits are paid as covered expenses are incurred.

 

Net pension cost consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and for the predecessor and successor periods in 2008:

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor          Predecessor  
     1/1 - 12/31     1/1 - 12/31     11/25 - 12/31          1/1 - 11/24  

Service cost—benefits earned during the period

   $ 993      $ 1,034      $ 88          $ 952   

Interest cost

     4,780        5,103        417            4,407   

Expected return on plan assets

     (4,048     (3,918     (332         (5,567

Special termination benefit

     30                            

Net amortization and deferral

     146                          17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net pension costs

   $ 1,901      $ 2,219      $ 173          $ (191
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

Net postretirement cost consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and for the predecessor and successor periods in 2008:

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor          Predecessor  
     1/1 - 12/31     1/1 - 12/31     11/25 - 12/31          1/1 - 11/24  

Service cost—benefits earned during the period

   $ 177      $ 163      $ 16          $ 200   

Interest cost

     1,210        1,164        114            1,258   

Expected return on plan assets

     (5     (4                (5

Special termination benefit

            53                     

Net amortization and deferral

            (121                41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net postretirement costs

   $ 1,382      $ 1,255      $ 130          $ 1,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE O—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS—Continued

 

The changes in benefit obligations and plan assets, as well as the funded status of the Company’s pension and postretirement plans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Benefit obligation at January 1

   $ 86,783      $ 76,552      $ 20,582      $ 20,849   

Service cost

     993        1,034        177        163   

Interest cost

     4,780        5,103        1,210        1,164   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     3,229        9,487        1,795        (461

Benefits paid

     (4,956     (4,903     (1,658     (1,589

Amendments

     1,195        (490              

Other

     30               416        456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31

     92,054        86,783        22,522        20,582   

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

     55,880        49,547        56        51   

Actual return on plan assets

     7,896        9,003        3        5   

Employer contributions

     6,371        2,233        1,242        1,186   

Benefits paid

     (4,956     (4,903     (1,658     (1,589

Other

                   416        403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

     65,191        55,880        59        56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets less than benefit obligations at December 31 recognized as liability for pension and other postretirement benefits

   $ (26,863   $ (30,903   $ (22,463   $ (20,526
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plans totaled $91.4 million and $85.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

The amendments in 2010 reflect plan changes including increased monthly benefit levels for flat-benefit plans as well as a limit of 35 years of service for participants with benefits based on final average earnings. The amendments in 2009 include increases in flat-benefit plan monthly benefits and increases in annual benefits and pay limits under the internal revenue service code.

 

The Company also sponsors unfunded, nonqualified pension plans. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for these plans were $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $0 at both December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE O—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS—Continued

 

Future estimated annual benefit payments for pension and postretirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

      Benefits  

Year

   Pension      Postretirement  
      Before
Medicare
Subsidy
     After
Medicare
Subsidy
 

2011

   $ 5,571       $ 1,497       $ 1,355   

2012

     5,848         1,575         1,421   

2013

     6,024         1,488         1,488   

2014

     6,176         1,548         1,548   

2015

     6,310         1,557         1,557   

2016 - 2019

     34,144         8,254         8,254   

 

The Company’s best estimate of expected contributions to the pension and postretirement medical benefit plans for the 2011 fiscal year are $11.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the 2011 fiscal year are as follows:

 

     Benefits  
     Pension      Postretirement      Total  

Net actuarial loss

   $ 610       $       $ 610   

Prior service cost

     10                 10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 620       $       $ 620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The total amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to net actuarial loss and prior service costs, net of tax, as of December 31, 2010 were $4.2 million and $499, respectively.

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the Company’s obligations under the plans:

 

     Pension
Benefits
    Postretirement Benefits  
     2010     2009     2010      2009  

Discount rate

     5.30     5.75     5.30%         5.75%   

Long-term rate of compensation increase

     3.50     3.50               

Long-term rate of return on plan assets

     8.00     8.25     8.00%         8.25%   

Health care cost trend rate:

         

Pre-65 initial rate/ultimate rate

                   9%/5%         9%/5%   

Pre-65 ultimate year

                   2017         2016   

Post-65 initial rate/ultimate rate

                   8.5%/5%         10%/5%   

Post-65 ultimate year

                   2016         2018   

 

F-30


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE O—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS—Continued

 

The discount rate reflects the expected long-term rates of return with maturities comparable to payments for the plan obligations utilizing Hewitt’s Top Quartile Curve rounded down to the next 0.05%.

 

Assumed heath care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     One-Percentage-Point  
     Increase      Decrease  

Effect on total of service and interest cost

   $ 161       $ (137

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     2,567         (2,189

 

The major investment categories and their relative percentage of the fair value of total plan assets as invested at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     Pension
Benefits
    Postretirement
Benefits
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Equity securities

     58.7     59.6     57.7     52.6

Debt securities

     37.1     37.8     37.9     37.4

Cash

     4.2     2.6     4.4     10.0

 

The fair values of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 by asset category are as follows:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,709       $       $       $ 2,709   

Mutual funds:

           

Diversified emerging markets

     3,148                         3,148   

Foreign large blend

     8,031                         8,031   

Large-cap blend

     15,336                         15,336   

Long-term bonds

     24,151                         24,151   

Mid-cap blend

     8,505                         8,505   

Real estate

     3,196                         3,196   

Insurance policies

                     115         115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net asset

   $ 65,076       $       $ 115       $ 65,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE O—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS—Continued

 

The fair values of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 by asset category are as follows:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,274       $       $       $ 1,274   

Common/collective trusts

             208                 208   

Mutual funds:

           

Diversified emerging markets

     2,744                         2,744   

Foreign large blend

     7,057                         7,057   

Large-cap blend

     13,155                         13,155   

Long-term bonds

     21,042                         21,042   

Mid-cap blend

     7,387                         7,387   

Real estate

     2,895                         2,895   

Insurance policies

                     115         115   

SL-Core USA Sub Fund

             3                 3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net asset

   $ 55,554       $ 211       $ 115       $ 55,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Certain hourly employees are covered under a multi-employer defined benefit plan. The pension cost recognized for these plans were $771 for the year ended December 31, 2010, $316 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $274 and $82 for the 2008 predecessor and successor periods, respectively. In 2010, the Company exited one of these plans and, as a result, recorded a $603 provision for an estimated withdrawal liability.

 

The Company also sponsors a defined contribution plan covering certain employees. The Company contributes to the plan in two ways. For certain employees not covered by the defined benefit plan, the Company makes a contribution equal to 4% of their salary. The Company also contributes an employee match of 25 cents, based on financial performance, for each dollar contributed by an employee, up to 8% of their earnings. For certain employees, the Company makes a profit sharing match up to 75 cents, based on financial performance, for each dollar contributed up to 8% of their earnings. Finally, for some employees, the Company makes a catch-up match of 25 cents for each dollar of catch-up contributions. Contributions were $802 for the year ended December, 31, 2010, $550 for the year ended December 31, 2009, and $628 and $59 for the 2008 predecessor and successor periods, respectively.

 

NOTE P—OBLIGATIONS UNDER GUARANTEES

 

The Company has indemnified St. Paul Travelers (“Travelers”) against any loss Travelers may incur in the event that holders of surety bonds, issued on behalf of the Company by Travelers, execute the bonds. As of December 31, 2010, Travelers had $4.1 million in bonds outstanding for the Company. The majority of these bonds ($4.0 million) relate to reclamation requirements issued by various governmental authorities. Reclamation bonds remain outstanding until the mining area is reclaimed and the authority issues a formal release. The remaining bonds relate to such indefinite purposes as licenses, permits, and tax collection.

 

The Company has indemnified Safeco Insurance Company of America (“Safeco”) against any loss Safeco may incur in the event that holders of surety bonds, issued on behalf of the Company by Safeco, execute the bonds. As of December 31, 2010, Safeco had $513 in bonds outstanding for the Company. These are all reclamation bonds.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE P—OBLIGATIONS UNDER GUARANTEES—Continued

 

U.S. Silica is the contingent guarantor of Kanawha Rail Corporation’s (“KRC”) obligations as lessee of 200 covered hopper railroad cars, which are used by U.S. Silica to ship sand to its customers. KRC’s obligation as lessee includes paying monthly rent of $66 until June 30, 2013, maintaining the cars, paying for any cars damaged or destroyed, and indemnifying all other parties to the lease transaction against liabilities including any loss of certain tax benefits. By separate agreement between U.S. Silica and KRC, KRC may, upon the occurrence of certain events, assign the lease obligations to U.S. Silica, but none of these events have occurred.

 

NOTE Q—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company has a $15 million promissory note with its parent, GGC USS Holdings, LLC. The note matures on December 22, 2015 and bears interest at 10%. The principal amount and interest under the note are payable upon demand, but no later than the maturity date. Upon sole election by the parent, any unpaid interest may be paid in cash on each December 22nd until the maturity date. Interest on the note is recorded in interest expense in the combined statement of operations and any unpaid interest is included in accrued interest on the balance sheet.

 

NOTE R—SEGMENT REPORTING

 

In the second quarter of 2011, the new chief executive officer completed the reorganization of the Company’s management structure in order to manage and evaluate the Company’s operations from an end market perspective. The Company has changed the segment reporting structure for the period presented to reflect these changes. Previously, the Company operated and was managed as a single operating unit.

 

The Company organizes its business into two reportable segments, oil & gas proppants and industrial & specialty products, based on end markets. The reportable segments are consistent with how management views the markets served by the Company and the financial information reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The Company manages its oil & gas proppants and industrial & specialty products businesses as components of an enterprise for which separate information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

 

An operating segment’s performance is primarily evaluated based on segment contribution margin, which excludes certain corporate costs not associated with the operations of the segment. These corporate costs are separately stated below and include costs that are related to functional areas such as operations management, corporate purchasing, accounting, treasury, information technology, legal and human resources. The Company believes that segment contribution margin, as defined above, is an appropriate measure for evaluating the operating performance of its segments. However, this measure should be considered in addition to, not a substitute for, or superior to, income from operations or other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The other accounting policies of each of the two reporting segments are the same as those in the summary of significant accounting policies included in Note B.

 

In the oil & gas proppants segment, the Company serves the oil and gas recovery market providing fracturing sand, or “frac sand,” which is pumped down oil and natural gas wells to prop open rock fissures and increase the flow rate of natural gas and oil from the wells.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE R—SEGMENT REPORTING—Continued

 

A variety of client needs are met in the products in the industrial & specialty products segment including supplying materials used in container glass, fiberglass, specialty glass, flat glass, building products, fillers and extenders, foundry products, chemicals, recreation products and filtration products.

 

Financial information for all the periods presented reflects the new segment reporting structure.

 

The following table presents sales and segment contribution margin for the reporting segments and other operating results not allocated to the reported segments for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and for the predecessor and successor periods in 2008:

 

     2010     2009     2008  
     Successor     Successor     Successor          Predecessor  
     1/1 - 12/31     1/1 - 12/31     11/25 - 12/31          1/1 - 11/24  
 

Sales

            

Oil & gas proppants

   $ 69,556      $ 35,836      $ 3,191          $ 34,684   

Industrial & specialty products

     175,397        155,787        14,006            181,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total sales

   $ 244,953      $ 191,623      $ 17,197          $ 216,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Segment contribution margin

            

Oil & gas proppants

   $ 43,118      $ 23,515      $ 1,908          $ 21,649   

Industrial & specialty products

     46,031        37,419        22            41,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total segment contribution margin

     89,149        60,934        1,930            63,315   

Operating activities excluded from segment cost of goods sold

     (2,190     (5,511     1,662            (1,545

Selling, general and administrative

     (21,663     (11,922     (2,122         (19,600

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     (19,305     (17,887     (1,803         (15,264

Interest expense

     (23,034     (28,228     (3,343         (640

Early extinguishment of debt

     (10,195                         

Other income, net, including interest income

     959        4,894        145            1,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 13,721      $ 2,280      $ (3,531       $ 27,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset information, including capital expenditures and depreciation, depletion, and amortization, by segment is not included in reports used by management in its monitoring of performance and, therefore, is not reported by segment. Goodwill of $68.4 million has been allocated to these segments with $33.3 million assigned to oil & gas proppants and $35.1 million to industrial and specialty products. No customer exceeded 10% or more of net sales in any of the periods presented.

 

NOTE S—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In connection with the preparation of its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company has evaluated events that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2010 and to determine whether any of these events required recognition or disclosure in the 2010 financial statements. The Company is not aware of any subsequent events which would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements except as

 

F-34


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE S—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS—Continued

 

discussed below. On June 8, 2011, the Company refinanced its senior secured term loan facility. Significant changes to the credit agreement included an increase in principal to $260 million from $165 million, a reduction in the interest rate to either LIBOR plus 375 basis points (previously 400) or prime plus 275 basis points (previously 300) and an extension in the maturity date from May 7, 2016 to June 8, 2017. A large portion of the proceeds was used to prepay the $75 million in subordinated notes in full.

 

In July 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other incentive-based awards. On July 8, 2011, the Company granted options to employees under the 2011 Plan to acquire up to 1,285,965 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $13.94. Excluding Directors’ plans, on average 100% of the options vest over 3.5 years. In conjunction with the implementation of the 2011 Plan the Company filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation which, among other things, increased the authorized shares of common stock to 100 million and changed its name from GGC USS Holdings, Inc. to U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also created a 50,000-for-one split of the Company’s common stock. All common stock share and per share data of the Company contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split for all periods presented.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE T—UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s unaudited quarterly combined statements of operations for each of the last four quarters ended December 31, 2010. This unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the Company’s annual audited financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary to present fairly the financial information for the fiscal quarters presented.

 

    First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Sales

  $ 55,311      $ 64,135      $ 66,036      $ 59,471   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation, depletion and amortization)

    37,699        40,087        41,215        38,993   

Operating expenses

       

Selling, general and administrative

    4,685        5,711        4,973        6,294   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    4,720        4,773        4,772        5,040   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    9,405        10,484        9,745        11,334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    8,207        13,564        15,076        9,144   

Other (expense) income

       

Interest expense

    (6,774     (5,844     (5,090     (5,326

Early extinguishment of debt

           (10,195              

Other income, net, including interest income

    183        312        359        105   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (6,591     (15,727     (4,731     (5,221
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    1,616        (2,163     10,345        3,923   

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (1,275     107        (1,010     (151
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 341      $ (2,056   $ 9,335      $ 3,772   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share (basic and diluted)

  $ 0.01      $ (0.04   $ 0.19      $ 0.08   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (in thousands)

    50,000        50,000        50,000        50,000   

 

F-36


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (unaudited)         
ASSETS      

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 73,809       $ 64,500   

Accounts receivable

     

Trade, net

     38,040         29,265   

Other

     770         779   

Inventories

     25,881         22,418   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,452         3,191   

Deferred income taxes, net

     4,618         4,557   

Income tax receivable

     1,089         2,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     148,659         126,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     

Mining property and mine development

     155,769         154,529   

Asset retirement cost

     5,620         5,620   

Land

     21,618         21,618   

Land improvements

     9,444         9,261   

Buildings

     17,204         17,204   

Machinery and equipment

     114,599         111,227   

Furniture and fixtures

     398         28   

Construction-in-progress

     28,139         4,739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     352,791         324,226   

Less accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization

     51,432         36,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

     301,359         287,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

     

Debt issuance costs, net

     1,228         1,322   

Goodwill

     68,403         68,403   

Trade Names

     10,436         10,436   

Customer relationships, net

     7,045         7,353   

Other

     6,374         6,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

     93,486         94,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 543,504       $ 508,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents
     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
     (unaudited)        

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Book overdraft

   $ 5,563      $ 3,727   

Accounts payable

     13,859        12,027   

Accrued liabilities

     9,604        8,949   

Accrued interest

     1,221        101   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     6,512        6,512   

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,431        1,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     39,190        32,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

    

Deferred income taxes, net

     55,604        53,124   

Long-term debt

     256,033        236,932   

Note to parent

     15,000        15,000   

Deferred revenue

     8,323        13,077   

Liability for pension and other postretirement benefits

     39,848        49,460   

Other long-term obligations

     11,054        10,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term obligations

     385,862        378,144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

Common stock:

    

Par value $0.01, authorized 100,000,000 shares, issued 50,000,000 shares

     500        500   

Additional paid-in capital

     103,201        102,519   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     19,993        (215

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (5,242     (5,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     118,452        97,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 543,504      $ 508,534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Three and nine months ended September 30,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Sales

   $ 73,453      $ 66,036      $ 211,965      $ 185,482   

Cost of goods sold (excluding depreciation, depletion and amortization, shown separately)

  

 

45,241

  

 

 

41,215

  

    131,145        119,001   

Operating expenses

        

Selling, general and administrative

     5,528        4,973        17,429        15,369   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     5,295        4,772        15,636        14,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,823        9,745        33,065        29,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     17,389        15,076        47,755        36,847   

Other (expense) income

        

Interest expense

     (3,832     (5,090     (14,505     (17,708

Early extinguishment of debt

                   (6,043     (10,195

Other income, net, including interest income

     197        359        534        854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (3,635     (4,731     (20,014     (27,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     13,754        10,345        27,741        9,798   

Income tax expense

     (3,412     (1,010     (7,533     (2,178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     10,342        9,335      $ 20,208      $ 7,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

        

Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.21      $ 0.19      $ 0.40      $ 0.16   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

        

Basic

     50,000,000        50,000,000        50,000,000        50,000,000   

Diluted

     50,000,000        50,000,000        50,030,736        50,000,000   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS

OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

Nine months ended September 30,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

                      Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
       
    Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
(accumulated
deficit)
    Unrealized
(loss) gain
on derivatives
    Pension and
other
postretirement
benefits liability
    Total     Total
Stockholders’
(deficit)
equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2010

  $ 500      $ 126,649      $ 3,681      $ (49   $ (3,751   $ (3,800   $ 127,030   

Comprehensive income, net of income taxes

             

Net loss

                  7,620                             7,620   

Unrealized gain on derivatives

                         (716            (716     (716

Minimum pension liability

                                1,186        1,186        1,186   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                              8,090   

Equity-based compensation

           287                                    287   

Dividend

           (25,000                                 (25,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2010

  $ 500      $ 101,936      $ 11,301      $ (765   $ (2,565   $ (3,330   $ 110,407   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

  $ 500      $ 102,519      $ (215   $ (532   $ (4,708   $ (5,240   $ 97,564   

Comprehensive income, net of income taxes

                  

Net income

                  20,208                             20,208   

Unrealized loss on derivatives

                         (2            (2     (2
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                                              20,206   

Equity-based compensation

           682                                    682   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

  $ 500      $ 103,201      $ 19,993      $ (534   $ (4,708   $ (5,242   $ 118,452   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Nine months ended September 30,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 20,208      $ 7,620   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     15,636        14,265   

Debt issuance amortization

     188        381   

Original issue discount amortization

     115        348   

Early extinguishment of debt

     6,043        10,195   

Deferred income taxes

     2,419        (812

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     6        4   

Deferred revenue

     (4,754     (4,273

Liability for pension and other postretirement benefits

     (9,612     (3,923

Equity-based compensation

     682        287   

Other

     286        1,679   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Trade receivables

     (8,775     (7,705

Other receivables

     1        4,374   

Inventories

     (3,462     485   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,261     (358

Income taxes

     1,061        (2,490

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     2,493        4,391   

Accrued interest

     1,121        (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     22,395        24,399   

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Capital expenditures

     (28,753     (10,355

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     61        76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (28,692     (10,279

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Change in book overdraft

     1,836        330   

Issuance of long-term debt

     259,061        65,909   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (239,826     (10,801

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

            (3

Dividends paid

            (25,000

Prepayment penalties

     (1,500     (392

Financing fees

     (3,965     (3,450
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     15,606        26,593   

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     9,309        40,713   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 64,500      $ 14,474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 73,809      $ 55,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 12,440      $ 15,138   

Income taxes

     4,034        3,748   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE A—ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The unaudited condensed combined financial statements of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. The year-end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include disclosures required by GAAP for annual periods. In the opinion of management, the unaudited combined financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 reflect all adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the reported interim periods.

 

Operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other interim period, due to the seasonal, weather-related conditions in certain aspects of the Company’s business. These unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings.

 

NOTE B—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, receivables consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
     (unaudited)        

Trade receivables

   $ 38,811      $ 30,097   

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (771     (832
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

     38,040        29,265   

Other receivables

     770        779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,810      $ 30,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables relate to sales of commercial silica, for which credit is extended based on the customer’s credit history.

 

NOTE C—INVENTORIES

 

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, inventory consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Supplies

   $ 12,377       $ 11,475   

Raw materials and work in process

     7,451         6,208   

Finished goods

     6,053         4,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,881       $ 22,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—CONTINUED

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE D—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements are utilized in the normal course of business to manage the Company’s interest and energy costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates and natural gas prices. These hedge agreements are used to exchange the difference between fixed and variable-rate interest amounts or natural gas prices calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount or natural gas quantity. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

The fair value of the hedge agreements represents the estimated receipts or payments that would be required to settle the agreements at period-end. Quoted market prices of similar instruments were used to estimate the fair values of the interest rate and natural gas hedge agreements. The notional amount represents agreed upon amounts on which calculations of dollars to be exchanged are based. They do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties and, therefore, are not a measure of the Company’s exposure. The Company’s credit exposure is limited to the fair value of the contracts with a positive fair value plus interest receivable, if any, at the reporting date.

 

          September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
    Maturity
Date
    Contract/
Notional

Amount
        Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
    Contract/
Notional

Amount
        Carrying
Amount
    Fair
Value
 

Natural gas rate swap agreements

    2011        420,000      MMBTU   $ (102   $ (102     420,000      MMBTU   $ (109   $ (109

Interest rate cap agreement

    2012      $ 100 million      (1)   $ 1      $ 1      $ 100 million      (1)   $ 13      $ 13   

Interest rate cap agreement

    2013      $ 20 million      (1)   $ 20      $ 20      $ 20 million      (1)   $ 244      $ 244   

 

  (1)   Agreement limits the LIBOR floating interest rate base to 4%.

 

The Company has designated these contracts as qualified cash flow hedges. Accordingly, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and recognized in earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The Company had no ineffective contracts in any of the reporting periods.

 

The fair value of financial instruments classified as current assets or liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory and accounts payable, approximate carrying value due to the short-term maturity of the instruments. The fair value of short-term and long-term debt amounts approximates their carrying values and are based on their effective interest rates compared to current market rates.

 

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and have the highest priority. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the financial asset or liability.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—CONTINUED

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

NOTE D—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS—Continued

 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of September 30, 2011:

 

     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  

Money market funds

   $ 72,515       $      $       $ 72,515   

Natural gas derivatives

             (102             (102

Interest rate derivative

             20                20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net asset (liability)

   $ 72,515       $ (82   $       $ 72,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Level 2 natural gas and interest rate derivatives are measured by the spot rates from actively quoted markets using the income approach.

 

NOTE E—LONG TERM OBLIGATIONS

 

On June 8, 2011, the Company refinanced its senior secured term loan facility. Significant changes to the credit agreement included an increase in principal to $260 million from $165 million, a reduction in the interest rate to either LIBOR plus 375 basis points (previously 400) or prime plus 275 basis points (previously 300) and an extension in the maturity date from May 7, 2016 to June 8, 2017. A large portion of the proceeds was used to prepay the $75 million in subordinated notes in full. The Company was in compliance with its debt covenants at September 30, 2011.

 

NOTE F—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

 

In July 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Plan. The GGC USS Holdings, Inc. 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other incentive-based awards. On July 8, 2011, the Company granted options to employees under the 2011 Plan to acquire up to 1,285,965 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $13.94. On July 25, 2011 the Company granted additional options to an employee to acquire 128,470 shares of its common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $14.30. On September 6, 2011, the Company granted options to an employee to acquire 51,293 shares of its common stock at a weighted-average price of $13.65. Likewise, on September 16, 2011, additional options were granted to an employee to acquire 51,293 shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $13.65. There were also 20,518 forfeitures during the period. As of September 30, 2011 there were a total of 1,496,503 options outstanding, none of which are exercisable, at a weighted-average exercise price of $13.96. The options vest on a graded vesting schedule and the related compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of each separately vesting portion. The Company recognized $477 of equity-based compensation expense related to these options during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, there was $5.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to these options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.28 years. Excluding Directors’ plans, on average 100% of the options vest over 3.5 years. In conjunction with the implementation of the 2011 Plan the Company filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation which, among other things, increased the authorized shares of common stock to 100 million and changed its name from GGC USS Holdings, Inc. to U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also created a 50,000-for-one split of the Company’s common stock. All common stock share and per share data of the Company contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split for all periods presented.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—CONTINUED

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The Company’s activity with respect to stock options for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was as follows:

 

      Number
of Shares
    Range of
Exercise Prices
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Fair
Value
 

Unvested, December 31, 2010

                              

Granted

     1,517,021      $ 10.33 - $16.90       $ 13.95       $ 4.11   

Exercised

                              

Vested

                              

Forfeited

     (20,518           $ 13.65       $ 3.94   
  

 

 

         

Unvested, September 30, 2011

     1,496,503      $ 10.33 - $16.90       $ 13.96       $ 4.11   
  

 

 

         

 

The Company recognized $55 and $96 of equity-based compensation expense related to the Class C and D equity incentive units during the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $205 and $287 of compensation expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of September 30, 2011, there was $565 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to equity incentive shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.65 years.

 

Fair value of the options is determined by utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model and taking into consideration the rights and preferences of the options.

 

The following table illustrates the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes pricing model:

 

Risk-free interest rate

  

1.21% -2.01%

Expected volatility

  

45%

Expected term

  

5.48 - 6.25

 

Risk-free interest rate - This is an interpolated rate from the U.S. constant maturity treasury rate for a term corresponding to the expected term, as described below. An increase in the risk-free rate will increase compensation expense.

 

Expected volatility - This is a measure of the amount by which the price of various comparable companies common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate, as the Company’s common stock is not publicly-traded. The comparable companies were selected by analyzing public companies in the industry based on various factors including, but not limited to, company size, financial data availability, active trading volume, and capital structure. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

 

Expected term - This is the period of time over which the options are expected to remain outstanding. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense. The computation of the expected term is based on the simplified method as the Company’s stock options are “plain vanilla” options and the Company has no recent history of exercise data. Under the simplified method, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.

 

F-45

 

NOTE F—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION—Continued


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—CONTINUED

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE G—INCOME TAXES

 

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, it is the Company’s practice at the end of each interim reporting period to make its best estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the full fiscal year. Estimates are revised as additional information becomes available.

 

NOTE H—PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

 

Net periodic pension benefit cost for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

 

     Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
         2011             2010             2011             2010      

Service cost

   $ 287      $ 249      $ 770      $ 707   

Interest cost

     1,189        1,195        2,927        3,584   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,204     (1,012     (2,883     (2,947

Amortization of prior service cost

     (3     (28     (22     (67

Amortization of net (gain) loss

     151        64        467        126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 420      $ 468      $ 1,259      $ 1,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

 

     Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
         2011             2010             2011             2010      

Service cost

   $ 32      $ 47      $ 130      $ 127   

Interest cost

     197       
318
  
    792        913   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1     (1     (3     (3

Amortization of net (gain) loss

                   87          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 228      $ 364      $ 1,006      $ 1,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company contributed $2.1 million and $11.0 million to the qualified pension plan during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. Total expected employer funding contributions during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011 are $11.0 million for the pension plan, and $1.4 million for the postretirement medical and life plan.

 

NOTE I—SEGMENT REPORTING

 

The Company organizes its business into two reportable segments, oil & gas proppants and industrial & specialty products, based on end markets. The reportable segments are consistent with how management views the markets served by the Company and the financial information reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The Company manages its oil & gas proppants and industrial & specialty products businesses as components of an enterprise for which separate information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—CONTINUED

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

An operating segment’s performance is primarily evaluated based on segment contribution margin, which excludes certain corporate costs not associated with the operations of the segment. These corporate costs are separately stated below and include costs that are related to functional areas such as operations management, corporate purchasing, accounting, treasury, information technology, legal and human resources. The Company believes that segment contribution margin, as defined above, is an appropriate measure for evaluating the operating performance of its segments. However, this measure should be considered in addition to, not a substitute for, or superior to, income from operations or other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The other accounting policies of each of the two reporting segments are the same as those in the summary of significant accounting policies included in Note A.

 

In the oil & gas proppants segment, the Company serves the oil and gas recovery market providing fracturing sand, or “frac sand,” which is pumped down oil and natural gas wells to prop open rock fissures and increase the flow rate of natural gas and oil from the wells.

 

A variety of client needs are met in the products in the industrial & specialty products segment including supplying materials used in container glass, fiberglass, specialty glass, flat glass, building products, fillers and extenders, foundry products, chemicals, recreation products and filtration products.

 

The following table presents sales and segment contribution margin for the reporting segments and other operating results not allocated to the reported segments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010:

 

     Three months ended
September 30,
    Nine months ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Sales

        

Oil & gas proppants

   $ 24,246      $ 19,417      $ 69,322      $ 51,185   

Industrial & specialty products

     49,207        46,619        142,643        134,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales

   $ 73,453      $ 66,036      $ 211,965      $ 185,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment contribution margin

        

Oil & gas proppants

   $ 15,633      $ 12,558      $ 43,828      $ 31,896   

Industrial & specialty products

     13,730        13,310        38,495        37,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment contribution margin

     29,363        25,868        82,323        68,914   

Operating costs excluded from segment cost of goods sold

     (1,151     (1,047     (1,503     (2,433

Selling, general and administrative

     (5,528     (4,973     (17,429     (15,369

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     (5,295     (4,772     (15,636     (14,265

Interest expense

     (3,832     (5,090     (14,505     (17,708

Early extinguishment of debt

                   (6,043     (10,195

Other income, net, including interest income

     197        359        534        854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 13,754      $ 10,345      $ 27,741      $ 9,798   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Asset information, including capital expenditures and depreciation, depletion, and amortization, by segment is not included in reports used by management in its monitoring of performance and, therefore, is not reported by segment. Goodwill of $68.4 million has been allocated to these segments with $33.3 million assigned to oil &

 

F-47

 

NOTE I—SEGMENT REPORTING—Continued

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—CONTINUED

September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

gas proppants and $35.1 million to industrial & specialty products. No customer exceeded 10% or more of net sales in any of the periods presented.

 

NOTE J—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all events or transactions occurring after September 30, 2011 through November 7, 2011, the date the financial statements were issued.

 

F-48

 

NOTE I—SEGMENT REPORTING—Continued


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

8490 Progress Drive Suite 300, Frederice, MD 21701 ‰ phone 1 (800) 345-6170 ‰ fax (304) 258-8295 ‰ WWW.ussilica.com

US SILICA


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (“FINRA”), filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $  23,220   

FINRA filing fee

     20,500   

Printing expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

  *   To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

 

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

 

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

 

Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

 

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. We also intend to enter into an indemnification priority agreement with Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. to clarify the priority of advancement of expenses and indemnification obligations among us, our subsidiaries and any of our directors appointed by Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or its affiliates and other related matters.

 

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

On November 25, 2008, we issued 1,000 shares of our common stock to our parent company and sole stockholder, GGC USS Holdings, LLC, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00. The shares were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as the sale of the securities did not involve a public offering. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in this transaction. On July 8, 2011, our board of directors approved a 50,000 to 1 stock split.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a)   Exhibits

 

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Frederick, State of Maryland, on December 28, 2011.

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Brian Slobodow

  Name: Brian Slobodow
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

* * *

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on December 28, 2011.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Brian Slobodow

Brian Slobodow

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

*

William A. White

 

Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

Rajeev Amara

  Director

*

Prescott H. Ashe

  Director

*

Charles Shaver

  Chairman of the Board

 

*By:  

/s/ Brian Slobodow

  Brian Slobodow, as Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

    1.1        

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

    2.1†      

Acquisition Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2008, by and among Harbinger Capital Partners Master

Fund I, Ltd., Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC, Preferred Unlimited Inc. and Preferred Rocks USS, Inc.

    2.2†      

Amendment One to Acquisition Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2008.

    2.3†      

Amendment Two to Acquisition Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2008.

    3.1        

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., to be

effective upon completion of this offering.

    3.2        

Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., to be effective upon

completion of this offering.

    4.1††    

Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

    4.2         Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among GGC USS Holdings, LLC and the members listed on the schedules thereto.
    5.1‡      

Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

  10.1†      

ABL Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2007, by and among Wachovia Bank,

National Association in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, the parties to the agreement as lenders,

U.S. Silica Company, Hourglass Holdings, LLC, the subsidiaries of U.S. Silica Company from

time to time party to the agreement as borrowers and certain subsidiaries of USS Holdings, Inc. from

time to time party to the agreement as Guarantors.

  10.2†      

Amendment No. 1 and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2008.

  10.3†      

Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010.

  10.4†      

Amendment No. 3 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2011.

  10.5†      

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2011, by and among USS

Holdings, Inc. as Parent, U.S. Silica Company as Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors listed therein

as Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders listed therein as Lenders and BNP Paribas as Sole Lead

Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent.

  10.6†      

ABL/Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2008, by and among GGC USS

Acquisition Sub, Inc., GCC USS Borrower Co., Inc., U.S. Silica Company, USS Holdings, Inc.,

BMAC Holdings, Inc., Better Minerals & Aggregates Company, BMAC Services Co., Inc., The

Fulton Land and Timber Company, George F. Pettinos, LLC, Pennsylvania Glass Sand Corporation

and Ottawa Silica Company as Grantors, Wachovia Bank, National Association as the ABL Agent

and BNP Paribas as Term Loan Agent.

  10.7†      

Reaffirmation of ABL/Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2011.

  10.8†      

Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010, by and among USS

Holdings, Inc., U.S. Silica Company, the subsidiary guarantors listed therein and GGC Finance

Partnership, L.P.

  10.9†      

Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2008, by and among Wachovia Bank, National

Association, BNP Paribas and GGC Finance Partnership, L.P.

  10.10†    

Amendment No. 1 to Subordination Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2010.

  10.11+†  

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2009, by and between U.S. Silica Company and

Bryan A. Shinn.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

  10.12+†  

Consulting Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, by and between U.S. Silica Company and John A.

Ulizio.

  10.13+†  

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2011, by and between U.S. Silica Company and Brian

Slobodow.

  10.14+‡  

2011 Incentive Compensation Plan.

  10.15+‡  

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.

  10.16+‡  

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.

  10.17+‡  

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.

  10.18+‡  

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement.

  10.19+‡  

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

  10.20      

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

  10.21      

Form of Letter Agreement, by and between Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. and U.S. Silica

Holdings, Inc.

  10.22      

Form of Corporate Governance and Director Designation Agreement, by and between U.S. Silica

Holdings, Inc. and GGC USS Holdings, LLC.

  10.23+    

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2011, by and between U.S. Silica Company and

William A. White.

  10.24       Letter Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2011, by and between William J. Kacal and U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.
  21.1†      

List of subsidiaries of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

  23.1        

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

  23.2†      

Consent of John T. Boyd Company, mining consultants.

  23.3‡      

Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

  24.1†      

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

  99.1†      

Consent of The Freedonia Group, Inc.

  99.2        

Consent of the Director Designee.

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
  +   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
    Previously filed on July 18, 2011 with the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
    Previously filed on August 29, 2011 with Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1.
  ††   Previously filed on December 7, 2011 with Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

II-6

Form of Underwriting Agreement

Exhibit 1.1

 

[•] Shares

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

 

COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[•], 2011


[•], 2011

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

 

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), and a certain shareholder of the Company (the “Selling Shareholder”) named in Schedule I hereto proposes to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [•] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Firm Shares”), of which [•] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [•] shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholder.

 

The Selling Shareholder also proposes to sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [•] shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Additional Shares”), if and to the extent that you, as Manager of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares.” The shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “Common Stock.” The Company and the Selling Shareholder are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “Sellers.”

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration


statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “free writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule III hereto, and “broadly available road show” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

 

Morgan Stanley has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares.” Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

 

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or


supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through you expressly for use therein as identified in the letter being delivered by you to the Company on the date hereof.

 

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

 

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good


standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed, as applicable, is validly existing as a corporation or other business entity, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as applicable, has the corporate or other power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except for such liens, encumbrances, equities or claims securing the Company’s ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus under the heading “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(h) The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any


subsidiary, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except as may have been obtained prior to the time of the execution of this Agreement or such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(l) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, is a party or by which any of their assets are bound that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

 

(m) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(n) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(o) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) have been and are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws (statutory, common or otherwise) and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment, natural resources, or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (including, without


limitation, petroleum, mining fluids and byproducts and silica) (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) have been and are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(p) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, restoration, reclamation, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(q) None of the Company or its subsidiaries are subject to any pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened legal proceeding by any governmental agency or body under any Environmental Laws in which any fine or penalty of $100,000 or more would reasonably be expected to be imposed.

 

(r) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

(s) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director or officer, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain


policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

(t) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened.

 

(u) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

 

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) , the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union (“EU”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor

 

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

 

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or


(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(iii) Since September 1, 2006, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

(v) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

 

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, hold, license or otherwise have the right to use, as applicable, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the


subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(y) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(z) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company, together with its subsidiaries, has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(aa) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, possesses all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most


recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(cc) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Registration Statement, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

 

(dd) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply in all material respects, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(ee) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered, other than those obtained.

 

(ff) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 12 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

(gg) The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by them through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax


deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(hh) The qualitative and quantitative data regarding proven and probable mineral reserves of the Company included in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and Time of Sale Prospectus (i) were derived in all material respects in accordance with the procedures described in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and Time of Sale Prospectus and all applicable industry standards, including Industry Guide 7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (ii) have been determined by John T. Boyd Company, an independent consulting firm.

 

(ii) The industry and market-related data, including supply, demand and pricing information, included in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and Time of Sale Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects, and the Company has obtained the consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required.

 

(jj) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Time of Sale Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholder. The Selling Shareholder represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder.

 

(b) The execution and delivery by the Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by the Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law, or the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Selling Shareholder, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Selling Shareholder that is material to the Selling Shareholder or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Selling Shareholder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the


performance by the Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement, except as may have been obtained prior to the execution of this Agreement or such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(c) The Selling Shareholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”) in respect of, the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

 

(d) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, the Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

 

(e) The Selling Shareholder is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(f) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in


connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph 2(g) are limited in all respects to statements or omissions made in reliance upon information relating to the Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing by the Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $[•] per share (the “Purchase Price”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Selling Shareholder agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [•] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an


Option Closing Date”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

Each Seller hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a)the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (c) the issuance by the Company of options or other stock-based compensation pursuant to equity compensation plans in existence on the date hereof and, in each case, described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (d) any repurchase by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock held by any director or officer of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement in connection with such director’s or officer’s termination of employment with the Company, provided that the terms of any such plan or agreement require such repurchase, (e) transactions by the Selling Shareholder relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the Shares, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (f) transfers by the Selling Shareholder of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift or by will or intestacy, (g) transfers by the Selling Shareholder of


shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Selling Shareholder or the immediate family of the Selling Shareholder (for purposes of this Agreement, immediate family shall mean any relationship by blood, not more remote than first cousin, marriage or adoption), (h) distributions by the Selling Shareholder of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock to affiliates of the Selling Shareholder, including general or limited partners, members, stockholders or wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Selling Shareholder; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (f), (g) or (h), (i) each donee, distributee, beneficiary, heir, trustee or transferee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph as if it were a Selling Shareholder and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in respect of the transfer or distribution during the 180-day restricted period, except the Selling Shareholder may make such a filing in the case of a distribution pursuant to clause (h), provided that such filing clearly states that (i) the reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock of the Selling Shareholder is the result of a distribution of shares of Common Stock to its general or limited partners, members, stockholders or wholly-owned subsidiaries and (ii) all such distributees entered into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph as if it were a Selling Shareholder, (i) the establishment or amendment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the 180-day restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder or the Company, (j) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock as consideration for bona fide acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic partnerships or collaboration arrangements, provided that any recipients thereof agree to enter into lock-up agreements in the form of Exhibit A hereto with respect to the remaining portion of the 180-day restricted period or any extension thereof and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued as such consideration shall not exceed 5.0% of the outstanding Common Stock on the date of this Agreement, as adjusted to include the Shares offered pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and other similar events after the date hereof), (k) the filing of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 with the Commission with respect to shares of Common Stock issued or issuable under any equity compensation plan or one or more registration statements on Form S-4 with respect to any shares of Common Stock permitted to be issued pursuant to clause (j) above, (l) any transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided that in


the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the Selling Shareholder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Agreement, (m) making any demand for, or exercising any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, provided that no registration statement shall be filed with the Commission pursuant to such demand or right during the restricted period, or (n) the exercise of any options to purchase Common Stock held by a Selling Shareholder in accordance with their terms and described in the Prospectus, provided that the Common Stock issued to the Selling Shareholder shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Agreement. The Selling Shareholder consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of any Shares held by the Selling Shareholder except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company shall promptly notify Morgan Stanley of any earnings release, news or event that may give rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period.

 

If Morgan Stanley, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(g) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

4. Terms of Public Offering. The Sellers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[•] per share (the “Public Offering Price”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[•] a share under the Public Offering Price[, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[•] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.]


5. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2011,1 or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [•], 2011,2 as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.”

 

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Selling Shareholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [•], 2011,3 as shall be designated in writing by you.

 

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

 

6. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [•] [a.][p.]m.(New York City time) on the date hereof.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

 

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

 

 

  1   

T+3.

 

  2   

T+8.

 

  3   

The date 10 business days after the expiration of the over-allotment option.


(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

 

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

 

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, outside counsel for the Company, and an opinion of James I. Manion, General Counsel for the Company, each dated the Closing Date in the forms previously mutually agreed upon between Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, outside counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Selling Shareholder, dated the Closing Date, in the form mutually agreed upon between Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, outside counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, outside counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form mutually agreed upon between the Representatives and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

 

With respect to the negative assurance letter provided by each of Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP referenced in paragraph


6(c) and 6(e) above, Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified. With respect to Section 6(d) above, Kirkland & Ellis LLP may rely upon an opinion or opinions of counsel for the Selling Shareholder and, with respect to factual matters and to the extent such counsel deems appropriate, upon the representations of the Selling Shareholder contained herein and in other documents and instruments; provided that (A) each such counsel for the Selling Shareholder is reasonably satisfactory to your counsel, (B) a copy of each opinion so relied upon is delivered to you and is in form and substance satisfactory to your counsel, (C) copies of any such other documents and instruments shall be delivered to you and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to your counsel and (D) Kirkland & Ellis LLP shall state in their opinion that they are justified in relying on each such other opinion.

 

The opinions of Kirkland & Ellis LLP described in Sections 6(c) and 6(d) above (and any opinions of counsel for the Selling Shareholder referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph) shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company or the Selling Shareholder, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.

 

(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

 

(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

(h) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from John T. Boyd Company, independent consultants, with respect to the qualitative and quantitative data regarding proven and probable mineral reserves of the Company


included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

 

7. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, two signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

 

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

 

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

 

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any


event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or the sale of Shares, or taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not now subject.

 

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as reasonably practicable an earning statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the


provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(i) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

8. Covenants of the Sellers. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter that it:

 

(a) Will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 or an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.

 

(b) Will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent) a non-foreign affidavit dated as of the Closing Date, sworn under penalties of perjury and in form and substance required under the Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), stating that such Seller is not a “Foreign Person” as defined in Code Section 1445.

 

9. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling Shareholder in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of outside counsel to the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum (up to a maximum amount, when taken together with the fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Underwriters incurred in connection with clause (iv) of this section 9, of $[•]),


(iv) all filing fees and reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of outside counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (up to a maximum amount, when taken together with the fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Underwriters incurred in connection with clause (iii) of this Section 9, of $[•]), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, if applicable, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all fees and disbursements of outside counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution”, Section 12 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 14 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their outside counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them, any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and the remaining 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show.

 

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

 

10. Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.


11. Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through you expressly for use therein as identified in the letter being delivered to you by the Company on the date hereof.

 

(b) The Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to the Selling Shareholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. The liability of the Selling Shareholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall be


limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, but before deducting other expenses) received by the Selling Shareholder from the sale of the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder under this Agreement.

 

(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholder, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Sellers to such Underwriter, but only with reference to information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto as indentified in the letter being delivered by you to the Company on the date hereof.

 

(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c), such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of such outside counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within


the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Selling Shareholder and all persons, if any, who control the Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholder and such control persons of the Selling Shareholder, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Selling Shareholder. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one


hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The liability of the Selling Shareholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph, taken together with any amount paid or payable by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to Section 11(b), shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, but before deducting other expenses) received by the Selling Shareholder from the sale of the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder under this Agreement.

 

(f) The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.


(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Shareholder contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, the Selling Shareholder or any person controlling the Selling Shareholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

 

12. Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“Morgan Stanley Entities”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

 

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 12(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain outside counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of such outside counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential


differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 12(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 12(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 12(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed


Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 12(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 12 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(c) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 12 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

 

13. Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York


State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section 13, then the obligation of the Company to reimburse expenses of the Underwriters set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 9 of this Agreement are also terminated and of no further effect.

 

14. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 14 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Shareholder for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Shareholder. In any such case either you or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional


Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Sellers will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonably documented fees and disbursements of their outside counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 14 for any reason other than a failure, refusal or inability of any Seller described in this paragraph above, then any obligations of the Company to reimburse the expenses of the Underwriters set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 9 of this Agreement are also terminated and of no further effect.

 

15. Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Shareholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

 

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


17. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

18. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

19. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to the Representatives at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department and at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal; if to the Company or the Selling Shareholder shall be delivered, mailed or sent to c/o U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., 8490 Progress Drive Suite 300, Frederick, Maryland 21701, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 300 North LaSalle, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

 

Very truly yours,

U.S. SILICA HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

   
 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 


GGC USS Holdings, LLC

The sole Selling Shareholder named in Schedule I hereto

By:

   
 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

By:

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

By:

   
 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

By:

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith                     Incorporated

 

By:

   
 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and

        as Representatives of the several

        Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

EXHIBIT 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

U.S. SILICA HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the Corporation is U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 170, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19809. The name of its registered agent at such address is Walkers Corporate Services Delaware Ltd.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE FOUR

PART A. AUTHORIZED SHARES

The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 510,000,000 shares, consisting of:

1. 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2. 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the rights, preferences and limitations set forth below.

PART B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Within the limitations or restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors fixing the number of shares constituting a series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may increase or


decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding) by resolution the number of shares of any such series of Preferred Stock. In the event that the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the undesignated status which such shares had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock subject to the requirements of applicable law. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

PART C. COMMON STOCK

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE FIVE

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 2. Number of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed (i) at any time that GGC USS Holdings, LLC, any of its current or former members and any member of a “group” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with GGC USS Holdings, LLC or its current or former members that may exist from time to time (each individually and collectively referred to herein as “the parent LLC”) owns at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, by the affirmative vote of either (x) the holders of at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock or (y) the directors then in office who were nominated by the parent LLC and (ii) at any time that the parent LLC does not own at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of

 

2


Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

Section 3. Election and Term of Office. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. The directors shall be elected and shall hold office only in this manner, except as provided in Section 4 of this ARTICLE SIX. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Certificate of Incorporation shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Section 4. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled (i) at any time that the parent LLC owns at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, by the affirmative vote of either (x) at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock or (y) the directors then in office who were nominated by the parent LLC and (ii) at any time that the parent LLC does not own at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, by the Board of Directors (and not by stockholders), provided that a quorum is then in office and present, or by a majority of the directors then in office, if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any vacancy resulting from the death, resignation disqualification, removal or any other cause of a director nominated by the parent LLC may be filled only with a director nominated by the parent LLC in accordance with the applicable agreement, whether or not the parent LLC owns at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock. A director elected to fill a newly-created directorship or other vacancy shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 5. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, a director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, any director nominated by the parent LLC may, in the parent LLC’s sole discretion, be removed without a vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of capital stock at any time with or without cause.

Section 6. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE SIX, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the rights of such Preferred Stock as set forth in the certificate of designation governing such series.

 

3


Section 7. Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws; provided, however, at any time that the parent LLC owns at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, the consent of the directors then in office who were nominated by the parent LLC shall be required for any such adoption, amendment or repeal. The Corporation’s Bylaws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, at any time that the parent LLC owns at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock and wants to adopt, amend, alter or repeal any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation, such adoption, amendment, alteration or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock.

Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SEVEN

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader rights than permitted prior thereto), no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing sentence by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, at any time that the parent LLC owns at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, (i) the stockholders of the Corporation may take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Bylaws and (ii) the parent LLC may call special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Bylaws. At any time that the parent LLC does not own at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, (i) the stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting and must take any actions at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied and (ii) special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

4


ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) the directors, officers or employees of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or its Affiliated Companies (as defined below) may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (ii) Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. and its Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. and its Affiliated Companies and the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE NINE are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or their respective officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or being offered the opportunity to participate in, any corporate opportunity not allocated to it pursuant to this ARTICLE NINE to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies shall have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, and none of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies or any employee thereof (except as provided in Section 3 below) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of any such activities of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies. To the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and the Corporation or any of the Corporation’s Affiliated Companies, neither Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. nor any of its Affiliated Companies shall have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.

Section 3. Allocation of Corporate Opportunities. In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also an employee of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies and Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies, such director or officer of the Corporation shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:

(a) A corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, and who is also an employee of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies, shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

(b) Otherwise, such corporate opportunity shall belong to Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.

 

5


Section 4. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE NINE, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that the Corporation is not permitted to undertake under the terms of ARTICLE NINE or that the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 5. Renouncement of Certain Corporate Opportunities. Except as provided in Section 3(a) of this ARTICLE NINE above, if a director or officer of the Corporation who is also an employee of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. or any of its Affiliated Companies acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity, the Corporation shall have no interest in such corporate opportunity and no expectancy that such corporate opportunity be offered to it, any such interest or expectancy being hereby renounced, so that such person shall have no duty to present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall have the right to hold and exploit any such corporate opportunity for its (and its officers’, employees’, directors’, agents’, stockholders’, members’, partners’, affiliates’ or subsidiaries’) own account or to direct, sell, assign or transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies. Such person shall not breach any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or to its stockholders by reason of the fact that such person does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or pursues, acquires or exploits such corporate opportunity for itself or directs, sells, assigns or transfers such corporate opportunity to another person.

Section 6. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE NINE, “Affiliated Company” shall mean (a) in respect of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., the parent LLC, any company which controls, is controlled by or under common control with Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. and any investment funds managed by Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any company controlled by the Corporation.

Section 7. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all shares of Common Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE NINE.

Section 8. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE NINE.

Section 9. Severability. To the extent that any provision of this ARTICLE NINE is found to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this ARTICLE NINE.

ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

6


Section 2. Interested Stockholder Transactions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter) with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

 

  (a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

 

  (b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  (c) at or subsequent to such time the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such stockholder.

Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE TEN shall not apply if:

 

  (a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

  (b)

the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE TEN; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to § 251(f)

 

7


  of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE TEN.

Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE TEN only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE TEN, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4:

 

  (a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

 

  (b) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

 

  (c) “Business Combination” means:

 

  (i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) with any Person if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE TEN is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

  (ii)

any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the

 

8


  Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

 

  (iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under § 251(g) or § 253 of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE TEN shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

 

  (iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

 

  (v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE TEN) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

 

  (d)

“Control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power

 

9


  to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock or other equity interests, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE TEN, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity;

 

  (e) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the Affiliates and Associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE TEN to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (w) the parent LLC, (x) any investment fund managed by Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., or Affiliates or Associates of any investment fund managed by Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.; (y) any Person who would otherwise be or become an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by any party specified in the immediately preceding clauses (w) or (x) to such Person; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (y) such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z), such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

 

  (f)

“Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

 

10


  understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE TEN), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

 

  (g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

 

  (h) “Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest; and

 

  (i) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified by law or otherwise, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law or otherwise, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt any provision inconsistent with, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of, or to adopt a bylaw inconsistent with, ARTICLES SIX, SEVEN, EIGHT, TEN and ELEVEN of this Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any time that the parent LLC owns at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock, such amendment shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock.

 

11


ARTICLE TWELVE

Unless the Corporation, as authorized by the Board of Directors, consents in writing to the selection of one or more alternative forums, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall, and shall be deemed to, have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE TWELVE.

 

12

Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws

EXHIBIT 3.2

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

U.S. SILICA HOLDINGS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of [    ], 2011)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Offices. U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year at such time as is specified by the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”). If GGC USS Holdings, LLC, any of its current or former members or any member of a “group” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) with GGC USS Holdings, LLC or its current or former members that may exist from time to time (each individually and collectively referred to herein as “the parent LLC”) has a right to call a special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall call a special meeting upon written request to the Secretary by the parent LLC. Any such written request must be signed by the parent LLC, stating the number of shares owned by the parent LLC, and shall specify the purpose of the proposed meeting (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) or the Certificate of Incorporation, the language of the proposed amendment). Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice; provided, however, that nothing in these Bylaws shall prohibit the Board of


Directors from submitting matters to the stockholders at any special meeting requested by stockholders.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or the Certificate of Incorporation).

(a) Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or by a form of electronic transmission if receipt thereof has been consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. Subject to the limitations of Section 4(c) of this ARTICLE II, if given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered: (i) by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice; and (iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or entity entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(c) Notice by Electronic Delivery. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders of the Corporation given by

 

- 2 -


the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder of the Corporation to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process.

Section 5. List of Stockholders. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place, if any, of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the outstanding voting power of capital stock entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock. If a quorum is not present, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a class or series, the holders of a majority of the voting power of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

- 3 -


If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless by express provisions of an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations.

(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a)(i) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to

 

- 4 -


propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s annual meeting proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) For any business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(a)(iii) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary; any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 11(e) of ARTICLE II) must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(a)(iii) of ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(e) of ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(a) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the close of business on such day.

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the residence name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (C), (D), (F) and (G) below, (C) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 11(e) of ARTICLE II) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 11(e) of ARTICLE II) has been entered into by or on

 

- 5 -


behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business, (E) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting, (F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder and (G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will solicit, directly or indirectly, a proxy from holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the proposal (such representation, a “Solicitation Statement”). In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to Section 11(a) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of ARTICLE II.

(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(b)(iii) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person must have acted in accordance with

 

- 6 -


the representations set forth in the Nomination Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(b)(iii) of ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made and the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the close of business on such day.

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee, if applicable, and to serving if elected), (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the residence name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (C), (D), (F) and (G) below, (C) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or

 

- 7 -


entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (E) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, (F) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and (G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will solicit, directly or indirectly, a proxy from the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporation’s outstanding shares reasonably believed by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, as the case may be, to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination (such representation, a “Nomination Solicitation Statement”). In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least 10 days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 11(b)(ii), a stockholder’s notice required by Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) of this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are

 

- 8 -


to be elected. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at a special meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment, deferral or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the close of business on such day. To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 11(b)(iii) of ARTICLE II. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of ARTICLE II.

(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholder’s Notice. Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to Section 11 of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth business day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth business day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(e) Definitions. For purposes of Section 11 of ARTICLE II, the term:

(i) “Derivative Positions” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any

 

- 9 -


Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(ii) “Hedging Transaction” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(iii) “Public Announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(iv) “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

(f) Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be qualified to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in the case of a person nominated by a stockholder in accordance with Sections 11(b) or 11(c), in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under such sections) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein and (iii) would be in compliance, and if elected as a director of the Corporation will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation. The Corporation may also require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve either as a director of

 

- 10 -


the Corporation or as an independent director of the Corporation under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules and the Corporation’s publicly disclosed corporate governance guidelines, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the qualifications and/or independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(g) Authority of Chairman of Meeting. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or brought in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any nomination or other business is not made or brought in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such nomination or proposal of other business be disregarded and not acted upon.

(h) Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

(i) Effect on Other Rights. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(j) Effect on Parent LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions, requirements and limitations in this Section 11 will not apply to any business or nominations to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders as directed or requested by the parent LLC so long as the parent LLC owns at least thirty-five (35%) of the Corporation’s then outstanding Common Stock.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, except as otherwise required by law, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to

 

- 11 -


vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.

Section 13. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting.

(a) Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the parent LLC seeks to authorize or take corporate action by written consent pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the parent LLC shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall in such an event be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(b) Generally. Subject to the provisions of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation and Section 13(a) of these Bylaws, any action which could be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting by the parent LLC, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are (a) signed by the parent LLC and any other holders of outstanding stock having not fewer than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and (b) delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the records of proceedings of meetings of stockholders. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by this Section 13. The validity of any consent executed

 

- 12 -


by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense and in consultation with the parent LLC) to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

In the event of the delivery, in the manner provided by this Section 13 and applicable law, to the Corporation of written consent or consents to take corporate action and/or any related revocation or revocations, the Corporation shall engage independent inspectors of election for the purpose of performing promptly a ministerial review of the validity of the consents and revocations. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no action by written consent and without a meeting shall be effective until such inspectors have completed their review, determined that the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents delivered to the Corporation in accordance with this Section 13 and applicable law have been obtained to authorize or take the action specified in the consents, and certified such determination for entry in the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of stockholders. Nothing contained in this Section 13 shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any consent or revocation thereof, whether before or after such certification by the independent inspectors, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

Section 14. Conduct of Meetings.

(a) Generally. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman of the Board’s absence or disability, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President, or in the President’s absence or disability, by a Vice President. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the

 

- 13 -


meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted. The chairman shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time.

(c) Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to such powers as are herein and in the Certificate of Incorporation expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock and these Bylaws. To the extent the Corporate Governance and Director Designation Agreement or any other stockholders agreement sets forth procedures governing the nomination of directors to the Board and any committees thereof or the election of a Chairman of the Board, the Corporation and the Board of Directors must act in accordance with the provisions of any such agreement in complying with ARTICLE III.

Section 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual

 

- 14 -


meeting of stockholders. In the event the annual meeting of stockholders takes place telephonically or through any other means by which the stockholders do not convene in any one location, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal offices of the Corporation immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 3. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, any director then in office who was nominated by the parent LLC, or upon the written request of at least a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of these Bylaws, “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice shall be required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4, in which notice shall be stated the time and place of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by telex, telecopy, facsimile, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, facsimile, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records.

Section 5. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6. Chairman of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. The Board of Directors may elect, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, may be a director or an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors who shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Board of Directors has elected a Chairman of the Board

 

- 15 -


and he or she is not present at a meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Committees. The Board of Directors (i) may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and (ii) shall during such period of time as any securities of the Corporation are listed on any exchange, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate all committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or as required by the rules and regulations of such exchange, if applicable. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

Section 8. Committee Rules. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 9. Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper

 

- 16 -


form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 10. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including participation on any committees.

Section 11. Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 12. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as is convenient. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as is convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

 

- 17 -


Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at its discretion, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director or (b) stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

Section 7. The President. The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. [The President shall, in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer.] The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

Section 8. Vice Presidents. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the President. The Vice Presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the

 

- 18 -


Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof), all meetings of the stockholders and all meetings of all committees of the board and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; and shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 12. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

 

- 19 -


Section 13. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President or the Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both, in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time

 

- 20 -


after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, these Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of stockholders are identical, whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 3. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Written Consent. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings which is expressly governed by Section 12 of ARTICLE II), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation and the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by

 

- 21 -


the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

Section 3. Contracts. In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans. Subject to compliance with applicable law (including Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other Corporation held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chairman of the Board, if any, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors

 

- 22 -


specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, unless and until authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 10. Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the DGCL or any other applicable law, the Director Designation Agreement or any other stockholders agreement, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a

 

- 23 -


proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII shall be a contract right. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “advance of expenses”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation or advance of expenses (including attoneys’ fees, costs and charges) under this Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the director or officer. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a

 

- 24 -


director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation, the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 7. Savings Clause. If this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements,

 

- 25 -


judgments, fines, excise taxes, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Article Six of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

- 26 -

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

EXHIBIT 4.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of            , by and between U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as GGC USS Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and GGC USS Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Parent”).

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2008, by and among the Parent and certain other persons party thereto (the “Parent Registration Rights Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company was created in furtherance of an intended initial public offering, it being intended that certain of the Company’s equity will be offered to the public in such initial public offering (the “IPO”);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Parent owns all of the equity interests of the Company;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement with respect to certain of the Company’s equity interests; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the IPO.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.

1. Demand Registrations.

(a) At any time, the Parent may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of its Registrable Securities (A) on Form S-1 or any similar long form registration statement (“Long Form Registrations”), (B) on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement (“Short Form Registrations”) if the Company is eligible to use any such short form or (C) on any applicable “short form” pursuant to Rule 415 (or any successor rule) promulgated under the Securities Act (a “415 Registration”) if the Company is eligible to use any such short form. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 1(a) are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations.” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered, the anticipated per share price range for such offering and the intended method of distribution. Within ten (10) days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests from the Parent for inclusion therein.


(b) Long Form Registrations. The Parent shall be entitled to request four Long Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses. A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Long Form Registrations until it has become effective and unless the Parent is able to register and sell at least nine-tenths (90%) of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Long Form Registration whether or not it becomes effective and whether or not such registration has counted as one of the permitted Long Form Registrations.

(c) Short Form Registrations. In addition to the Long Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1(b), the Parent shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Short Form Registration whether or not it becomes effective. Demand Registrations shall be Short Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to the use of a Short Form Registration. The Company shall use its best efforts to make Short Form Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Registrable Securities.

(d) 415 Registrations.

(i) In addition to the Long Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1(b) and the Short Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1(c), the Parent shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of 415 Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a 415 Registration whether or not it becomes effective. In the event that the Company files a shelf registration statement pursuant to a request for a 415 Registration and such registration becomes effective (such registration statement, a “Shelf Registration Statement”), the Parent shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such registration statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”), so long as the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. The Parent shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “Shelf Offering Request”) for such offering to the Company specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the Parent desires to sell pursuant to such offering (the “Shelf Offering”). The Company shall include in such Shelf Offering the Registrable Securities of the Parent. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Request), but subject to Section 1(f) hereof, use its best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parent wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Parent only needs to notify the Company of the block trade Shelf Offering on the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as

 

2


expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as three (3) business days after the date it commences); provided that in the case of such underwritten block trade, only the Parent shall have a right to notice and to participate, and provided, further, that the Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the underwritten block trade.

(iii) In the event the Parent initiates a 415 Registration, the Company shall, at the request of the Parent, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Parent. Once a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, the Parent may request, and the Company shall be required to facilitate, an unlimited number of Shelf Offerings with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Parent.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 180 days after the effective date of the IPO or within 120 days after the effective date of any other previous Demand Registration. The Company may postpone for up to 120 days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Board of Directors (or its successor, the “Board”) and the Parent agree, and the Board has determined in its reasonable good faith judgment, that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization or similar transaction; provided that in such event, the Parent shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations hereunder and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any twelve-month period.

(g) Selection of Underwriters. The Parent shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any Demand Registration, subject to the Company’s approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(h) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the Parent; provided that the Company may grant rights to other Persons, including employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to participate in Piggyback Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate to or on a pro rata basis with the rights of the Parent with respect to such Piggyback Registrations as set forth in Sections 2(c) and 2(d) hereof.

 

3


2. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback.

(i) Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Demand Registration) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Parent of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to the terms of Sections 2(c) and 2(d) hereof, shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws or in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests from the Parent for inclusion therein within 20 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Parent wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Parent only needs to notify the Company of the block trade Shelf Offering on the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as three (3) business days after the date it commences); provided that in the case of such underwritten block trade, only the Parent shall have a right to notice and to participate, and provided, further, that the Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the underwritten block trade.

(b) Piggyback Expenses. The Registration Expenses of the Parent shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations.

(c) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Parent, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of outstanding shares owned by each such holder (determined, if appropriate, on an as if converted basis).

 

4


(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering in the price range acceptable to the holders initially requesting such registration, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Parent, and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of outstanding shares owned by each such holder (determined, if appropriate, on an as if converted basis).

(e) Other Registrations. If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1 or pursuant to this Section 2, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least 120 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

3. Holdback Agreements.

(a) The Parent agrees that it shall not effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten registration filed under the Securities Act (except as part of such underwritten registration), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering and the Parent otherwise agree in writing.

(b) The Company (i) shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 180 day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering and the Parent agree, and (ii) shall cause each of its executive officers and directors and holders of at least 2% (on a fully diluted basis) of its Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 or any successor rule) of any such securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering and the Parent otherwise agree.

 

5


4. Registration Procedures. Whenever the Parent has requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses as may be necessary to comply with applicable securities laws, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the Parent copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(b) notify the Parent of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective until the date as of which there are no longer any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in existence and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Parent thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Parent such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any Free-Writing Prospectus) and such other documents as the Parent may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Parent;

(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Parent reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Parent to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by the Parent (provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this clause (i), (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(e) notify the Parent (i) after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) after receipt thereof, of any request by the Securities and Exchange Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the

 

6


statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of the Parent, the Company shall prepare, file with the SEC and furnish to the Parent a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(f) prepare and file promptly with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and notify the Parent prior to the filing of, such amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, when any event has occurred as the result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, in case the Parent or any of its underwriters is required to deliver a prospectus at a time when the prospectus then in circulation is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company shall use its best efforts to prepare promptly upon request of the Parent or such underwriter such amendments or supplements to such registration statement and prospectus as may be necessary in order for such prospectus to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and such rules and regulations;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on the NASD automated quotation system and, if listed on the NASD automated quotation system, use its best efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(i) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Parent or its underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

(j) make available for inspection by the Parent, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Parent or the underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by the Parent or the underwriter or any of their respective attorneys, accountants or agents in connection with such registration statement;

 

7


(k) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to the Parent, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(l) obtain one or more comfort letters, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the Parent reasonably requests;

(m) if any such registration or comparable statement refers to the Parent or any of its affiliates by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company and if in the Parent’s sole and exclusive judgment, the Parent or such affiliate is or might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, the Parent shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance satisfactory to the Parent and presented to the Company in writing, to the effect that the holding by the Parent or such affiliate of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by the Parent or such affiliate, as applicable, of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that the Parent or such affiliate, as applicable, shall assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to the Parent or such affiliate by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar Federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Person; provided that with respect to this clause (ii) the Parent shall furnish to the Company an opinion of counsel to such effect, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

(n) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any common stock included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order; and

(o) provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) at the time any request for a Demand Registration is submitted to the Company, and such request for a Demand Registration requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”) on Form S-3, the Company shall file an Automatic

 

8


Shelf Registration Statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

If the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Parent, and the Parent does not request that its Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that it shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities) in order to ensure that the Parent may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

In the event of a registration of the Parent’s Registrable Securities, the Company may require the Parent to furnish the Company such information regarding the Parent and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. During such time as the Parent may be engaged in a distribution of such securities, the Parent shall distribute such securities under the registration statement solely in the manner described in the registration statement.

5. Registration Expenses.

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses”), shall be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or on the NASD automated quotation system.

 

9


(b) The Company shall reimburse the Parent for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel (if any) chosen by the Parent in connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration.

(c) To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, the Parent shall pay those Registration Expenses allocable to the registration of its securities so included, and any Registration Expenses not so allocable shall be borne by all sellers of securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

6. Indemnification.

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Parent and its direct and indirect partners and members and each of their respective officers, directors, members, managers and employees and each Person who controls the Parent (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (each such Person, a “Parent Indemnified Party”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (collectively, “Losses”) caused by (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act and any state securities laws applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and to pay to each Parent Indemnified Party, as incurred, any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such Losses, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company or any managing underwriter by such Parent Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Parent Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Parent Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Parent Indemnified Party.

(b) In connection with any registration statement in which the Parent is participating, the Parent shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by the Parent for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by the Parent from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

10


(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicting indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the Parent, at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party, in the defense of such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Losses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of the Parent, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by the Parent from the sale of its Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Losses or other liabilities referred to above

 

11


shall be deemed to include, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 6(a) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to Section 6(a).

7. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless the Parent provides prior written consent, which the Parent may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

8. Distributions. In the event the Parent distributes any Registrable Securities to any of the direct or indirect members or partners of Parent (each such person receiving Registrable Securities thereby, a “Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary”), the Parent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to assign to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary, in whole or in part, its rights hereunder with respect to the Registrable Securities distributed to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary. In such event, with respect to the Registrable Securities distributed to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary, such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of Parent under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) the rights of each “Golden Gate Member” (as such term is used in the Parent Registration Rights Agreement) with respect to the “Common Stock” (as such term is used in the Parent Registration Rights Agreement) shall apply to each Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary mutatis mutandis with respect to the Registrable Securities distributed to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Parent may, at the Parent’s election and in its sole and absolute discretion, deem the Company’s Common Stock as the “Common Stock” as that term is used in the Parent Registration Rights Agreement.

9. Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and will take such further action as the Parent may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable the Parent to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act (as such rule may be amended from time to time) or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

10. Definitions.

(a) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(b) “Person” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, an associate, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

12


(c) “Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Stock held by the Parent, and (ii) any Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any successor rule) promulgated under the Securities Act or repurchased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(d) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

(e) “Securities and Exchange Commission” includes any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(f) “Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

(g) “Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person in which such specified Person, directly or indirectly through one or more Affiliates or otherwise, beneficially owns at least fifty percent (50%) of either the ownership interest (determined by equity or economic interests) in, or the voting control of, such other Person.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Parent in this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Parent.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely affect the ability of the Parent to include its Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

(c) Remedies. Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13


(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only upon the prior written consent of the Company and the Parent. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the parties hereto agree the Company and the Parent may not amend or waive this Agreement to reduce or eliminate any right of any Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary herein (it being understood that an amendment or waiver which provides a Person (other than the Parent) with registration rights having superiority or parity in priority in a registration on behalf of the Company to the Parent will not require the consent of any Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary).

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Parent Registration Rights Agreement and the other documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, other than the Parent Registration Rights Agreement, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

(g) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by telecopied signature pages, if facsimile or PDF format), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

(i) Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(j) Governing Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(k) Notices. In the event a notice or other document is required to be sent hereunder to the Company or to the Parent (or legal representative of the Parent), such notice or other document shall be in writing and shall be considered given and received, in all respects when personally delivered, when sent by facsimile transmission actually received by the applicable party’s receiving equipment or when sent by overnight express or courier service or

 

14


United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage and other fees prepaid, on the day such notice or document is personally delivered, on the next business day following the day on which such notice or other document is timely deposited with the overnight delivery service as aforesaid or on the third business day following the day on which such notice or other document is deposited in the U.S. mail as aforesaid. Such notice and document shall be addressed to the party entitled to receive such notice or other document at the respective addresses indicated below:

If to the Company:

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, MD 21701

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile: +1 301 682 0690

If to the Parent:

c/o Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Prescott Ashe and Rajeev Amara

Fax: +1 415 983 2701

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street, Suite 2700

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Stephen D. Oetgen, Esq.

Fax: +1 415 439 1500

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party (or its legal representative) has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Until such notice of change of address is properly given, the addresses set forth herein shall be effective for all purposes.

*  *  *  *  *

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

U.S. SILICA HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

GGC USS HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.20

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [            ] between U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [            ] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee


is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (“Golden Gate”) or affiliates of Golden Gate which Indemnitee and Golden Gate intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that

 

 

1 

Bracketed provisions apply only to Golden Gate directors.

 

2


Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any action, suit or proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the

 

3


Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7(e)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding not initiated by Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall

 

4


reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Sections 7(d) and 7(e) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board (including a vote of a majority of the Disinterested Directors if obtainable), and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the

 

5


Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6, and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing

 

6


provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to

 

7


overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7; provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 1(c) of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict-of-law rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b). In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company

 

8


for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(e) The Company shall, to the extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation.

 

9


(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Charter”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Golden Gate and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, Golden Gate (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of

 

10


any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above]; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act; or

 

11


(d) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

10. Non–Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

11. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) fifteen (15) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding). This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as

 

12


defined below), other than Golden Gate and its affiliates and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 13(b)(i), 13(b)(iii) or 13(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

 

13


(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

14


(i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

15. Enforcement and Binding Effect.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

(b) Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement

 

15


constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

16. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

16


18. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, Maryland 21701

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (304) 258-8295

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

20. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

21. Usage of Pronouns. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

22. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Walkers Corporate Services Delaware Ltd., 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 170, Wilmington, Delaware 19809

 

17


as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum. The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not constitute general consent to service of process in the state for any purpose except as provided above, and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the parties to this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

U.S. SILICA HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

INDEMNITEE
   
  Name:
  Address:
   
   
   
   

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

Form of Letter Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.21

[            ]

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, Maryland 21701

 

  Re: Advancement and Indemnification Rights

In light of recent court decisions concerning the rights of corporate directors and officers (including directors designated by sponsor shareholder investors) to advancement of expenses and indemnification, Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (“Golden Gate”) and U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) have agreed to enter into this Letter Agreement (this “Agreement”) to clarify their understandings with respect to certain matters. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in this Agreement are used herein as defined in Section 3.

This Agreement clarifies certain rights of (i) Golden Gate; (ii) any Golden Gate Affiliate or other persons or entities providing management, advisory, consulting or other services at the direction or request of Golden Gate or any Golden Gate Affiliate to or for the benefit of the Company or any successors or direct or indirect parents or subsidiaries of the Company (individually, including the Company, a “U.S. Silica Company,” and collectively, including the Company, the “U.S. Silica Companies”); (iii) any Fund; (iv) any persons designated by Golden Gate, any Golden Gate Affiliate or any Fund to serve as a director, officer, board observer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, manager, employee, agent, consultant or advisor, or functional or foreign equivalent of the foregoing, of or to any of the U.S. Silica Companies or of or to any partnership or joint venture of which any U.S. Silica Company is a partner or member (collectively, the “Golden Gate Designees”); and (v) any direct or indirect partners (including general partners), shareholders, members (including managing members), affiliates, controlling persons, subsidiaries, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, employees and agents of any of the foregoing (those persons and entities identified in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are herein referred to collectively as the “Indemnitees,” and individually as an “Indemnitee”), whether such right exists pursuant to any Organizational Document or any other agreement or document.

The parties intend that (i) the U.S. Silica Companies are and shall at all times be the indemnitors of first resort with respect to any and all matters for which advancement of expenses and indemnification are provided by the U.S. Silica Companies to or on behalf of any Indemnitee, without regard to the time of any related claims and liabilities or of any act, statement or omission relating thereto, (ii) the U.S. Silica Companies shall advance expenses and/or indemnify each Indemnitee on a primary basis, and (iii) any Indemnitee may be required to seek advancement of expenses and/or indemnification from any other potential source of such advancement or indemnification (including from any other Indemnitee) only if, and to the extent, that the U.S. Silica Companies are legally and/or financially unable to advance expenses to or on behalf of and/or indemnify, as the case may be, such Indemnitee.


In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration - including the agreement of the Golden Gate Designees to serve one or more U.S. Silica Companies (including without limitation on the board of directors or similar governing body thereof) - the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, all parties intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

1. Company is Primary Indemnitor.

Each of the undersigned U.S. Silica Companies hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) each of the undersigned U.S. Silica Companies is an indemnitor of first resort; (b) the obligations of the U.S. Silica Companies to each Indemnitee are primary, and any obligations of Golden Gate, any Golden Gate Affiliate or any Fund or other Indemnitee to provide advancement of expenses or indemnification for any Losses incurred by Indemnitee and for which any U.S. Silica Company has agreed (or is otherwise obligated) to indemnify Indemnitee (whether under any Organizational Document or any other agreement or document) are secondary; and (c) if Golden Gate, or any Golden Gate Affiliate, Fund or other Indemnitee, is obligated to pay, or pays, or causes to be paid for any reason, any expense or Loss which any U.S. Silica Company is otherwise obligated (whether under any Organizational Document or other document or agreement) to pay to or on behalf of Indemnitee, then (x) Golden Gate, such Golden Gate Affiliate, Fund or other Indemnitee, as the case may be, shall be fully subrogated to and otherwise succeed to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment, including with respect to rights to claim such amounts from any of the U.S. Silica Companies; and (y) each of the undersigned U.S. Silica Companies shall jointly and severally reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless (or cause one or more other U.S. Silica Companies to reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless) Golden Gate, such Golden Gate Affiliate, Fund or other Indemnitee, as the case may be, for all such payments actually made by such entity or person on behalf of or for the benefit of Indemnitee.

2. Specific Waiver of Subrogation, Contribution, etc.

To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, each of the undersigned U.S. Silica Companies hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (and covenants and agrees not to exercise, and to cause each affiliate of any U.S. Silica Company not to exercise), any claims or rights that any U.S. Silica Company may now have or hereafter acquire against any Indemnitee (in any capacity) that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of one of the U.S. Silica Companies’ obligations under this Agreement or under any indemnification obligation (whether pursuant to any other contract, any Organizational Document or otherwise), including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee, whether such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute, common law or otherwise, including any right to claim, take or receive from any Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security or other credit support on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

2


3. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the phrase “including” shall not be deemed to be a term of limitation but rather shall be construed to mean “including, without limitation” and the following terms are used with the meaning set forth herein:

 

  (a) Golden Gate Affiliate” means any entity that, directly or indirectly, (i) is controlled by, (ii) controls or (iii) is under common control with, Golden Gate; provided, that, under no circumstances shall any portfolio company of Golden Gate (including any U.S. Silica Company) be deemed a Golden Gate Affiliate hereunder.

 

  (b) Fund” means any investment fund formed or managed by Golden Gate or any Golden Gate Affiliate or for which any Golden Gate Affiliate serves as an investment adviser, and any other partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity that is a Golden Gate Affiliate which, directly or indirectly, owns equity securities of the Company or any other U.S. Silica Company.

 

  (c) Losses” means any and all damages, judgments, liabilities, assessments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, fees and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees and costs) or other losses.

 

  (d) Organizational Document” means an entity’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement, indemnification agreement, or other similar or equivalent agreement or document.

4. Miscellaneous.

 

  (a) This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated as to any U.S. Silica Company (and the provisions hereof may be waived) only by a written agreement specifically identified as such and signed by Golden Gate and the relevant U.S. Silica Company. No oral amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement shall be effective.

 

  (b) An Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement and any Organizational Document or other agreement or document that gives rise to indemnification and/or advancement rights are present contractual rights that shall fully vest upon any Indemnitee’s first service as a director, officer, board observer, fiduciary, partner, trustee, manager, employee, agent or functional or foreign equivalent of any of the foregoing of any of the U.S. Silica Companies. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement, any Organizational Document or any other such agreement or document or of any provision hereof or thereof validly effected shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement, any Organizational Document or such agreement or document in respect of any act, omission or statement of such Indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

3


  (c) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require: (i) Golden Gate, any Golden Gate Affiliate or any other person or entity to provide management, advisory, consulting or other services, or (ii) any Golden Gate Designee to serve as a director, officer or agent of any U.S. Silica Company (or in any other capacity). No Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall be limited or impaired in any way if such Indemnitee ceases, for any reason, to serve or provide services to any U.S. Silica Company.

 

  (d) To the extent permitted by applicable choice-of-law principles, this Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice- or conflict-of-law principles or rules that would result in the application of the domestic substantive law of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (e) Except as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein, (i) no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise, so long as such right or remedy does not conflict with any right or remedy provided hereunder, (ii) any and all rights to advancement of expenses and/or indemnification to which each Indemnitee has ever been, is or may in the future be entitled from the U.S. Silica Companies shall remain unchanged by this Agreement, and (iii) the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that any term or condition of this Agreement conflicts with any term or condition under any other agreement or document to which any U.S. Silica Company or Indemnitee is a party or by which any of them are otherwise bound (whether pursuant to an Organizational Document or any other agreement or document) with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each U.S. Silica Company hereby waives the right to enforce any rights under such other agreement to the extent that such rights or remedies conflict with any rights, remedies or other provisions hereunder.

 

  (f) Each Indemnitee that is not a direct party hereunder is and shall be considered an express and intended third-party beneficiary hereunder and shall be entitled to enforce this Agreement to the same extent as a party hereunder.

 

  (g)

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this

 

4


  Agreement (including each portion of any section or subsection of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties expressed herein; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any section or subsection of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

  (h) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties in separate counterparts (any of which may be delivered by facsimile or pdf), each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

5


Very truly yours,

 

GOLDEN GATE PRIVATE EQUITY, INC.

By:    
Name:
Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO as of the date of this letter.

 

U.S. SILICA COMPANIES

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

By:    
Name:
Title:

 

GGC RCS Holdings, Inc.
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

Coated Sand Solutions, LLC
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

Preferred Rocks USS Inc.
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

Hourglass Acquisition I, LLC
By:    
Name:
Title:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNITY PRIORITY AGREEMENT


Hourglass Holdings, LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

USS Holdings, Inc.
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

U.S. Silica Company
By:    

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNITY PRIORITY AGREEMENT

Form of Corporate Governance and Director Designation Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.22

DIRECTOR DESIGNATION AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR DESIGNATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                  , 201    , by and among GGC USS Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Stockholder”) and U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Unless otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 4 hereof.

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Company will effectuate an initial public offering of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Initial Public Offering”); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth certain rights and obligations of the Stockholder with respect to the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

1. Voting Agreement; Board Nomination Rights.

(a) From and after the date hereof and until the provisions of this Section 1 cease to be effective and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Stockholder (or its indirect beneficial owners) shall have the right to nominate persons for election to the Board (each a “Nominee”) as follows:

(i) (x) prior to the earlier of (A) one year after the Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage becomes less than 50% or (B) the Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage becomes less than 35%, such number of individuals as are collectively designated by the Stockholder, so long as the Company is able to comply with the requirement of Section 303A.01 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual (the “Majority Independent Director Requirement”) or the Majority Independent Director Requirement does not apply to the Company or (y) after the earlier of (A) or (B) in clause (x) hereof, but while the Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage is at least 10%, such number of individuals in relative proportion to the Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage (rounded up), so long as the Company is able to comply with the Majority Independent Director Requirement or the Majority Independent Director Requirement does not apply to the Company; and

(ii) subject to the provisions of this Section 1, during such time as the Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage is at least 35%, the size (i.e., number of Board seats) shall not be more than [             (        )].


(b) The Company shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each director in connection with attending the meetings of the Board and any committee thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at such time as the Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage is less than 10%, the rights of the Stockholder under this Section 1 to nominate any Nominee shall terminate automatically and cease to have any further force or effect.

(d) At every meeting of the Board, or a committee thereof, for which directors are nominated to stand for election by stockholders of the Company, each Stockholder will have the right to select those persons to be nominated for election to the Board for each Retiring Director that was a prior Nominee of such Stockholder in accordance with this Section 1.

(e) If a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, disqualification, resignation or removal of a Nominee (including by virtue of a removal of a Nominee at the discretion of the Stockholder), the Stockholder shall be entitled to nominate such person’s successors in accordance with this Agreement and the Board, subject to a determination of the Board in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel that such action would not constitute a breach of applicable law, shall fill the vacancy with such successor Nominee.

(f) If a Nominee is not nominated or elected to the Board because of the Nominee’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the Stockholder who nominated such person shall be entitled to nominate promptly another Nominee and the director position for which such Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such nomination.

2. Company Obligations.

(a) The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to assure that (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders for each election of directors, and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be nominated for election to the Board or recommend to the stockholders the election of any Nominee (i) who fails to submit to the Company on a timely basis such questionnaires as the Company may reasonably require of its directors generally and such other information as the Company may reasonably request in connection with the preparation of its filings under the Securities Laws, or (ii) the Board or the Nominating Committee determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that such action would constitute a breach of applicable law; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of either (i) or (ii) above, the Company shall promptly notify the applicable Stockholder of the occurrence of such event and permit the applicable Stockholder to provide an alternate Nominee sufficiently in advance of

 

2


any Board action, meeting of the stockholders called or written action of stockholders with respect to such election of Nominees and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform its obligations under Section 2(a) with respect to such alternate Nominee (provided that if the Company provides at least 45 days advance notice of the occurrence of any such event such alternative Nominee must be designated by the applicable Stockholder not less than 30 days in advance of any Board action, notice of meeting of the stockholders or written action of stockholders with respect to such election of Nominees). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform its obligations under Section 2(a) with respect to such alternate Nominee, provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to postpone, reschedule or delay any scheduled meeting of the stockholders with respect to such election of Nominees.

(c) At any time a vacancy occurs because of the death, disability, resignation or removal of a Nominee, then the Board, or any committee thereof, shall not fill such vacancy until the earliest to occur of (i) such Stockholder has nominated a successor Nominee and the Board has filled the vacancy and appointed such successor Nominee, (ii) such Stockholder fails to nominate a successor Nominee within 30 Business Days after receiving notification of the vacancy from the Company, and (iii) such Stockholder has specifically waived its right under this Section 2(c).

(d) At any time that any Stockholder shall have any nomination rights under Section 1, the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s bylaws, (i) to reduce the size of the Board from              (        ) if such decrease would cause the Company to fail to satisfy the Majority Independent Director Requirement without the resignation of a Nominee or (ii) that otherwise could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Stockholder’s rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the Stockholder.

3. Definitions.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote a majority of the securities having voting power for the election of directors (or other Persons acting in similar capacities) of such Person or otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, no Stockholder shall by reason of this Agreement be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other Stockholder or of the Company.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

3


Nominating Committee” means the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board.

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, limited liability company, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Retiring Director” means any director whose term expires at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Laws” means the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder.

Stockholder’s Ownership Percentage” means, at any time, the fraction (expressed as a percentage) that results from dividing (i) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Stockholder and its Affiliates at such time by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at such time.

Subsidiary” means, at any time, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person.

Transfer” means, with respect to any Common Stock, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, or otherwise directly transfer such Common Stock or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing, except for any Transfers to an Affiliate not otherwise prohibited hereby.

4. Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5. Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

6. Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

 

4


7. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

8. Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 15, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Schedules constituting a part of this Agreement) and any other writing signed by authorized representatives of each of the parties after the date hereof that specifically references this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

13. Further Assurances. The Stockholders shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

14. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

5


15. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

If to the Company:

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, MD 21701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (            )             -            

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street, #2700

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Stephen D. Oetgen

Facsimile: (415) 439-1500

If to the Stockholder:

c/o Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Prescott Ashe

Facsimile: (415) 983-2701

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street, #2700

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Stephen D. Oetgen

Facsimile: (415) 439-1500

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 15 during regular business hours.

16. Distributions. In the event the Stockholder distributes any Common Stock to any of the direct or indirect members or partners of the Stockholder (each such person receiving Common Stock thereby, a “Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary”), the Stockholder may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to assign to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary, in whole or in part, its rights hereunder with respect to the Stockholder distributed to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary. In such event, with respect to the Common Stock distributed to such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary, such Qualified Third-Party Beneficiary shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the Stockholder under this Agreement.

17. Enforcement. The parties hereto covenant and agree that the disinterested members of the Board or the disinterested members of any Board committee so designated by the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement, the Termination Agreement between the Company

 

6


and GGC Administration, LLC and the Registration Agreement among the Company and certain of its stockholders.

*        *        *        *        *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement on the day and year first above-written.

 

U.S. SILICA HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GGC USS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Director Designation Agreement]

Employment Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.23

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of December 21, 2011, by and between U.S. Silica Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and William A. White (“Executive”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Employment. The Company shall employ Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement for the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as provided in Paragraph 3 hereof (the “Employment Period”). During the Employment Period, Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”), or such other person as designated by the CEO or the Board in their respective sole discretion, and shall render such administrative, financial and other executive and managerial services to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the CEO or the Board may from time to time direct. Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Executive shall perform his duties, responsibilities and functions to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates hereunder to the best of his abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, professional and efficient manner and shall comply with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ policies and procedures in all material respects. In performing his duties and exercising his authority under this Agreement, Executive shall support and implement the business and strategic plans approved from time to time by the CEO or the Board and shall support and cooperate with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ efforts to expand their businesses and operate profitably and in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board. So long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, accept other employment or perform other services for compensation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall not serve as an officer or director of, or otherwise perform services for compensation for, any other entity without the prior written consent of the Board; provided that Executive may serve as an officer or director of or otherwise participate in solely educational, welfare, social, religious and civic organizations so long as such activities do not interfere with Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

 

(a) For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(i) “Subsidiaries” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which the securities or other ownership interests having the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company, directly or through one of more Subsidiaries;

 

(ii) “Affiliates” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship or other business organization (a “Person”) that directly, or indirectly through one of more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Company; and


(iii) “Board” shall mean the Board of Managers of the Company’s corporate parent, GGC USS Holdings, LLC.

 

2. Compensation and Benefits.

 

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be two hundred fifty thousand U.S. dollars ($250,000) per annum or such higher rate as the Board may determine from time to time (as adjusted from time to time, the “Base Salary”), which salary shall be payable by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices in effect from time to time. In addition to the Base Salary, the Board shall award a bonus to Executive following the end of each fiscal year during the Employment Period based upon the Company’s operating results during such year (which bonus shall be in an amount equal to 45% of the Base Salary upon the achievement of EBITDA consistent with the minimum EBITDA required by the Company’s then-current senior secured credit facility and which may be higher or lower based on the achievement of financial targets established on an annual basis by the Board in consultation with management). Payment of any bonus with respect to a fiscal year of the Company which may become due under this Agreement shall be made in the calendar year following the calendar year in which such fiscal year ends.

 

(b) During the Employment Period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

 

(c) In addition to the Base Salary, Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits during the Employment Period, unless otherwise modified by the Board:

 

(i) participation in the Company’s health and welfare benefits on the same basis as the other members of the Company’s senior management; and

 

(ii) a maximum of twenty (20) days of personal time off each year with salary.

 

(d) All amounts payable to Executive hereunder shall be subject to all required and customary withholding by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(e) Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan in accordance with its terms and provisions and applicable law, as the same may be changed, amended or terminated from time to time.

 

2


3. Term.

 

(a) The Employment Period shall continue until the earlier of (i) Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) Executive’s resignation of his employment with the Company and (iii) the Company’s termination of the Employment Period. The Employment Period may be terminated by the Company at any time for Cause (as defined below) or without Cause. Except as otherwise provided herein, any termination of the Employment Period by the Company shall be effective as specified in a written notice from the Company to Executive.

 

(b) If the Employment Period is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below),

 

(i) Executive shall be entitled to continue to receive his Base Salary payable in regular installments as special severance payments from the date of termination through the twelve-month anniversary of the date of termination (the “Severance Period”), if and only if Executive has executed and delivered to the Company a General Release substantially in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and the General Release has become effective, and only so long as Executive has not revoked or breached the provisions of the General Release or breached the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 hereof and does not apply for unemployment compensation chargeable to the Company or any Subsidiary during the Severance Period (provided that if the Company is a “public company” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”), any amounts payable to Executive during the first six months and one day following the date of termination pursuant to this Paragraph 3(b) shall, to the extent such amounts are characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, be deferred until the date six months and one day following such termination, and if such payments are required to be so deferred, the first payment shall be in an amount equal to the total amount to which Executive would otherwise have been entitled to during the period following the date of termination if the deferral had not been required).

 

(ii) If Executive is eligible for and elects to receive continuation group health coverage mandated by Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code or similar state laws (“COBRA”), during the period which Executive is entitled to receive severance payments pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company will pay 100% of his COBRA premiums; provided that if the Company’s group health plan is self-insured, the Company will report to the appropriate tax authorities taxable income to Executive equal to the portion of the deemed cost of such participation (based on applicable COBRA rates) not paid by Executive; and provided, further that if the Company’s group health plan is fully insured, the Company shall have no obligation to pay such COBRA premiums to the extent that the Company reasonably determines that such payment could result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company for any failure to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended, and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, as amended, and

 

3


(iii) Executive shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits after termination of the Employment Period, except as specifically provided for in the Company’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.

 

Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 25(c), the amounts payable pursuant to this Paragraph 3(b) shall be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices as of the date of the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if following the termination of his employment Executive is entitled to payments or other benefits under this Paragraph 3(b), but the Company later determines that Cause with respect to Executive exists or existed on, prior to, or after such termination of Executive, (i) Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Paragraph 3(b), (ii) any and all payments to be made by the Company and any and all benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to this Paragraph 3(b) shall cease and (iii) any such payments previously made to Executive shall be returned immediately to the Company by Executive.

 

(c) If the Employment Period is terminated by the Company for Cause or is terminated pursuant to Paragraph (3)(a)(i) or Paragraph 3(a)(ii) (other than a termination by Executive for Good Reason), Executive shall only be entitled to receive his Base Salary through such date of termination or expiration and shall not be entitled to any other salary, compensation or benefits from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates thereafter, except as otherwise specifically provided for under the Company’s employee benefit plans or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.

 

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, bonuses, employee benefits and other compensation hereunder which would have accrued or become payable after the termination or expiration of the Employment Period shall cease upon such termination or expiration, other than those expressly required under applicable law (such as COBRA). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Company may offset any amounts Executive owes it or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates against any amounts it or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates owes Executive hereunder.

 

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean with respect to Executive one or more of the following: (i) the commission of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates or any of their customers, suppliers or distributors, (ii) reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct causing the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates substantial public disgrace or disrepute or substantial economic harm, (iii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the CEO or the Board (provided that either the CEO or the Board gives Executive written notice of his or its intention to terminate the Employment Period for Cause pursuant to this clause (iii) and allows Executive a 30-day period from the date of such notice to cure such failure to perform), (iv) any act or omission aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier, customer or distributor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to the material disadvantage or detriment of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, (v) breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (vi) any other material breach of this Agreement.

 

4


(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the essential duties, responsibilities and functions of his duties to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for a period of 90 consecutive days or for a total of 180 days during any 12-month period as a result of any mental or physical illness, disability or incapacity even with reasonable accommodations for such illness, disability or incapacity provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates or if providing such accommodations would be unreasonable, all as determined by the CEO or the Board in his or its respective reasonable good faith judgment. Executive shall cooperate in all respects with the Company if a question arises as to whether he has become disabled (including, without limitation, submitting to reasonable examinations by one or more medical doctors and other health care specialists selected by the Company and authorizing such medical doctors and other health care specialists to discuss Executive’s condition with the Company).

 

(g) For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any material breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (excluding, for avoidance of doubt, any material diminution in Executive’s authority and/or responsibilities but including, for avoidance of doubt, any material diminution in Executive’s Base Salary or any failure to provide benefits to Executive on the same basis as the other members of the Company’s senior management); provided that Executive gives the Company written notice of his intention to terminate the Employment Period for Good Reason and allows the Company a 30-day period from the date of such notice to cure such breach.

 

4. Confidential Information.

 

(a) Executive acknowledges that the information, observations and data (including trade secrets) obtained by him while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates concerning the business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (“Confidential Information”) are the property of the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate. The term “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, patent, copyright, trade secret, and proprietary information, techniques, sketches, drawings, models, inventions, know-how, processes, apparatus, equipment, algorithms, software programs, software source documents, and formulae related to the current, future and proposed products and services of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and information concerning research, experimental work, development, design details and specifications, engineering, financial information, procurement requirements, customers, distributors (including contact information), business forecasts, sales and merchandising, and marketing plans and information. Executive agrees that he shall not disclose to any Person or entity or use for his own purposes any Confidential Information or any confidential or proprietary information of other Persons or entities in the possession of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (“Third Party Information”), without the prior written consent of the Board, unless and to the extent that the Confidential Information or Third Party Information becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive’s acts or omissions. Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination or expiration of the Employment Period, or at any other time the

 

5


Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer files, disks and tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) embodying or relating to Third Party Information, Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates which he may then possess or have under his control.

 

(b) Executive shall be prohibited from using or disclosing any confidential information or trade secrets that Executive may have learned through any prior employment. If at any time during the Employment Period Executive believes he is being asked to engage in work that will, or will be likely to, jeopardize any confidentiality or other obligations Executive may have to former employers, Executive shall immediately advise the Board so that Executive’s duties can be modified appropriately. Executive represents and warrants to the Company that Executive took nothing with him that belonged to any former employer when Executive left his prior employment positions and that Executive has nothing that contains any information which belongs to any former employer. If at any time Executive discovers this is incorrect, Executive shall promptly return any such materials to Executive’s former employer. The Company does not want any such materials, and Executive shall not be permitted to use or refer to any such materials in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

  5.   Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents.

 

(a) Executive acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any confidential information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether alone or jointly with others) while employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whether before or after the date of this Agreement (“Work Product”), belong to the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and, at the Company’s expense, perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Employment Period) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments). Executive acknowledges that all Work Product shall be deemed to constitute “works made for hire” under the U.S. Copyright Act of 1976, as amended.

 

(b) Executive is hereby advised that this Paragraph 5 regarding the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ ownership of Work Product does not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate was used and which was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates to the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or to the Company’s or any Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development or (ii) the invention results from any work performed by Executive for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

6


6. Non-Compete, Non-Solicitation.

 

(a) In further consideration of the compensation to be paid to Executive hereunder, Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates he shall become familiar with, and during his employment with the Company he has become familiar with, the Company’s trade secrets and with other Confidential Information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and that his services have been and shall continue to be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and therefore, Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and for six months thereafter (the “Noncompete Period”), he shall not directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, be employed in an executive, managerial or administrative capacity by, or in any manner engage in, any business or entity competing with the businesses of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as such businesses exist or are in process during the Employment Period or on the date of the termination or expiration of the Employment Period (it being understood that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, manufacturers, distributors, marketers and retailers who operate outside of the multi-level or network marketing channel of distribution shall not be deemed to be competitive with the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates), within any geographical area in which the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates engage or plan to engage in such businesses. Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

 

(b) In addition, during the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another Person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to leave the employ of the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate and any employee thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate at any time during the Employment Period or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee, distributor or other business relation of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to cease doing business with the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee, distributor or business relation and the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate (including, without limitation, making any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates).

 

7. Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement, a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law. Because Executive’s services are unique and because Executive has access to Confidential Information and Work Product, the parties hereto agree that the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates would suffer irreparable harm from a breach of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6 by Executive and that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for

 

7


any such breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their successors or assigns, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). In addition, in the event of a breach or violation by Executive of Paragraph 6, the Noncompete Period shall be automatically extended by the amount of time between the initial occurrence of the breach or violation and when such breach or violation has been duly cured. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Paragraph 6 are reasonable and that he has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his legal counsel.

 

8. Additional Acknowledgments. In addition, Executive acknowledges that the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 are in consideration of employment with the Company and additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement. Executive also acknowledges that (i) the restrictions contained in Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 do not preclude Executive from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on Executive’s ability to earn a living, (ii) the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will be international in scope and without geographical limitation and (iii) notwithstanding the state of formation or principal office of the Company or residence of any of its executives or employees (including Executive), it is expected that the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will have business activities and have valuable business relationships within its industry throughout the world. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the non-enforcement of Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 outweighs any potential harm to Executive of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise. Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future and that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.

 

9. Executive’s Representations. Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which he is bound, (ii) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other Person or entity, and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that he has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding his rights and obligations under this Agreement and that he fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

10. Survival. Paragraphs 4 through 25, inclusive, shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their terms notwithstanding the expiration or termination of the Employment Period.

 

8


11. Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by facsimile or by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below indicated:

 

Notices to Executive:

 

William A. White

765 Showers Lane

Martinsburg, WV 25403

Fax: 304-263-3742

 

Notices to the Company:

 

U.S. Silica Company

8490 Progress Drive, Suite 300

Frederick, MD 21701

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: 301-682-0600

 

With a copy to:

 

c/o Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center

39th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Rajeev Amara

 

With a copy to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street, 27th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Stephen D. Oetgen

    Arshad A. Ahmed

 

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered, sent or mailed.

 

12. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

9


13. Complete Agreement. This Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, that certain Incentive Unit Agreement dated July 30, 2009 between the Executive and GGC USS Holdings, LLC) by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, but excluding any breaches thereof by either party prior to the date hereof.

 

14. No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

 

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

16. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, the Company and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

17. Choice of Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Maryland or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland.

 

18. Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (as approved by the Board) and Executive, and no course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s right to terminate the Employment Period for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any provision of this Agreement.

 

19. Insurance. The Company may, at its discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance. Executive hereby represents that he has no reason to believe that his life is not insurable at rates now prevailing for healthy men of his age.

 

20. Indemnification and Reimbursement of Payments on Behalf of Executive. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to deduct or withhold from any amounts owing from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to Executive any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, excise tax, or employment taxes (“Taxes”) imposed with

 

10


respect to Executive’s compensation or other payments from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or Executive’s ownership interest in the Company or its Affiliates (including, without limitation, wages, bonuses, dividends, the receipt or exercise of equity options and/or the receipt or vesting of restricted equity). In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates does not make such deductions or withholdings, Executive shall indemnify the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any amounts paid with respect to any such Taxes, together with any interest, penalties and related expenses thereto.

 

21. Consent to Jurisdiction. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF MARYLAND LOCATED IN BALTIMORE, MARYLAND, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN MARYLAND WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH 21. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF MARYLAND LOCATED IN BALTIMORE, MARYLAND AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

22. Waiver of Jury Trial. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

23. Corporate Opportunity. Executive shall submit to the Board all business, commercial and investment opportunities, or offers presented to Executive in his personal capacity or of which Executive becomes aware at any time during the Employment Period which relate to the business of industrial minerals (“Corporate Opportunities”). Unless approved by the Board, Executive shall not accept or pursue, directly or indirectly, any Corporate Opportunities on Executive’s own behalf. Nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation.

 

11


24. Executive’s Cooperation. During the Employment Period and thereafter, Executive shall cooperate with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates in any internal investigation, any administrative, regulatory or judicial investigation or proceeding or any dispute with a third party as reasonably requested by the Company (including, without limitation, Executive being available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations, appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process, volunteering to the Company all pertinent information and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into Executive’s possession, all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with Executive’s other permitted activities and commitments). In the event the Company requires Executive’s cooperation in accordance with this Paragraph 24, the Company shall reimburse Executive solely for reasonable travel expenses (including lodging and meals) upon submission of receipts.

 

25. Code Section 409A Compliance.

 

(a) The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Code Section 409A and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Executive by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(b) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

(c) To the extent that severance payments or benefits pursuant to this Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery by the Executive of a release of claims, the Executive shall forfeit all rights to such payments and benefits unless such release is signed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment. If the foregoing release is executed and delivered and no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the following shall apply:

 

(i) To the extent any such cash payment or continuing benefit to be provided is not “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, then such payment or benefit shall commence upon the first scheduled payment date immediately after the date the release is executed and no longer subject to revocation (the “Release Effective Date”). The first such cash payment shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior to the Release Effective Date under the terms of this Agreement applied as though such payments commenced immediately upon the Executive’s termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

12


(ii) To the extent any such cash payment or continuing benefit to be provided is “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, then such payments or benefits shall be made or commence upon the sixtieth (60) day following the Executive’s termination of employment. The first such cash payment shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this Agreement had such payments commenced immediately upon the Executive’s termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein. The delayed benefits shall in any event expire at the time such benefits would have expired had such benefits commenced immediately following the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

The Company may provide, in its sole discretion, that Executive may continue to participate in any benefits delayed pursuant to this section during the period of such delay, provided that the Executive shall bear the full cost of such benefits during such delay period.

 

(d) For purposes of compliance with Code Section 409A, to the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits under this Agreement constitute “non-qualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A, (i) all expenses or other reimbursements under this Agreement shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by the Executive, (ii) any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (iii) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this Agreement that constitutes “deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

* * * * *

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

U.S. Silica Company

By:

 

/s/ Brian Slobodow

 

Name: Brian Slobodow

 

Its:       Chief Executive Officer

/s/ William A. White

William A. White

 

{Signature Page to Employment Agreement}


Exhibit A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

I, [            ], in consideration of and subject to the performance by                    , a                    (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement, dated as of [            ] (the “Agreement”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its affiliates and all present and former directors, officers, agents, representatives, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and the Company’s direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “Released Parties”) to the extent provided below.

 

1.   I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive the payments and benefits specified in paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter or breach this General Release. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates. I also acknowledge and represent that I have received all payments and benefits that I am entitled to receive (as of the date hereof) by virtue of any employment by the Company.

 

2.  

Except as provided in paragraph 4 below and except for the provisions of my Employment Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, both past and present (through the date this General Release becomes effective and enforceable) and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law,

 

1


  regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Claims”).

 

3.   I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.

 

4.   I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).

 

5.   In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I further acknowledges that I am not waiving and am not being required to waive any right that cannot be waived by law, including the right to file a charge or participate in an administrative investigation or proceeding of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other government agency prohibiting waiver of such right; provided, however, that I hereby disclaim and waive any right to share or participate in any monetary award resulting from the prosecution of such charge or investigation. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending claim of the type described in paragraph 2 as of the execution of this General Release.

 

6.   I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.

 

7.   I agree that I will forfeit all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Agreement if I challenge the validity of this General Release. I also agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and return all payments received by me pursuant to the Agreement.

 

8.   I agree that this General Release and the Agreement is confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release or the Agreement, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.

 

2


9.   Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), any other self-regulatory organization or governmental entity.

 

10.   I agree to reasonably cooperate with the Company in any internal investigation, any administrative, regulatory, or judicial proceeding or any dispute with a third party. I understand and agree that my cooperation may include, but not be limited to, making myself available to the Company upon reasonable notice for interviews and factual investigations; appearing at the Company’s request to give testimony without requiring service of a subpoena or other legal process; volunteering to the Company pertinent information; and turning over to the Company all relevant documents which are or may come into my possession all at times and on schedules that are reasonably consistent with my other permitted activities and commitments. I understand that in the event the Company asks for my cooperation in accordance with this provision, the Company will reimburse me solely for reasonable travel expenses, (including lodging and meals), upon my submission of receipts.

 

11.   I agree not to disparage the Company, its past and present investors, officers, directors or employees or its affiliates and to keep all confidential and proprietary information about the past or present business affairs of the Company and its affiliates confidential unless a prior written release from the Company is obtained. I further agree that as of the date hereof, I have returned to the Company any and all property, tangible or intangible, relating to its business, which I possessed or had control over at any time (including, but not limited to, company-provided credit cards, building or office access cards, keys, computer equipment, manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base and other data) and that I shall not retain any copies, compilations, extracts, excerpts, summaries or other notes of any such manuals, files, documents, records, software, customer data base or other data.

 

12.   Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.

 

13.   Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

3


BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:

 

  (a)   I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;

 

  (b)   I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;

 

  (c)   I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;

 

  (d)   I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;

 

  (e)   I HAVE HAD AT LEAST 21 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE SUBSTANTIALLY IN ITS FINAL FORM ON                    ,             TO CONSIDER IT AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE THE                     ,             VERSION OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED 21-DAY PERIOD;

 

  (f)   THE CHANGES TO THE AGREEMENT SINCE                    ,            EITHER ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST.

 

  (g)   I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

 

  (h)   I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND

 

  (i)   I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.

 

DATE:                    

 

4

Letter Agreement

EXHIBIT 10.24

 

[Letterhead of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.]

 

 

December 27, 2011

 

Mr. William J. Kacal

2112 Inwood Drive

Houston, TX 77019

 

Dear William:

 

On behalf of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), I am extremely pleased to invite you to become a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). We believe that your skills, expertise and knowledge will prove very helpful to the Company and its stockholders. In addition to your normal Board duties, your responsibilities will include that of Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Company’s Audit Committee Financial Expert.

 

In connection with your service as a director, you will be eligible for equity grants under the Company’s 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2011 Plan”). Upon the commencement of your service on the Board, you will receive a grant of options to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at the IPO price. These options will vest quarterly over a three year period. You will also have the opportunity to purchase up to 10,000 additional shares of our common stock at the IPO price through the Directed Share Program administered by Morgan Stanley.

 

In addition to equity compensation, you will be entitled to receive cash compensation of (1) an Annual Retainer of $70,000, payable in quarterly installments, for your service as a director, (2) an Annual Retainer of $35,000, payable in quarterly installments, for your service as Chairman of the Audit Committee, and (3) an Annual Retainer of $10,000, payable in quarterly installments, for your service as a member of the Compensation and Governance Committee. You will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that you incur in connection with your services to the Company in accordance with the Company’s established policies. In addition, you will be covered by the Company’s D&O insurance and given an opportunity to execute the Company’s standard director indemnification agreement.

 

Our expectation is that the Board will meet at least quarterly. The various committees of the Board will also meet on a schedule to be determined. It is our expectation that you will participate in those meetings in person to the extent possible. We also ask that you make yourself available to participate in various telephonic meetings from time to time.

 

Please note that this offer is contingent upon your qualification as an independent director under applicable NYSE rules and consummation of the IPO.


William J. Kacal

December 27, 2011

Page 2

 

Your services on the Board will be in accordance with, and subject to, the Company’s Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation, as such may be amended from time to time. By accepting this offer, you represent to us that (1) you do not know of any conflict that would restrict you from becoming a director of the Company and (2) you will not provide the Company with any documents, records or other confidential information belonging to any other parties.

 

To accept this offer, please sign below and return the fully executed letter to us. You should keep one copy of this letter for your own records. This letter sets forth the terms of your service with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company and by you.

 

We are looking forward to having you join us at the Company. We believe that your past experience will be an asset to the Company and that you will have a positive impact on the organization.

 

Sincerely,
U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.
/s/ Brian Slobodow

Brian Slobodow

Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and agreed to this

27th day of December, 2011

/s/ William J. Kacal
William J. Kacal

 

2

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We have issued our report dated July 18, 2011, with respect to the combined financial statements of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries and GGC RCS Holdings, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the heading “Experts.”

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

 

Baltimore, Maryland

December 28, 2011

Consent of the Director Designee

EXHIBIT 99.2

 

Consent of Director Designee

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of common stock of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to be named as a designee to the board of directors of U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

/s/ William J. Kacal

William J. Kacal

 

Dated: 12/24/2011

SEC Response Letter

LOGO

 

   

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

   

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

To Call Writer Directly:

(312) 862-2133

robert.hayward@kirkland.com

 

(312) 862-2000

www.kirkland.com

 

Facsimile:

(312) 862-2200

 

December 28, 2011

 

Via EDGAR Submission and Overnight Delivery

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Attn:

   H. Roger Schwall   
   Kevin Dougherty   
  

Timothy S. Levenberg

  
  

Lily Dang

  
  

Karl Hiller

  
  

George K. Schuler

  
        
   Re:    U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.   
      Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement on Form S-1   
      (SEC File No. 333-175636), filed December 28, 2011   

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has today filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation S-T thereunder, an Amendment No. 5 (the “Amendment”) to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”).

 

On behalf of the Company, we are writing to guide the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Staff”) in its review of the Amendment. For your convenience, copies of the Amendment are enclosed, and have been marked to show changes from Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement filed on December 7, 2011. Capitalized terms used in this letter but not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Amendment.

 

The most significant disclosure update in the Amendment is to the discussion of Executive Compensation on pages 103 through 120, which now reflects compensation earned by the Company’s NEOs in fiscal 2011. Other significant updates in the Amendment include the completion of the Ottawa and Rockwood capacity expansion projects (pp. 3, 19, 69-70, 86-87), a discussion of potential new capacity expansion projects (pp. 4, 70), the designation of a Chairman of the board of directors (pp. 98, 100), the addition of a director designee (pp. 98-100,

 

Hong Kong     London        Los Angeles        Munich        New York        Palo Alto        San Francisco        Shanghai        Washington, D.C.   


LOGO

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

December 28, 2011

Page 2

 

102, 121) and the determination of committee composition (p. 101) and director compensation (p. 102).

 

Also included with the Amendment are all remaining outstanding exhibits to the Registration Statement, including three new exhibits: (i) Exhibit 10.23, an Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2011, by and between U.S. Silica Company and William A. White, (ii) Exhibit 10.24, a Letter Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2011, by and between U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc. and William J. Kacal, and (iii) Exhibit 99.2, a Consent of the Director Designee to being named in the Registration Statement and any subsequent amendments.

 

We hope that the foregoing has been helpful in guiding the Staff’s review of the Amendment. As discussed by telephone conference with the Staff during the week of December 19, 2011, the Company expects to begin marketing the proposed offering with an appropriate “red herring” prospectus (that contains an offering price range) to be filed with the Commission on January 6, 2012 and, therefore, the Company would appreciate the Staff’s expedited review of the Amendment. Should you have any questions relating to any of the foregoing, please feel free to contact the undersigned at (312) 862-2133.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

 

cc:    Brian Slobodow
        U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.
   William A. White
        U.S. Silica Holdings, Inc.
   Michael Kaplan
        Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
   Mike Buher
       

Grant Thornton LLP